[RSArchive Icon]
 Version 2.5.4
 Table of Contents | Search ]
Rudolf Steiner Archive Home


[Spacing]
Searching Rudolf Steiner Lectures (Alphabetically)
Matches

You may select a new search term and repeat your search. Searches are not case sensitive, and you can use regular expressions in your queries.


Enter your search term:
by: title, keyword, or context
   


   Query type: 
    Query was: feel
  

Here are the matching lines in their respective documents. Select one of the highlighted words in the matching lines below to jump to that point in the document.

  • Title: Lecture: The Ahrimanic Deception
    Matching lines:
    • whole, we place the epoch in which we feel ourselves standing as
    • feeling. The actual inner nature of this wisdom can be judged only by
    • in their thinking and feeling with what had come from the impulse of
    • Greece, and how he feels since the beginning of the modern age, since
    • permeated by the Luciferic impulse in their thought, feeling and
  • Title: Lecture: The Ahrimanic Deception
    Matching lines:
    • whole, we place the epoch in which we feel ourselves standing as
    • feeling. The actual inner nature of this wisdom can be judged only by
    • in their thinking and feeling with what had come from the impulse of
    • Greece, and how he feels since the beginning of the modern age, since
    • permeated by the Luciferic impulse in their thought, feeling and
  • Title: Lecture: The Alphabet
    Matching lines:
    • him by becoming the experiencer, the feeler of his own breathing, by
    • the inner experience, the inner feeling, the inner formation of
    • constellations of the Zodiac. You can follow them by feeling the
    • feeling and willing, and in the perception of the echo of the Zodiac.
    • the feeling that the geometrical, thought concretely, was the music of
    • development of his consciousness for then we can gain a feeling that
  • Title: Lecture: The Alphabet
    Matching lines:
    • him by becoming the experiencer, the feeler of his own breathing, by
    • the inner experience, the inner feeling, the inner formation of
    • constellations of the Zodiac. You can follow them by feeling the
    • feeling and willing, and in the perception of the echo of the Zodiac.
    • the feeling that the geometrical, thought concretely, was the music of
    • development of his consciousness for then we can gain a feeling that
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy and Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • Just before we fall asleep, we feel how the will forces in our limbs
    • vague talk of “spirit” in general. Many people today feel the
    • Another exercise we need to do is to intensify our feeling of devotion
    • feeling and will, just as in sleep he shuts out all awareness of
    • prophets and founding religions is over. And in future people who feel
    • deepening and enhancing our religious feeling to an unusual degree.
    • spiritual science feels to encompass what is most holy to it is simply
    • due to a feeling that is religious and deeply scientific at the same
    • and enkindling our human souls. Only a person whose religious feeling
    • discovery. But a person strong in his genuine feeling for the Christ
    • thinking and feeling cannot be endangered by research of any kind, but
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy and Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • Just before we fall asleep, we feel how the will forces in our limbs
    • vague talk of “spirit” in general. Many people today feel the
    • Another exercise we need to do is to intensify our feeling of devotion
    • feeling and will, just as in sleep he shuts out all awareness of
    • prophets and founding religions is over. And in future people who feel
    • deepening and enhancing our religious feeling to an unusual degree.
    • spiritual science feels to encompass what is most holy to it is simply
    • due to a feeling that is religious and deeply scientific at the same
    • and enkindling our human souls. Only a person whose religious feeling
    • discovery. But a person strong in his genuine feeling for the Christ
    • thinking and feeling cannot be endangered by research of any kind, but
  • Title: Bhagavad Gita/Paul: Lecture I: The uniform plan of World History. The Confluence of three spiritual streams in the Bhagavad Gita.
    Matching lines:
    • the fact that separate individuals now feel the need of taking part in
    • wisdom, Greek feeling, and Greek art slowly and gradually uniting
    • East which ever proclaim Eastern thoughts and feelings from this or
    • points of view of Eastern thought, feeling and perception. That is
    • satisfying feeling of unity with the universal Self powerfully weaving
    • these studies. He who devotes himself to the Vedas feels absolutely
    • disciples of the Sankhya philosophy to feel a religious devotion of
    • of as a warmth-substance, and you will feel the harmony between the
  • Title: Bhagavad Gita/Paul: Lecture II: The basis of knowledge of the Gita, the Veda, Sankhya, Yoga.
    Matching lines:
    • Spiritual Science cannot help feeling doubts as to such an amount of
    • feel, we apply what is perceived by the one sense to the others. We
    • further. There are people, for instance, who feel, on entering one
    • connection with an external world, in order to feel pleasure and
    • longing for it. The soul sends, in a way, feelers out through the
    • of the senses, but also feels himself to be a separate being, an
    • and around thee and feel it one with thyself, thou must develop the
    • stage, in which it will feel itself uplifted beyond all that is
    • the religion of feeling, was not without a certain amount of
    • wisdom.” We feel this, when see we how the great teacher,
  • Title: Bhagavad Gita/Paul: Lecture III: The union of the three streams in the Christ Impulse, the Teaching of Krishna.
    Matching lines:
    • own age, in so far as our destiny permits, we can still feel the
    • he feel in his soul? Well, that is a question which can really only be
    • one phenomenon to another. All that so many souls of our time feel
    • soul would feel devastated, uncertain of itself. It might say: What
    • of my own soul, if I could feel nothing, perceive nothing, experience
    • human soul in abstract words, yet we can feel that it all comes from
    • We feel chilled when we meet such a soul. Thus Sankhya philosophy may
    • may perhaps feel an inward glow, may often appear to us somewhat
    • manifestations and not understanding them he feels lonely, the
    • feel itself to be lost to the world; while to others it may appear
    • feel, on the other hand, that the human soul may, so to say, be thrown
    • from the mouths of Krishna and his pupil, Arjuna, we feel something
    • the Gita we feel our whole humanity raised to a higher stage. We feel,
    • to influence us, and we feel over and over again how what is wafted
    • Christianity that we feel he is personally interested; he gives the
    • feelings such as these, and then we can understand how this old
    • is wholly human, so intimately human that each soul feels it would be
    • ashamed if it did not feel within it the longing to listen to the
    • ordinary life feel enthusiasm for wisdom and virtue? Because he is
    • ordinary life feel joy and longing for the external life, feel
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Bhagavad Gita/Paul: Lecture IV: The nature of the Bhagavad Gita and the significance of the Epistles of St. Paul. How the Christ Impulse surpasses the Krishna Impulse.
    Matching lines:
    • Sankhya philosophy, he did not then feel as does the man of today,
    • He began to feel himself a member of the earth. On the one hand, he
    • understand what had to happen then, it would be well to try to feel
    • “The serpent is active within me,” said he. To perceive was therefore in the olden time something like this: “I rouse the serpent within me to a state of activity; I feel my serpent-nature.” What had to happen, so that the new age should come in, that the new method of
    • revenges itself by taking away from one the feeling of belonging to
    • does to such a man, it appears in such a way that one feels:
    • collected together up there in the brain. That produces the feeling:
    • distances of space and the branches extend downwards. One feels
    • objectified, one feels that it is like a tree which sends its roots
    • one feels that it goes in an opposite direction to the Paradise-tree.
    • sense of its relation to Rajas. If you feel the throbbing of many a
    • the world feel as to their connection with the spiritual. Therefore
    • in triumphant words as the manifestation of feeling through
    • something peeping out of the soul, so to say; we begin to feel that
    • itself, which must be so characterised that we say: “We feel how
    • completely Purusha has emancipated itself from Prakriti, we feel that
    • see and feel that, as a matter of fact, the relation between the great
  • Title: Bhagavad Gita/Paul: Lecture V: The spiritual nature of Maya. Krishna - the Light-Halo of Christ. The Risen One.
    Matching lines:
    • perceptions and feelings expressed in the Gita are mere trivialities.
    • different soul-feeling; It is where St. Paul writes to the Corinthians
    • connection with the Christ-Impulse-feeling in the first place that
    • mystery for all men who feel drawn towards it. That, however, is
    • the right feeling altogether for the Christ-Being, as by trying to
    • perception and human feeling which is unwilling to raise itself to the
    • true heights of perception and feeling. The greatest of all must be so
    • efforts to attain the inner intensity of perception and feeling
    • Our first feelings will thus be raised higher still, if we do but
    • could only be removed by Him. This, transformed into a moral feeling,
    • mankind. It should be a feeling of the greatest modesty which impels a
    • One should feel that the Anthroposophical Society ought to be the
  • Title: Lecture: Soul and Spirit in the Human Physical Constitution
    Matching lines:
    • The astral body of man contains within it the forces of feeling. The
    • astral body brings these forces of feeling into physical operation in
    • he acts in the world as a being of will. The feelings experienced in
    • The astral body which comes to expression in feeling operates through
    • of feeling, is especially active in the air organism, and is in
    • asleep. It is different in the case of the astral body and feeling.
    • body is outside the human organism; the astral body and feeling do not
    • body and feeling, goes out of the body and passes into a world with
    • Astral body — Feeling — Air organism — Light Ether.
  • Title: Lecture: The Moral as the Source of World-Creative Power
    Matching lines:
    • perceptions with our intellect; we also have feelings in connection
    • this experience of the void is necessary in order that man shall feel
    • himself connected with his bodily nature. As an Ego he would feel no
    • between falling asleep and waking that he is able to feel himself
    • or whatever it may be. He may also feel enthusiasm for examples of the
    • life of ideas, and in so far as we feel a certain satisfaction in
    • what Spiritual Science feels it a duty to bring to mankind at the
  • Title: Lecture: The Path to Freedom and Love and their Significance in World Events
    Matching lines:
    • feelings he lives within both these spheres. With his feeling he
    • the other side, feeling enters into his actions, his deeds. We need
    • accompanied by impulses of feeling, and we shall see that feeling
    • with the heart. This means of union is the life of feeling, which is
    • circulating blood), he is the bearer of the life of feeling; as
    • the feeling of love — devotion to something to which we are not
  • Title: Bridge Between: Contents of this Lecture Series
    Matching lines:
    • Man as a being of Thinking, Action and Feeling. — The connection of
  • Title: Lecture: Christ in Relation to Lucifer and Ahriman
    Matching lines:
    • When this being comes into proximity with the Christ being, he feels
    • This feeling dominates so essentially as to break this upper beings
    • perceives first as the soul world — and then as something that feels
    • feeling for the fact that the external preception must take into
    • hatred from Christ, but because he feels he cannot stand the forces
    • accompanied by a feeling of sensual pleasure, which is also present as
    • also perverts man's logic and dulls his feelings. We in Central Europe
    • overcome: we must feel the dead among us as if they were alive. We
    • to say a few words to you that are merely an expression of my feeling
    • With such feelings in our hearts we forever want to imbue ourselves
    • proper way as the motto for our doing, weaving and feeling. Not the
  • Title: Lecture: Christ in Relation to Lucifer and Ahriman
    Matching lines:
    • When this being comes into proximity with the Christ being, he feels
    • This feeling dominates so essentially as to break this upper beings
    • perceives first as the soul world — and then as something that feels
    • feeling for the fact that the external preception must take into
    • hatred from Christ, but because he feels he cannot stand the forces
    • accompanied by a feeling of sensual pleasure, which is also present as
    • also perverts man's logic and dulls his feelings. We in Central Europe
    • overcome: we must feel the dead among us as if they were alive. We
    • to say a few words to you that are merely an expression of my feeling
    • With such feelings in our hearts we forever want to imbue ourselves
    • proper way as the motto for our doing, weaving and feeling. Not the
  • Title: Lecture: Introductory Lecture. Winter Session, 1911-1912
    Matching lines:
    • greatly our age lacks true feeling for Art.) Inappropriate as it would
    • of thought and feeling, a widening of knowledge in the different
    • men are not, and have not been, interested in Christ. They do not feel
  • Title: Lecture: Evidences of Bygone Ages In Modern Civilisation
    Matching lines:
    • kind, giving the feeling that there could be no more natural and
    • much more ancient Theosophy which did not feel called upon to derive
  • Title: Lecture: 'Chance' and Present-day Consciousness. An Easter Meditation
    Matching lines:
    • in relation to the life of feeling, our first question will be: How
    • such, are apparently quite inexplicable. Where feeling is concerned,
    • generally realised. Feeling does not always allow itself to be
    • of feeling a man is attracted or repelled, pleased or displeased by
    • the boy has a feeling of happiness, although he will probably not go
    • him; the reaction of his feelings, at any rate will be quite different
    • friend to his son, yet he too will feel glad about what happened.
    • That is what I mean when I say that when feeling rises out of hidden
    • makes us — as in this case — cleverer in our feelings than
    • in the depths of the soul and rises in the feelings from these depths,
    • in his life of feeling during the Old Moon period of evolution. Someone
    • may say at this point: “But I have observed that feelings
    • The reason for this is that our feelings as men of Earth are
    • influenced by the intellect which works down into the feelings. If our
    • feelings are stupid, they have become so only because they have been
    • influenced by the intellect. If the life of feeling had remained
    • incarnation and the general evolution of mankind, then the feelings
    • and feelings. They were in his power, in the sense that his influence
  • Title: Lecture: The Forces of the Human Soul and Their Inspirers. Kalewala: The Epic
    Matching lines:
    • We may well feel that the venerable Finnish epic,
    • not all feel that with Spiritual Science we are at home in the
  • Title: Lecture: The Idea of Reincarnation and Its Introduction Into Western Culture
    Matching lines:
    • Testament and read the Acts of the Apostles attentively, we feel that
    • Cross and has risen again!“ We feel the power of the message as
    • insignificance. We feel that Raphael was trying to depict the moment
    • force streams out of them; we feel that Christianity is living on in
    • feeling comes to us. It is as though their creator wanted to portray
    • aware of it, men have in their souls today the feeling of an
    • events and facts, but out of his feelings he is able to portray them
    • pictures, we feel that all those which portray events subsequent to
    • As we think of all this, another feeling, too, may arise in us. In a
    • Novalis, feeling that a stream of living Theosophy goes out from him,
    • inspired by the power of Christianity. We feel that here, too, is a
    • it, undefined intuitive feelings may arise here and there. A striking
    • there, expressing an entirely instinctive feeling: When we ponder on
    • human evolution and in their life of feeling have discerned the
    • and describes the feeling which the rhythmic return of Christ to the
    • feelings arise in him when the children unearth a Cross and set it up
  • Title: Lecture: The Mission of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • as the human being can feel no wonder at the phenomena of life around
    • sees a train moving along, he will feel wonder and amazement at the
    • insight, is Compassion, Fellow-feeling (Of this, too, I have spoken.)
    • into the other being, feeling, not his own pain or joy but the pain or
    • joy of that other — if at that moment his feelings fade and die
    • Wonder and Amazement, Compassion or Fellow-feeling, Conscience —
    • in their souls something like a feeling of shame that certain
    • feeling for truth would in the end be driven out of the Theosophical
    • feel, the most intense responsibility to the holiest truth, we shall
    • life of feeling if, after the many attempts made through the
    • feeling will arise in greater and greater strength: — If you
  • Title: Lecture: The Signature of Human Evolution The Advancing Individuality
    Matching lines:
    • Impulse: Wonder into an Astral Body; feelings of love or Compassion
    • to be everywhere steeped in the Divine could feel all the depth of
    • him which he could not bring to expression. We feel that there was
  • Title: Lecture: Consciousness, Memory, Karma
    Matching lines:
    • all waking existence; in it your thoughts, perceptions, feelings and
    • has feelings, experiences, impulses of will. This whole content of
    • that when he thinks, feels or wills in this ordinary consciousness, he
    • something that is not, in the same sense as thinking, feeling and
    • and feelings arising from the store of memory and of remembrances, are
    • ordinary consciousness can unfold thinking, feeling and willing during
    • only unfold consciousness in acts of thinking, feeling and willing.
    • thinking, of feeling and of will, is due to the ether-body; and even
    • performed a deed of compassion or a deed born of fellow-feeling with
    • would possess the faculties of thinking, feeling and willing, but
    • would not connect his thoughts, experiences, feelings or impulses of
    • — the forms created by thoughts and feelings — go forth into the
    • karma; thirdly, the forms born of his thoughts and feelings. But
  • Title: Lecture: Form-creating Forces
    Matching lines:
    • “forces” begotten of thoughts or feelings — these
    • thoughts and feelings, that as they go forth from the “ I,”
    • of selfless thoughts and feelings, the more does a man develop
    • self-seeking thoughts and feelings, however, operate in him in such a
    • and feelings, will assume greater and greater importance. And in so
    • the forms begotten of selfless thoughts and feelings — especially
    • and feeling are brought into harmony with theosophical knowledge, and
    • thoughts and feelings, although they detach themselves from the human
    • it. The present age feels quite distinctly that the principle
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • presumably, out of all sorts of reactions and feelings that we have
    • for every thinking and feeling person, a life-aim that includes the
    • develops his inner feeling through rising above himself. Thereby we
    • numerous little angel-heads appear, we have a still deeper feeling, a
    • feeling that makes the whole picture more comprehensible to us. I know
    • then he has the feeling that this child was not born in the natural
    • onto the arm of the Madonna. That would be a healthy feeling. If we
    • make this feeling live within us, then our view will expand and free
    • again reminded of our feeling in contemplating the Madonna. We must
    • We must learn to recognize with our feelings the deep mysteries that
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • from the earth? Above all, one must feel the sun and its inhabitants
    • Looking at the third period, man feels the forces as a threefold
    • that had gone out with sun and moon he could feel himself as a son of
    • like an inner lighting-up, an inner repetition, in ideas and feelings,
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • feeling arose in him, merely through looking at it, that was like a
    • approached the pond had no alien feeling toward it. He felt himself as
    • Everything revealed something to him. He could feel himself into the
    • feel a soul in himself, but regards himself as a lump of wood. Feeling
    • Atlantean times. In those days the thoughts and feelings had a much
    • the impulses and feelings that were contained in it. Whether the pupil
    • This is the feeling that the pupil was to develop through this
    • Into this high ideal streamed the feelings that enlivened the pupil in
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • thinking, feeling and willing. This thought-picture had to become ever
    • within you is what you feel as a sort of extract, the
    • Out of precisely this fundamental feeling developed the sacred
    • feel Brahman, the primeval self, in the macrocosm. Then he is in
    • feel something of what flowed into this culture at that time. When the
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • Could one have penetrated this with a feeling-sense, it would have
    • warmest, most ardent, feeling of love is invisibly present in the
    • wonderful phenomena of light and color. Had one been able to feel this
    • feeling himself one with the light-mantle of the earth. In this
    • plant-form, agile, but with a feeling of sadness because the light had
    • feel what streamed down in it as divine forces coming toward him. In
    • inside him. Feeling this, man had to say to himself, “Formerly I
    • annunciation that he had to learn to feel something entirely new. As
    • this only as the changing of a garment. He did not feel that he was
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • true feeling of the moon's wonderful influences upon man?”
    • — we would be convinced that the worst and basest feelings that
    • Osiris-influence from the sun. At this point he begins to feel that
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • feeling its presence as a chalice-shaped warmth-body. This was present
    • * Note 1: In classical antiquity this feeling of baffling importance was already present. See Plutarch, On Isis and Osiris.
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • the sun, which is the reason for the feeling that every healthy person
    • antipathy one feels toward a frog, toad, or snake, although these
    • guiding Sun Spirits, was the Christ. We feel a deep reverence when we
    • evil forms. Hence the feeling that the naive and unspoiled person has
    • which does not assert that there is nothing ugly in nature, feels a
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • proportion, and the consciousness of self, the I-feeling, the
    • not exist in those times. Man did not yet rely on his own feeling of
    • body replenishment for the wear and tear of the day, so that it feels
    • lost almost entirely the feeling of being at home with the gods, and
    • unreal; the real is veiled.” The feeling grew ever keener that
    • When one feels so strongly the contrast between the spiritual and the
    • The initiate felt as we would feel if we had been long separated from
    • signs, and we observe the feelings of his heart expressed in them.
    • themselves for him in all that he saw externally. As we feel about the
    • letter from a friend, so did he feel in regard to the outer world.
    • Thus did he feel when he saw the world of the elements, the world of
    • experienced by one who has an artistic feeling for space, who feels
    • number of cosmic truths light up in the soul that can simply feel how
    • the column carries what is above it. One must be able to feel how all
    • space, and we have the feeling that the angels support each other.
    • Today little remains of this feeling for space. I shall make no
    • space-feeling is missing in him. Such a being as we find above his
    • feeling that at any minute it may fall on the group below it. This
    • an inkling can be conveyed today, such as the space-feeling of the
    • cathedral one feels at home only when it is filled by the believing
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • physical, and after death the person feels a real lust for what
    • independent there. In the Devachanic life he feels like a limb, like
    • feel, would feel itself to be a member of the physical organism, so
    • man feels in his Devachanic consciousness that he is a limb of the
    • Egypto-Chaldean time, when man began to feel some affection for the
    • finds it impossible to feel its way into Buddhism, to identify itself
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture 11
    Matching lines:
    • ego-feeling. What this caused in the etheric body was all that
    • ancient initiation. We feel this unique event entering into the world
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture 12
    Matching lines:
    • every detail I can feel something of this spirit.” Thus it is
    • spiritual worlds with his whole feeling and his whole soul. Yet how
    • the feeling-life of the ancient Egyptians. Then we may ask how this
    • Cherusker, for example, still feels himself as a member of his clan.
    • group-soul feeling changed into something else in the following
    • then did he rightly feel himself as man within the line of ancestry.
    • underlying the expression: “To feel oneself sheltered in
    • incorporation of the folk-soul. If the single person thinks, feels,
    • and wills something, he radiates his feelings and thoughts into the
    • becomes permeated by the thoughts and feelings of the single persons.
    • If the Egyptian cherished such feelings, what would have to be his
    • connections. Life becomes great and powerful, and we feel our way into
    • who look today at the science of the spirit with a certain scorn feel
    • impression, a feeling, that can properly take the form of an impulse
    • No. We shall place a picture before our souls and arouse the feelings
    • strange feeling seizes us today when we walk through the catacombs,
    • the future. This we may feel confidently and without arrogance, firm
    • With such feelings let us try to give permanence to what has passed
  • Title: Lecture: The Etherisation of the Blood
    Matching lines:
    • following: a man is walking along the street and feels that someone
    • permeates our organism from outside, and invigorates it. We feel
    • life of feeling. Feelings fall into two categories: those of pleasure
    • into our breast, as feelings of sympathy or antipathy for what is
    • beautiful or ugly, for what is good or evil. So that in our feelings
    • something good or bad. In so far as our soul feels constrained to give
    • moral impulses and feelings which are active within us and lead to the
    • impulses. Man will transform the earth by feeling with ever-increasing
    • knowledge becomes something that we actually feel, something towards
    • arouse in us the wish to become Anthroposophists, then our feeling is
    • cannot live. Only then are our feelings what they ought to be, only
    • Answer: Men will feel these words of consolation as though
  • Title: Lecture: The Etherisation of the Blood
    Matching lines:
    • following: a man is walking along the street and feels that someone
    • permeates our organism from outside, and invigorates it. We feel
    • life of feeling. Feelings fall into two categories: those of pleasure
    • into our breast, as feelings of sympathy or antipathy for what is
    • beautiful or ugly, for what is good or evil. So that in our feelings
    • something good or bad. In so far as our soul feels constrained to give
    • moral impulses and feelings which are active within us and lead to the
    • impulses. Man will transform the earth by feeling with ever-increasing
    • knowledge becomes something that we actually feel, something towards
    • arouse in us the wish to become Anthroposophists, then our feeling is
    • cannot live. Only then are our feelings what they ought to be, only
    • Answer: Men will feel these words of consolation as though
  • Title: Evil and the Future of Man
    Matching lines:
    • immaturity of human facilities: the right powers of feeling for such
    • decades reveals very clearly, to anyone who has true feeling, that Art
    • approach him with the underlying feeling that everything outer
    • This underlying feeling must be gradually developed; this must be
    • feel in the other man the image of his eternal and spiritual being.
    • stranger feelings in the man of to-day, who has indeed no inclination
    • arise a faculty to feel and apprehend in man, even as we meet him, his
    • the important thing today. I always feel it with intense pain when
    • Anyone who discovers word-for-word agreements without feeling how the
    • speech, there will come over man a wonderful feeling of colour, and
    • through this feeling of colour in speech men will learn to understand
    • will call forth the same feeling as the sight of a blue colour, and
    • another sound the same feeling as the sight of a red colour. Thus,
    • themselves the expressions of and configurations of feeling in other
    • the state of feeling of the other in himself, in his own breathing. As
    • now refer, our breathing will attune itself to the life of feeling of
    • slowly we shall feel what kind of a man we are meeting. Think how the
    • of feeling, they will have to breathe one another. In the sphere of
    • understanding through speech, they will have to feel one another in
  • Title: Evil and the Future of Man
    Matching lines:
    • immaturity of human facilities: the right powers of feeling for such
    • decades reveals very clearly, to anyone who has true feeling, that Art
    • approach him with the underlying feeling that everything outer
    • This underlying feeling must be gradually developed; this must be
    • feel in the other man the image of his eternal and spiritual being.
    • stranger feelings in the man of to-day, who has indeed no inclination
    • arise a faculty to feel and apprehend in man, even as we meet him, his
    • the important thing today. I always feel it with intense pain when
    • Anyone who discovers word-for-word agreements without feeling how the
    • speech, there will come over man a wonderful feeling of colour, and
    • through this feeling of colour in speech men will learn to understand
    • will call forth the same feeling as the sight of a blue colour, and
    • another sound the same feeling as the sight of a red colour. Thus,
    • themselves the expressions of and configurations of feeling in other
    • the state of feeling of the other in himself, in his own breathing. As
    • now refer, our breathing will attune itself to the life of feeling of
    • slowly we shall feel what kind of a man we are meeting. Think how the
    • of feeling, they will have to breathe one another. In the sphere of
    • understanding through speech, they will have to feel one another in
  • Title: Lecture: The Four Sacrifices of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • knowledge of it with all our feeling, we may acquire again, with our
    • they are selfless and we do not feel them. We see things through them,
    • themselves instead of letting it pass through, we should feel a sort of
    • of red in themselves, we should feel a sharp stab. If our eyes were self-
    • and religious feeling when he is confronted with the beauty of nature,
    • not feel that we have stomach, lungs, etc., but have them without feeling
    • confronting something that gave a burnt out feeling to one of his organs.
    • understanding of the spiritual world, a feeling of gratitude toward the
    • Thinking, feeling and willing were threatened with disorder through the
    • a different direction, and his feeling in still another. It was necessary for
    • human evolution that thinking, feeling and willing should become
    • Ahriman they could not have done this. Thought, feeling and will,
    • thinking, feeling and willing. Truly, as the rays of the physical sun must
    • brought thinking, feeling and willing into disorder. All who turn their
    • of man's thinking, feeling and willing. “Thou Sun Spirit,” so
    • archangels today; “Thou has brought thinking, feeling and willing,
    • then thought, feeling and will would rage madly within him. The Greeks
    • Atlantean era the soul organs, the organs that underlie thinking, feeling
    • feel Him vitally in every word that is uttered in discussions of spiritual
  • Title: Lecture: The Four Sacrifices of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • knowledge of it with all our feeling, we may acquire again, with our
    • they are selfless and we do not feel them. We see things through them,
    • themselves instead of letting it pass through, we should feel a sort of
    • of red in themselves, we should feel a sharp stab. If our eyes were self-
    • and religious feeling when he is confronted with the beauty of nature,
    • not feel that we have stomach, lungs, etc., but have them without feeling
    • confronting something that gave a burnt out feeling to one of his organs.
    • understanding of the spiritual world, a feeling of gratitude toward the
    • Thinking, feeling and willing were threatened with disorder through the
    • a different direction, and his feeling in still another. It was necessary for
    • human evolution that thinking, feeling and willing should become
    • Ahriman they could not have done this. Thought, feeling and will,
    • thinking, feeling and willing. Truly, as the rays of the physical sun must
    • brought thinking, feeling and willing into disorder. All who turn their
    • of man's thinking, feeling and willing. “Thou Sun Spirit,” so
    • archangels today; “Thou has brought thinking, feeling and willing,
    • then thought, feeling and will would rage madly within him. The Greeks
    • Atlantean era the soul organs, the organs that underlie thinking, feeling
    • feel Him vitally in every word that is uttered in discussions of spiritual
  • Title: The Human Heart
    Matching lines:
    • even in the forming of our thoughts and feelings, which the child
  • Title: The Human Heart
    Matching lines:
    • even in the forming of our thoughts and feelings, which the child
  • Title: Human Life in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • paralyzing effect on us. And the continual spread of this feeling of partial
    • Deubler as an individual we can well feel admiration. He became a
    • The feeling thus expressed by Herman Grimm, in an age when it was not
    • human feeling which urgently demands a solution of the great problems of
    • winter because of seeing the snow and feeling the cold does not know that
    • and contains answers desired by the individuals who feel, in the manner
    • faintest degree human religious feelings or religious life. On the
    • of spiritual research will feel some degree of consolation in face of the
    • considering such cases the right kind of feeling and attitude is aroused in
  • Title: Human Life in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • paralyzing effect on us. And the continual spread of this feeling of partial
    • Deubler as an individual we can well feel admiration. He became a
    • The feeling thus expressed by Herman Grimm, in an age when it was not
    • human feeling which urgently demands a solution of the great problems of
    • winter because of seeing the snow and feeling the cold does not know that
    • and contains answers desired by the individuals who feel, in the manner
    • faintest degree human religious feelings or religious life. On the
    • of spiritual research will feel some degree of consolation in face of the
    • considering such cases the right kind of feeling and attitude is aroused in
  • Title: The Inner Development of Man
    Matching lines:
    • and feeling and acknowledging them as truth within certain limits, and
    • event, a sorrow or some mishap. You do need a mood, a certain feeling
    • feelings within himself in order to nurture these soul eyes. The
  • Title: The Inner Development of Man
    Matching lines:
    • and feeling and acknowledging them as truth within certain limits, and
    • event, a sorrow or some mishap. You do need a mood, a certain feeling
    • feelings within himself in order to nurture these soul eyes. The
  • Title: The Invisible Man Within Us
    Matching lines:
    • an understanding to arise in wider circles, a common feeling for how
  • Title: The Invisible Man Within Us
    Matching lines:
    • an understanding to arise in wider circles, a common feeling for how
  • Title: Jesus and Christ
    Matching lines:
    • God, the primeval source of his being. Within himself he could feel
    • earth grew cold, when its plant covering began to fade, he had to feel
    • consciousness, he could feel how God descended upon his soul, how his
    • through feeling, then this experience of Christ that we have gained
    • I, but Christ in me.” We then have the mystical experience of feeling
  • Title: Jesus and Christ
    Matching lines:
    • God, the primeval source of his being. Within himself he could feel
    • earth grew cold, when its plant covering began to fade, he had to feel
    • consciousness, he could feel how God descended upon his soul, how his
    • through feeling, then this experience of Christ that we have gained
    • I, but Christ in me.” We then have the mystical experience of feeling
  • Title: Lecture: Man As A Picture of The Living Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • animal or yonder plant, so should we feel a longing to get to know the
  • Title: Lecture: Man As A Picture of The Living Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • animal or yonder plant, so should we feel a longing to get to know the
  • Title: Lecture: Newborn Might and Strength Everlasting
    Matching lines:
    • spontaneous warmth of this elementary feeling. Let me repeat that it is
    • images of such a play proceed from a knowledge based on feeling.
    • feelings, which could also give rise to something as simple as this play.
    • some people preserved a childlike innocence in their feelings and
    • All our knowledge has always lived deeply in the feelings of men. We see
    • possess the holy order of the sun's course. In spring and summer we feel
    • He who observes his inner life of thinking, feeling and willing, and the
    • disorderly way in which these impulses of thought, feeling and will arise,
    • can feel that the changing capriciousness of his thinking, feeling and
    • atmospheric changes of the weather. Indeed, our thinking, feeling and
    • deeply you are related to my own inner being," is the feeling that lived in
    • earth. Then he was filled with strength and courage and could feel that
    • Child on Christmas Eve. Although we must acquire other feelings than those
    • necessary that we connect such knowledge with our most sacred feelings and
    • simple Christmas play. Indeed, we, too, feel just as happy when we see such
    • a play because we feel our relationship with those men of the past who
    • Mystery of Golgotha, even when the body grows old. The soul will then feel
    • experience as Christmas feeling arising from our anthroposophical world
    • Awake the feelings to His presence
  • Title: Lecture: Newborn Might and Strength Everlasting
    Matching lines:
    • spontaneous warmth of this elementary feeling. Let me repeat that it is
    • images of such a play proceed from a knowledge based on feeling.
    • feelings, which could also give rise to something as simple as this play.
    • some people preserved a childlike innocence in their feelings and
    • All our knowledge has always lived deeply in the feelings of men. We see
    • possess the holy order of the sun's course. In spring and summer we feel
    • He who observes his inner life of thinking, feeling and willing, and the
    • disorderly way in which these impulses of thought, feeling and will arise,
    • can feel that the changing capriciousness of his thinking, feeling and
    • atmospheric changes of the weather. Indeed, our thinking, feeling and
    • deeply you are related to my own inner being," is the feeling that lived in
    • earth. Then he was filled with strength and courage and could feel that
    • Child on Christmas Eve. Although we must acquire other feelings than those
    • necessary that we connect such knowledge with our most sacred feelings and
    • simple Christmas play. Indeed, we, too, feel just as happy when we see such
    • a play because we feel our relationship with those men of the past who
    • Mystery of Golgotha, even when the body grows old. The soul will then feel
    • experience as Christmas feeling arising from our anthroposophical world
    • Awake the feelings to His presence
  • Title: Lecture: Outlooks for the Future
    Matching lines:
    • the sixth post-Atlantean epoch. Her poems easily enable us to feel:
    • Here is a soul that feels that the knowledge which can be gained at
    • are poets or artists, and they may say: “I feel my genius within
    • of spiritual science, our meditative life will enable us to feel eternal,
  • Title: Lecture: Outlooks for the Future
    Matching lines:
    • the sixth post-Atlantean epoch. Her poems easily enable us to feel:
    • Here is a soul that feels that the knowledge which can be gained at
    • are poets or artists, and they may say: “I feel my genius within
    • of spiritual science, our meditative life will enable us to feel eternal,
  • Title: Lecture: Overcoming Nervousness
    Matching lines:
    • united with their work. They feel remote from it. Now there is nothing
    • worse than to feel remote in your heart from the things you have to do
    • you feel limp and weary, it would be better not to attempt to make a
    • the surrounding world. The anthroposophist, however, should not feel
    • The astral body is the carrier of feelings, instincts, etc.,
  • Title: Lecture: Overcoming Nervousness
    Matching lines:
    • united with their work. They feel remote from it. Now there is nothing
    • worse than to feel remote in your heart from the things you have to do
    • you feel limp and weary, it would be better not to attempt to make a
    • the surrounding world. The anthroposophist, however, should not feel
    • The astral body is the carrier of feelings, instincts, etc.,
  • Title: Lecture: Pre-Earthly Deeds of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • glimmerings of a feeling for Christ. Nor during the first few years
    • feelings. Such a feeling as can live in our souls when we see a little
    • acquired a feeling for our environment which we could not possess
    • interjections and words to express the feelings of his inner being; in
    • epoch. Through Spiritual Science we can enrich anew our inner feelings
    • chaotic and confused, but filled, permeated with inner feeling, if
    • us will feel it to be so if we learn to unite ourselves with the
    • feelings and perceptions. Our life of feeling and perception can be
    • perceive and feel within ourselves not only the fruits that come to us
    • to have the right understanding, the right feeling and perception for
  • Title: Lecture: Pre-Earthly Deeds of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • glimmerings of a feeling for Christ. Nor during the first few years
    • feelings. Such a feeling as can live in our souls when we see a little
    • acquired a feeling for our environment which we could not possess
    • interjections and words to express the feelings of his inner being; in
    • epoch. Through Spiritual Science we can enrich anew our inner feelings
    • chaotic and confused, but filled, permeated with inner feeling, if
    • us will feel it to be so if we learn to unite ourselves with the
    • feelings and perceptions. Our life of feeling and perception can be
    • perceive and feel within ourselves not only the fruits that come to us
    • to have the right understanding, the right feeling and perception for
  • Title: Lecture: Preparing for the Sixth Epoch
    Matching lines:
    • delicately organized for his soul to feel pain when he sees other
    • is true that more delicately organized natures feel pain at the
    • the most highly cultured will not only feel pain such as is caused
    • as their own suffering. If they see a hungry man they will feel the
    • feels the health of the whole body, the individual will feel the
    • will feel that complete freedom of thought in the domain of religion
    • Eastern Europe feels instinctively, but often with perverted instinct,
    • feels that spirit self is to descend, but that it can only descend
    • the personal element, through which every single man feels himself an
    • are, accuse Western and Central Europe of having lost all feeling for
    • genuine community of life among men, a life where everyone feels
    • the instinctive feeling that the spirit self can only manifest in a
    • With power to feel and to enjoy it. Thou
    • science, feeling the good spirit of brotherhood hovering over and
  • Title: Lecture: Preparing for the Sixth Epoch
    Matching lines:
    • delicately organized for his soul to feel pain when he sees other
    • is true that more delicately organized natures feel pain at the
    • the most highly cultured will not only feel pain such as is caused
    • as their own suffering. If they see a hungry man they will feel the
    • feels the health of the whole body, the individual will feel the
    • will feel that complete freedom of thought in the domain of religion
    • Eastern Europe feels instinctively, but often with perverted instinct,
    • feels that spirit self is to descend, but that it can only descend
    • the personal element, through which every single man feels himself an
    • are, accuse Western and Central Europe of having lost all feeling for
    • genuine community of life among men, a life where everyone feels
    • the instinctive feeling that the spirit self can only manifest in a
    • With power to feel and to enjoy it. Thou
    • science, feeling the good spirit of brotherhood hovering over and
  • Title: Lecture: Problems of Nutrition
    Matching lines:
    • “when you feel the same disgust for meat, you should stop
    • Through it are expressed the instinctive feelings and in certain
    • The astral body is the carrier of feelings, instincts,
  • Title: Lecture: Problems of Nutrition
    Matching lines:
    • “when you feel the same disgust for meat, you should stop
    • Through it are expressed the instinctive feelings and in certain
    • The astral body is the carrier of feelings, instincts,
  • Title: Search for the New Isis, the Divine Sophia: The Quest for the Isis-Sophia
    Matching lines:
    • a feeling that his solar and planetary system was repeating, of course in a
    • If in this our community, we could acquire the right feelings for
    • feelings could enable us to find the impulses needed for the renewals that
    • souls feeling and sensing the true significance of the event. Are we really
    • worthiest feelings to pass through our souls. Such a festival celebration
    • Ask yourselves whether the feelings in your hearts and souls when you stand
    • whether feelings are living in you that can raise humankind to an
    • new content must [be]come content which can give us entirely new feelings that
    • Oh, the soul will attain to altogether new feelings if it feels committed
    • united in love because they feel the need, common to them all, to search.
    • this evening. Then each one of you would feel that my words contain a
  • Title: Search for the New Isis, the Divine Sophia: The Quest for the Isis-Sophia
    Matching lines:
    • a feeling that his solar and planetary system was repeating, of course in a
    • If in this our community, we could acquire the right feelings for
    • feelings could enable us to find the impulses needed for the renewals that
    • souls feeling and sensing the true significance of the event. Are we really
    • worthiest feelings to pass through our souls. Such a festival celebration
    • Ask yourselves whether the feelings in your hearts and souls when you stand
    • whether feelings are living in you that can raise humankind to an
    • new content must [be]come content which can give us entirely new feelings that
    • Oh, the soul will attain to altogether new feelings if it feels committed
    • united in love because they feel the need, common to them all, to search.
    • this evening. Then each one of you would feel that my words contain a
  • Title: Self Knowledge and the Christ Experience
    Matching lines:
    • to a particular grade of knowledge, of feeling, and willing. Then, when they
    • have advanced in knowledge, in higher feeling, and higher willing, they
    • not even feel that he was man in the fullest sense. He felt that he was more a
    • should realize how, in his passions, emotions, feelings and sensibilities, he
    • at a particular point in his life he feels something flowering and coming
    • and feels there the flowing, living presence of the Christ, he will receive
    • age. This we must learn in these days to join our feeling to our
  • Title: Self Knowledge and the Christ Experience
    Matching lines:
    • to a particular grade of knowledge, of feeling, and willing. Then, when they
    • have advanced in knowledge, in higher feeling, and higher willing, they
    • not even feel that he was man in the fullest sense. He felt that he was more a
    • should realize how, in his passions, emotions, feelings and sensibilities, he
    • at a particular point in his life he feels something flowering and coming
    • and feels there the flowing, living presence of the Christ, he will receive
    • age. This we must learn in these days to join our feeling to our
  • Title: Lecture: Social and Anti-Social Forces in the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • apply to the conditions and activities of these times those feelings
    • indifference, not even in mere thoughts and feelings, even though we
    • ideas or feelings), certain words have certain values. The word
    • But when we approach the very nerve of Spiritual Science, we feel that
    • should be permeated with this feeling. If we do not get rid of the
    • so that he can then feel nice and warm with the thought, “You are
    • nearest to hand, thereby enhancing our self-love, but to feel it our
    • way of feeling. It is exactly this which we must try to combat. We
    • merely to feel sympathy or antipathy towards the people we meet, not
    • Perhaps you will not feel that what I am saying now is extremely
    • thoughts and feelings of many working men. Karl Marx was able to
    • these things, the necessities of the case alone do so. One may feel
    • religious orientation toward initiation, a feeling of one's own
  • Title: Lecture: Social and Anti-Social Forces in the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • apply to the conditions and activities of these times those feelings
    • indifference, not even in mere thoughts and feelings, even though we
    • ideas or feelings), certain words have certain values. The word
    • But when we approach the very nerve of Spiritual Science, we feel that
    • should be permeated with this feeling. If we do not get rid of the
    • so that he can then feel nice and warm with the thought, “You are
    • nearest to hand, thereby enhancing our self-love, but to feel it our
    • way of feeling. It is exactly this which we must try to combat. We
    • merely to feel sympathy or antipathy towards the people we meet, not
    • Perhaps you will not feel that what I am saying now is extremely
    • thoughts and feelings of many working men. Karl Marx was able to
    • these things, the necessities of the case alone do so. One may feel
    • religious orientation toward initiation, a feeling of one's own
  • Title: Spiritual Emptiness and Social Life
    Matching lines:
    • monograph on Goethe — what is our experience then? We feel: this is
    • or feeling for it? Men such as Troxler, and
    • which may well up as a feeling of tragedy from contemplation of this
    • feels all the time as though so many worms were crawling through the
    • influence of human thinking and feeling, to take the form that is
    • hewing wood. Do modern men feel that thinking tires them? They do not,
    • that they were capable of feeling and experiencing in regard to the
    • very few of them would — to use a trivial expression — feel
    • deep feeling and perception when in my Mystery Play,
    • your feeling, from your hearing, the earth shines out into the cosmos.
    • from the earth. You cannot perceive, hear, see, smell or feel without
  • Title: Spiritual Emptiness and Social Life
    Matching lines:
    • monograph on Goethe — what is our experience then? We feel: this is
    • or feeling for it? Men such as Troxler, and
    • which may well up as a feeling of tragedy from contemplation of this
    • feels all the time as though so many worms were crawling through the
    • influence of human thinking and feeling, to take the form that is
    • hewing wood. Do modern men feel that thinking tires them? They do not,
    • that they were capable of feeling and experiencing in regard to the
    • very few of them would — to use a trivial expression — feel
    • deep feeling and perception when in my Mystery Play,
    • your feeling, from your hearing, the earth shines out into the cosmos.
    • from the earth. You cannot perceive, hear, see, smell or feel without
  • Title: Lecture: The Sun-Mystery in the Course of Human History
    Matching lines:
    • to expression in the form of feeling, surge upwards. We know that
    • feeling is a dimly apprehended experience, that so far as actual
    • being. Feeling brings a certain light into, intensifies,
    • Thus we distinguish two kinds of feeling, as we did in the case of the
    • state. One kind of feeling surges upwards from the will that is
    • connected with man's sleeping condition. This kind of feeling lives
    • — unfolded by the human being. This is feeling which tends towards
    • experiences of feeling which have in them the quality of sympathy. The
    • dreamlike experience of feeling which comes to expression in
    • activity, feeling in activity of the soul.
    • He wants to isolate himself, to feel enclosed within his own being.
    • unfolds the element of antipathy in his life of feeling so strongly
    • like an abnormal aura. It may then happen that he begins to feel
    • give rise to persecution mania in all its forms. When feelings of
    • life, the mental life. The sleeping will lights up in feeling, and
    • the same time denuded qualitatively — it becomes abstract. In feeling
    • this element of antipathetic feeling surges into the conceptual life,
    • antipathetic feeling, or of the inner will, into the conceptual life.
    • And when sympathetic feeling — which has its origin in the will of
    • you see, lives in us as abstraction only. In feeling, inasmuch as we
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Sun-Mystery in the Course of Human History
    Matching lines:
    • to expression in the form of feeling, surge upwards. We know that
    • feeling is a dimly apprehended experience, that so far as actual
    • being. Feeling brings a certain light into, intensifies,
    • Thus we distinguish two kinds of feeling, as we did in the case of the
    • state. One kind of feeling surges upwards from the will that is
    • connected with man's sleeping condition. This kind of feeling lives
    • — unfolded by the human being. This is feeling which tends towards
    • experiences of feeling which have in them the quality of sympathy. The
    • dreamlike experience of feeling which comes to expression in
    • activity, feeling in activity of the soul.
    • He wants to isolate himself, to feel enclosed within his own being.
    • unfolds the element of antipathy in his life of feeling so strongly
    • like an abnormal aura. It may then happen that he begins to feel
    • give rise to persecution mania in all its forms. When feelings of
    • life, the mental life. The sleeping will lights up in feeling, and
    • the same time denuded qualitatively — it becomes abstract. In feeling
    • this element of antipathetic feeling surges into the conceptual life,
    • antipathetic feeling, or of the inner will, into the conceptual life.
    • And when sympathetic feeling — which has its origin in the will of
    • you see, lives in us as abstraction only. In feeling, inasmuch as we
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Threshold In Nature and In Man
    Matching lines:
    • contemplate without on the one hand feeling an intense longing awaken
    • In his knowledge man feels himself outside Nature. What would induce
    • knowledge, that man feels separated from the inner being of Nature.
    • his search. We have at the same time the feeling that whatever in the
    • a demand which the conscientious seeker after knowledge will feel is
    • of his own being. They described how man feels the ground sink away
    • feeling of standing on firm ground; he sees himself being hurled
    • the feeling of freedom, that sense of freedom which is in reality a
    • with our word “freedom,” the feeling we associate with the word
    • feeling of life and vitality within him. Although in our age we have
    • immediately has a feeling of uncertainty. If he has been sufficiently
    • inner being, should feel himself united there with the inner being of
    • thought and the feeling of freedom and a stronger selfconsciousness,
    • Out of an instinctive feeling that was conscious and yet at the same
    • receive a certain colouring from the life of feeling; and there is
    • darkness; our feelings vanish and our will is inactive. The ordinary
    • prejudice, we try to observe inwardly what we experience when we feel,
    • We discover that our feeling life is by no means so illumined with the
    • the life of feeling is undoubtedly every bit as real as — even
    • always something undefined about the life of feeling. Indeed, if we
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Threshold In Nature and In Man
    Matching lines:
    • contemplate without on the one hand feeling an intense longing awaken
    • In his knowledge man feels himself outside Nature. What would induce
    • knowledge, that man feels separated from the inner being of Nature.
    • his search. We have at the same time the feeling that whatever in the
    • a demand which the conscientious seeker after knowledge will feel is
    • of his own being. They described how man feels the ground sink away
    • feeling of standing on firm ground; he sees himself being hurled
    • the feeling of freedom, that sense of freedom which is in reality a
    • with our word “freedom,” the feeling we associate with the word
    • feeling of life and vitality within him. Although in our age we have
    • immediately has a feeling of uncertainty. If he has been sufficiently
    • inner being, should feel himself united there with the inner being of
    • thought and the feeling of freedom and a stronger selfconsciousness,
    • Out of an instinctive feeling that was conscious and yet at the same
    • receive a certain colouring from the life of feeling; and there is
    • darkness; our feelings vanish and our will is inactive. The ordinary
    • prejudice, we try to observe inwardly what we experience when we feel,
    • We discover that our feeling life is by no means so illumined with the
    • the life of feeling is undoubtedly every bit as real as — even
    • always something undefined about the life of feeling. Indeed, if we
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Truth, Beauty, and Goodness
    Matching lines:
    • exercise the students' faculties of thinking, feeling and willing.
    • is to exercise the students' faculties of thinking, feeling
    • that a feeling for truth is connected with our consciousness of the
    • truth, he is in harmony with the feeling he has of his physical body,
    • the nervous system. The feeling he has of his physical body gives him
    • it to be this copy of reality. It behooves us, however, to feel the
    • feeling for truth and truthfulness. To feel himself in duty bound
    • instead of feeling the reality of the etheric body, he is nowadays apt
    • An intense feeling for beauty — as it was then conceived — existed
    • “Never do I feel the peripheral structure of my hands and fingers so
    • warmed and irradiated — god-inspired — thus did the Greek feel in
    • In the presence of ugliness the Greek's feeling was quite different
    • abstract feelings in regard to ugliness by his features-he makes a
    • unconscious depths of his soul at any rate — a feeling for
    • pre-earthly existence. An epoch of civilization in which this feeling
    • A genuine feeling for beauty forges a link that binds us here, in
    • own astral body feels pain at the sight of suffering in others. For
    • a man can quicken his etheric body into life through his feeling for beauty.
  • Title: Lecture: Truth Beauty and Goodness
    Matching lines:
    • exercise the students' faculties of thinking, feeling and willing.
    • is to exercise the students' faculties of thinking, feeling
    • that a feeling for truth is connected with our consciousness of the
    • truth, he is in harmony with the feeling he has of his physical body,
    • the nervous system. The feeling he has of his physical body gives him
    • it to be this copy of reality. It behooves us, however, to feel the
    • feeling for truth and truthfulness. To feel himself in duty bound
    • instead of feeling the reality of the etheric body, he is nowadays apt
    • An intense feeling for beauty — as it was then conceived — existed
    • “Never do I feel the peripheral structure of my hands and fingers so
    • warmed and irradiated — god-inspired — thus did the Greek feel in
    • In the presence of ugliness the Greek's feeling was quite different
    • abstract feelings in regard to ugliness by his features-he makes a
    • unconscious depths of his soul at any rate — a feeling for
    • pre-earthly existence. An epoch of civilization in which this feeling
    • A genuine feeling for beauty forges a link that binds us here, in
    • own astral body feels pain at the sight of suffering in others. For
    • a man can quicken his etheric body into life through his feeling for beauty.
  • Title: Lecture: The Two Christmas Annunciations
    Matching lines:
    • our feeling.
    • appeals more to the feeling and in a certain sense is the most popular
    • feeling-life, and because it is the most readily approachable for the
    • consciousness in profane feeling.
    • content of feeling and the human fullness of which Novalis still
    • to such grasping of the world, permeated as it was with feeling, but
    • between falling asleep and awaking, we look back, we feel our way
    • back, as it were, into our bodies. We feel what is of the earth in our
    • In the shepherds' wisdom we learn to know the earth by feeling our way
    • The forces of knowledge, faith and feeling that live in man to-day can
    • with idle talk about the Christmas festival and our own feelings, but
  • Title: Lecture: The Two Christmas Annunciations
    Matching lines:
    • our feeling.
    • appeals more to the feeling and in a certain sense is the most popular
    • feeling-life, and because it is the most readily approachable for the
    • consciousness in profane feeling.
    • content of feeling and the human fullness of which Novalis still
    • to such grasping of the world, permeated as it was with feeling, but
    • between falling asleep and awaking, we look back, we feel our way
    • back, as it were, into our bodies. We feel what is of the earth in our
    • In the shepherds' wisdom we learn to know the earth by feeling our way
    • The forces of knowledge, faith and feeling that live in man to-day can
    • with idle talk about the Christmas festival and our own feelings, but
  • Title: Lecture: Woman and Society (Die Frauenfrage)
    Matching lines:
    • such a reproach without feeling uneasy, and can remember other
    • her emotional character is the feeling of submissiveness, the feeling
    • view of the relation between intellect, feelings and passion in men
    • the intellect belongs primarily to Woman, and feelings and passion to
    • last century. It was necessary that old religious feelings and
    • when people will feel that the wellsprings of the spirit in life must
    • lay here. Where the soul begins to feel the divine in itself, where
    • the human soul. For this reason tremendously powerful feelings and
    • feel in themselves the other side of the human being, and who, in a
  • Title: Lecture: Woman and Society (Die Frauenfrage)
    Matching lines:
    • such a reproach without feeling uneasy, and can remember other
    • her emotional character is the feeling of submissiveness, the feeling
    • view of the relation between intellect, feelings and passion in men
    • the intellect belongs primarily to Woman, and feelings and passion to
    • last century. It was necessary that old religious feelings and
    • when people will feel that the wellsprings of the spirit in life must
    • lay here. Where the soul begins to feel the divine in itself, where
    • the human soul. For this reason tremendously powerful feelings and
    • feel in themselves the other side of the human being, and who, in a
  • Title: Lecture: Exoteric and Esoteric Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • entangled in death, and out of man's feelings arose the question:
    • feeling. Men on earth had to come to this feeling, for it was
    • face the feeling that through death, i.e. through the intellect, we
    • a particular feeling in connection with esoteric Christianity:
    • is active, we do not really live. We must feel that when we are
    • feels how difficult it is to clothe these experiences in the words of
  • Title: Lecture: Exoteric and Esoteric Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • entangled in death, and out of man's feelings arose the question:
    • feeling. Men on earth had to come to this feeling, for it was
    • face the feeling that through death, i.e. through the intellect, we
    • a particular feeling in connection with esoteric Christianity:
    • is active, we do not really live. We must feel that when we are
    • feels how difficult it is to clothe these experiences in the words of
  • Title: Mathematics and Occultism
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness; then we shall feel something of the abounding power
  • Title: Mathematics and Occultism
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness; then we shall feel something of the abounding power
  • Title: William Shakespeare
    Matching lines:
    • unfolds its thoughts and feelings.
  • Title: William Shakespeare
    Matching lines:
    • unfolds its thoughts and feelings.
  • Title: William Shakespeare
    Matching lines:
    • and feelings in the presentation of an individual
  • Title: William Shakespeare
    Matching lines:
    • and feelings in the presentation of an individual
  • Title: Man as a Being: Cover Sheet
    Matching lines:
    • feeling: warmth, sight, taste, and smell. Finally there are the four
  • Title: Man as a Being: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • feeling: warmth, sight, taste, and smell. Finally there are the four
    • metabolic-limb organisation; relation to world of feeling. The images
  • Title: Man as a Being: Introduction
    Matching lines:
    • feeling: warmth, sight, taste, and smell. Finally there are the four
  • Title: Man as a Being: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • feeling: warmth, sight, taste, and smell. Finally there are the four
    • matters, but one has to be capable of an inner feeling for these
    • inner experience. You do not feel this chalk; roughly speaking, what
    • you feel is the impact of the chalk on your skin ... the process can
    • sight, taste and smell has to do with feeling. That is not
  • Title: Man as a Being: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • feeling: warmth, sight, taste, and smell. Finally there are the four
  • Title: Man as a Being: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • feeling: warmth, sight, taste, and smell. Finally there are the four
    • does not get as far as feeling, still less as far as
    • find that feeling is nothing more than a feeling-stress of the idea,
    • and that will is entirely lacking. The fact is that feeling and will
    • formed, already been given shape. Feeling is connected with the
    • the feeling and willing organisations. You see we are now coupling
    • together the feeling world of the soul and the world of
    • connection between the capacity for feeling and the faculty of memory.
    • feeling ourselves all the time actually at variance with external
    • nature. It seems as if we are powerless, as if we must feel ourselves
    • at variance with ourselves. To-day we can feel the presence of these
    • feeling that this contradiction in life, which is absolutely real, can
    • natural necessity deludes us by strange methods with a feeling of
  • Title: The Individuality of Elias, John, Raphael, Novalis
    Matching lines:
    • Michael Thoughts, of which today men have no more than a dim feeling, has
    • souls who in full sincerity feel themselves drawn to the Michael stream.
    • Michael may feel when, clothed in the light rays of the Sun, Michael appears
  • Title: The Individuality of Elias, John, Raphael, Novalis
    Matching lines:
    • Michael Thoughts, of which today men have no more than a dim feeling, has
    • souls who in full sincerity feel themselves drawn to the Michael stream.
    • Michael may feel when, clothed in the light rays of the Sun, Michael appears
  • Title: The Dead Are With Us
    Matching lines:
    • inclined to feel it all rather remote from everyday life. But this is
    • namely, as realms devoid of feeling. The first kingdom of those we
    • finger, head or ear — we feel ourselves within the other soul.
    • with them consists in feeling at one with them, being within them. To
    • and so on. The higher the kingdom, the more intensely does a man feel
    • bound to them after death; he feels as though they were bearing him,
    • the element in which the dead live. For consider: what we here feel as
    • being in the physical world is quite unfamiliar. He feels that what he
    • delicate, sensitive feelings for these moments of waking and going to
    • that we unite the life of feeling with our thoughts and ideas.
    • feeling and with will. Your relationship with the dead must be one of
    • something to him — if you develop the feeling in purity and let
    • to a feeling of reverence and piety towards the spiritual world in
    • die, we mourn and feel pain. When good friends in the Society have
    • their pain to our souls; we feel their pain — that they would
    • child feels in us. It is good when a child can share his feeling with
    • On the other hand, the pain we feel at the death of older people
    • and the feeling he has is therefore different from the feeling present
    • We here in life feel that we have lost him — the pain is
    • share his feeling as we do in the case of children, we feel the pain
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Dead Are With Us
    Matching lines:
    • inclined to feel it all rather remote from everyday life. But this is
    • namely, as realms devoid of feeling. The first kingdom of those we
    • finger, head or ear — we feel ourselves within the other soul.
    • with them consists in feeling at one with them, being within them. To
    • and so on. The higher the kingdom, the more intensely does a man feel
    • bound to them after death; he feels as though they were bearing him,
    • the element in which the dead live. For consider: what we here feel as
    • being in the physical world is quite unfamiliar. He feels that what he
    • delicate, sensitive feelings for these moments of waking and going to
    • that we unite the life of feeling with our thoughts and ideas.
    • feeling and with will. Your relationship with the dead must be one of
    • something to him — if you develop the feeling in purity and let
    • to a feeling of reverence and piety towards the spiritual world in
    • die, we mourn and feel pain. When good friends in the Society have
    • their pain to our souls; we feel their pain — that they would
    • child feels in us. It is good when a child can share his feeling with
    • On the other hand, the pain we feel at the death of older people
    • and the feeling he has is therefore different from the feeling present
    • We here in life feel that we have lost him — the pain is
    • share his feeling as we do in the case of children, we feel the pain
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Universe, Earth and Man: Lecture I: The Egyptian period, and the present time.
    Matching lines:
    • Our feelings are borne into the farthest distance of the cosmos when,
    • is indeed more than a mere outer dress. What do we feel with regard to
    • belonging to the Roman Republic that one feels as if the ideal forms
    • compare that which developed in ancient Rome with the feeling, the
    • — that of a Spartan or an Athenian, for example. We feel what
    • upon the centre of his own human nature. With this feeling of
    • a crowd of angelic forms. Let us now allow our feeling to be
    • emotion is sufficiently deep for him to be able to do this will feel
    • Gothic cathedral pervaded the powers of perception, and of feeling, of
    • in order to arouse in it a feeling of permanence, so that it may
    • temple will only be understood by those who are able to feel that
    • there are forces in space. The Greek possessed this feeling. Anyone
    • penetrated with feeling. He who has such a feeling for space knows why
    • preserved the living feeling for space has the sensation that those
    • pious congregation within, it is incomplete. If we wish to feel it as
    • the upward-streaming feelings they express; not such feelings as are
    • preserved, but victorious feelings, such as the soul perceives who
    • building, which is incomplete if it is not filled with such feelings.
    • material, physical part of the world; he feels it to be real, that it
    • Thus we see how thoughts and feelings work from one incarnation to
  • Title: Universe, Earth and Man: Lecture III: The Kingdoms of Nature. Group-egos. The Centre of Man. The Kingdoms of Higher Spiritual Beings.
    Matching lines:
    • other hand one should not think that the earth feels pain when a
    • feeling of well-being pass over the earth. Objections to this from the
    • feels pain; if a plant is cut the earth feels pleasure. For the earth
    • When a mineral is broken up it does not feel pain, on the contrary it
    • feels pleasure, it has a sensation of well-being. Great currents of
    • pleasurable feeling stream forth from a quarry where stones are broken
    • not only does the substance dissolve, but feelings of well-being fill
    • the warm water, feelings of pleasure on the part of the mineral at
    • crystallizes, the process is connected with a feeling of pain.
    • feeling. They must not be only comprehended intellectually, but must
    • be embodied in feeling if they are to become true knowledge.
    • body. In the case of plants it is desire, feeling, and will that play
    • We have seen how sensation and feeling alter when man acquires true
    • Thus we can now consider the world with entirely different feelings;
  • Title: Universe, Earth and Man: Lecture IV: The Outer Manifestations of Spiritual Beings in the Elements. Their connection with Man. Cosmic partitions. The Myth of Osiris.
    Matching lines:
    • he only then began to feel himself as a separate being; with this came
  • Title: Universe, Earth and Man: Lecture VI: The Spirits of Form as regents of earthly existence. Participation of the Luciferic beings. The formation of race.
    Matching lines:
    • hence the feeling of belonging one to another. Jehovah produced order
  • Title: Universe, Earth and Man: Lecture VII: Animal forms -- the physiognomical expression of human passions. The religion of Egypt -- a remembrance of Lemurian times. Fish and serpent symbols. The remembrance of Atlantis in Europe. The Light of Christ.
    Matching lines:
    • kind of feeling of personality, no feeling of selfhood, had as yet
    • occult perception on his environment can express his feeling
    • evolution. It is quite natural for a person to experience a feeling of
    • chaste watery element; it gives him a feeling of peace; just as to
    • those of a pure disposition it gives a feeling of horror to see a
    • creeping snake. Such feelings are by no means meaningless memories of
    • man is unaffected by culture, when we realize that the feelings we
    • fear of snakes, but this is by culture; but the fundamental feeling of
    • during the first half of that epoch; only then did man begin to feel
  • Title: Universe, Earth and Man: Lecture VIII: Mans connection with the various planetary bodies. The earth's mission.
    Matching lines:
    • form, a feeling of “belonging to each other” which,
    • ringing within him he feels strengthened and refreshed anew when
    • inspirational consciousness lead him? It leads him to where he feels
  • Title: Universe, Earth and Man: Lecture XI: The progress of man. His conquest of the physical plane in the post-Atlantean civilizations. The beginning and up-building of the 'I am.' The chosen people.
    Matching lines:
    • these bodies, and what we feel as fatigue is nothing more than the
    • the soul of the needy individual; this feeling of gratitude is at the
    • not first given. He is the originator of the feeling of gratitude,
    • although he does not himself feel it, and is only acquainted with it
    • they are able to kindle love in man so that he feels it, but they only
    • reach down into the ozone of humanity and feel the warmth of love. We
    • enter into the feelings of these ancient Europeans. They said: “I
    • sense of freedom. We must picture this state of feeling vividly, for
    • possessed of this feeling, particularly among the ancient Etruscans.
    • sense of freedom, or a feeling for personality, sprang from the causes
    • was overwhelmingly strong; we find this feeling in the souls of those
    • We see the feeling developed in them which they might have expressed
    • physical plane is valuable.” Thus a feeling of the worthlessness
    • of the physical plane was developed, a feeling of the need to flee
    • from it in order to attain that which was spiritual. A feeling evolved
    • these mingled with others who had gained a stronger feeling of
  • Title: Universe, Earth and Man: Lecture X: The reflection in the fourth epoch of mans experiences with the ancient Gods and their way of the Cross. The Christ-Mystery.
    Matching lines:
    • When a man died at that time he had the feeling that only when he
    • rulership over it. This feeling gave rise to the conception of the
    • towards a spiritual life should feel it their duty to do all that is
    • because of their individual self-consciousness and feeling for
    • preserved a feeling for the nothingness of the physical plane, of its
    • the shades,” it exactly expresses the feeling of that period.
  • Title: Universe, Earth and Man: Lecture XI: The reversing of Egyptian remembrance into material forms by way of Arabism. The harmonizing of Egyptian remembrance. The Christian impulse of power in Rosicrucianism.
    Matching lines:
    • Europeans may feel strong objections to the caste system, but it was
    • such a way that no one will feel forced into any caste, but each will
    • and feeling; I do not mean the outwardly visible sun; it was regarded
    • him merely as a lump of wood does, but certain feelings were
    • the right feeling, experienced by the clairvoyant during the ancient
    • feeling and our impulses of will and give us wings; for they show us
    • pictorially is filled with religious feeling.
    • separate ways, but already in our age men feel that they must again
    • feeling which rises in our souls from such thoughts as these should
    • our feeling, our perception, and our actions may be full of power.
    • stimulated, but our feelings of joy and of security in life have also
    • certainty in life, must be the feeling that pervades all
    • something living — into impulses of feeling and of certainty as
  • Title: Lecture: The Origin of Speech and Language
    Matching lines:
    • feelings.
    • activities of the blood and the air, our feelings come about. Now we
    • imitating out of their feelings the way other people move their lips.
    • not feel warm or cold. These sensations have to do with the nerves.
  • Title: Lecture: The Origin of Speech and Language
    Matching lines:
    • feelings.
    • activities of the blood and the air, our feelings come about. Now we
    • imitating out of their feelings the way other people move their lips.
    • not feel warm or cold. These sensations have to do with the nerves.
  • Title: The Sense-Organs and Aesthetic Experience
    Matching lines:
    • become so personal and really want to let personal feelings cloud
    • feeling, an activity, a deed which would have been appropriate on the
    • sees the colour red; it feels sympathy or antipathy for the colour.
    • feeling and willing; again three. But they are different; not
    • thinking, feeling and willing as they normally are on earth, but
    • occurrences in human life by which feelings of fear and compassion
    • are aroused; but through the arousing of these feelings, and the
    • you read more of his Poetics you will feel in it something
    • before the feelings that lead us to love or not to love something; so
    • needs to be cultivated. If there is no feeling of responsibility
    • present world, with its stamp of materialism, what feeling is there
  • Title: The Sense-Organs and Aesthetic Experience
    Matching lines:
    • become so personal and really want to let personal feelings cloud
    • feeling, an activity, a deed which would have been appropriate on the
    • sees the colour red; it feels sympathy or antipathy for the colour.
    • feeling and willing; again three. But they are different; not
    • thinking, feeling and willing as they normally are on earth, but
    • occurrences in human life by which feelings of fear and compassion
    • are aroused; but through the arousing of these feelings, and the
    • you read more of his Poetics you will feel in it something
    • before the feelings that lead us to love or not to love something; so
    • needs to be cultivated. If there is no feeling of responsibility
    • present world, with its stamp of materialism, what feeling is there
  • Title: A Turning-Point in Modern History
    Matching lines:
    • one cannot help feeling oppressed if one remembers a saying by Herman
    • feeling for the culture of middle Europe. Herman Grimm once said that
    • he feels unsupported and alone among the nations of the world.
    • feeling of oppression. For one must admit: Luther does not live on
    • already in which a German would have to feel unsupported and alone
    • among the nations of the world. People do not feel deeply enough to
    • will always feel that Schiller might just as well have written, if he
    • “Tale” with inner understanding, we can feel the presence in
    • reading the “Aesthetic Letters” should feel: in the very way
    • In a short time the whole way of feeling about this has turned round.
    • able to feel in man himself the universally human qualities that
    • in this age of consciousness, and people feel that everything proceeds
    • when such things were founded, from an atavistic feeling originating
  • Title: A Turning-Point in Modern History
    Matching lines:
    • one cannot help feeling oppressed if one remembers a saying by Herman
    • feeling for the culture of middle Europe. Herman Grimm once said that
    • he feels unsupported and alone among the nations of the world.
    • feeling of oppression. For one must admit: Luther does not live on
    • already in which a German would have to feel unsupported and alone
    • among the nations of the world. People do not feel deeply enough to
    • will always feel that Schiller might just as well have written, if he
    • “Tale” with inner understanding, we can feel the presence in
    • reading the “Aesthetic Letters” should feel: in the very way
    • In a short time the whole way of feeling about this has turned round.
    • able to feel in man himself the universally human qualities that
    • in this age of consciousness, and people feel that everything proceeds
    • when such things were founded, from an atavistic feeling originating
  • Title: Elemental Beings and Human Destinies
    Matching lines:
    • sphere of feeling; and finally the sphere of the will, which
    • Similarly, the life of ideas, the life of feeling and the life of will
    • thinking and ideas. Everything connected with the life of feeling
    • is a dream-life. Even in daytime the life of feeling pervades our
    • feeling we know indirectly through ideas, but we can never know it
    • directly through the feelings themselves. The life of will is in still
    • lie beneath the life of feeling; and still more deeply unconscious
    • contains within it thinking, feeling and willing. In the head system
    • or the system of thought, a life of feeling and a life of will are
    • ideas. Similarly, thoughts are present in the sphere of feeling, more
    • feeling, are by no means our own individual property. They take place
    • world-processes. This means that when you feel, you have of course an
    • behind our life of feeling.
    • life of feeling. Suppose the event happens between the change of teeth
    • made upon your feeling is there, and then gradually the vibrations of
    • in upon our feeling life and are the reaction of the world to an
    • experience we had in the sphere of feeling during the previous
    • seven-year period. An event that stirs and moves our feelings resounds
    • himself in life, if you can feel what is in between the words he says
    • stimulation of the feelings. When we understand these things rightly,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Elemental Beings and Human Destinies
    Matching lines:
    • sphere of feeling; and finally the sphere of the will, which
    • Similarly, the life of ideas, the life of feeling and the life of will
    • thinking and ideas. Everything connected with the life of feeling
    • is a dream-life. Even in daytime the life of feeling pervades our
    • feeling we know indirectly through ideas, but we can never know it
    • directly through the feelings themselves. The life of will is in still
    • lie beneath the life of feeling; and still more deeply unconscious
    • contains within it thinking, feeling and willing. In the head system
    • or the system of thought, a life of feeling and a life of will are
    • ideas. Similarly, thoughts are present in the sphere of feeling, more
    • feeling, are by no means our own individual property. They take place
    • world-processes. This means that when you feel, you have of course an
    • behind our life of feeling.
    • life of feeling. Suppose the event happens between the change of teeth
    • made upon your feeling is there, and then gradually the vibrations of
    • in upon our feeling life and are the reaction of the world to an
    • experience we had in the sphere of feeling during the previous
    • seven-year period. An event that stirs and moves our feelings resounds
    • himself in life, if you can feel what is in between the words he says
    • stimulation of the feelings. When we understand these things rightly,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man, Offspring of the World of Stars
    Matching lines:
    • Mysteries, began to feel that their power to perceive the spiritual
    • deeper feeling for Nature. The experience is not nearly as vivid as it
    • springtime. There are people here and there who feel that the Ego is
  • Title: Man, Offspring of the World of Stars
    Matching lines:
    • Mysteries, began to feel that their power to perceive the spiritual
    • deeper feeling for Nature. The experience is not nearly as vivid as it
    • springtime. There are people here and there who feel that the Ego is
  • Title: Lecture: The Ear
    Matching lines:
    • upon the drum. Just as you touch and feel the ground with your feet,
    • so do you touch and feel the drum of the ear with the foot of this
    • formed. Coarsely you feel the ground with the sole of your foot, while
    • touch and feel the delicate vibration of the drum.
    • ‘foot’ touches and feels upon the drum has to be transmitted
    • himself unless he were able, in turn, to extinguish this feeling of
    • at it in the right way — we can still feel that we possess in our
    • presents to us. Anyone who has a feeling for it will feel the one
    • feeling of wonder or astonishment. Likewise in the O there is
    • whose life of feeling would not be stirred by this, who would not feel
    • the wonder of it, who would not really feel with such a
    • at such a description one did not feel wonder and reverence for the
    • of the Heavenly spheres. And yet the heart, the life of feeling is
    • will certainly not be kindled in you — the feeling of
    • discover this, your science is accompanied by a feeling of
    • Will. Not only our life of Feeling but our life of Will is called into
    • of Feeling and into the man of Will. Anthroposophical science speaks
    • to the head, it leaves the Feeling cold and does not in any way call
    • is to the whole man. Then too we feel there is infinitely more in the
    • world than is perceptible to the outer senses. And above all, we feel
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Ear
    Matching lines:
    • upon the drum. Just as you touch and feel the ground with your feet,
    • so do you touch and feel the drum of the ear with the foot of this
    • formed. Coarsely you feel the ground with the sole of your foot, while
    • touch and feel the delicate vibration of the drum.
    • ‘foot’ touches and feels upon the drum has to be transmitted
    • himself unless he were able, in turn, to extinguish this feeling of
    • at it in the right way — we can still feel that we possess in our
    • presents to us. Anyone who has a feeling for it will feel the one
    • feeling of wonder or astonishment. Likewise in the O there is
    • whose life of feeling would not be stirred by this, who would not feel
    • the wonder of it, who would not really feel with such a
    • at such a description one did not feel wonder and reverence for the
    • of the Heavenly spheres. And yet the heart, the life of feeling is
    • will certainly not be kindled in you — the feeling of
    • discover this, your science is accompanied by a feeling of
    • Will. Not only our life of Feeling but our life of Will is called into
    • of Feeling and into the man of Will. Anthroposophical science speaks
    • to the head, it leaves the Feeling cold and does not in any way call
    • is to the whole man. Then too we feel there is infinitely more in the
    • world than is perceptible to the outer senses. And above all, we feel
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Education for Adolescents
    Matching lines:
    • concern for the world but busy themselves with how they feel and what
    • feelings are concerned, pain only becomes greater the more we think
    • The feeling for the teacher's authority will flag perhaps for a while,
    • satisfy the feeling that then arises in the students when the question
    • be avoided if the feeling is not aroused in the students: “Now
    • that occur when the children have the feeling: “The teacher just
    • And when they feel the most intensive interest in particular world
    • if, just at this age, young people feel cleverer than the teacher
    • detrimental feelings out into the country and are really permeated by
  • Title: Education for Adolescents
    Matching lines:
    • concern for the world but busy themselves with how they feel and what
    • feelings are concerned, pain only becomes greater the more we think
    • The feeling for the teacher's authority will flag perhaps for a while,
    • satisfy the feeling that then arises in the students when the question
    • be avoided if the feeling is not aroused in the students: “Now
    • that occur when the children have the feeling: “The teacher just
    • And when they feel the most intensive interest in particular world
    • if, just at this age, young people feel cleverer than the teacher
    • detrimental feelings out into the country and are really permeated by
  • Title: Lecture: The Work of Secret Societies in the World
    Matching lines:
    • real experience, to have the feeling that one belongs in very truth to the
    • feeling of survival but to impart a clear, fully conscious knowledge of
    • comforting feeling. Charity very often springs from selfish motives. If a
    • poor man living among us has no meat at Christmas and we feel bound to give
    • him some in order that we may feel justified in eating our own Christmas
  • Title: Lecture: The Work of Secret Societies in the World
    Matching lines:
    • real experience, to have the feeling that one belongs in very truth to the
    • feeling of survival but to impart a clear, fully conscious knowledge of
    • comforting feeling. Charity very often springs from selfish motives. If a
    • poor man living among us has no meat at Christmas and we feel bound to give
    • him some in order that we may feel justified in eating our own Christmas
  • Title: Supersensible Man: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • with the powers of Cosmic Love. In the Sun sphere he feels the
    • side, he feels himself one with the Earth and with the whole Cosmos.
  • Title: Supersensible Man: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • of religious tradition, that the thinking, feeling and willing of man
    • soul' Or what sense is there again in allowing intuitive feelings or
    • the eye of the spirit. One has the feeling that the Spirits of the
    • have the feeling: This outline represents the form of the
    • it the nervous system, we have the feeling that we have been literally
    • we shall feel impelled to stop, we can go no further; we must now
    • blue-red, suddenly becomes melody. We feel we must paint in this form
  • Title: Supersensible Man: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • feeling is toward his fellow-man, is faithfully expressed in the
    • to us by destiny. We know exactly what feelings they have harboured
    • feeling for how relationships that have been begun in earthly life may
    • We feel ourselves one with the whole wide Universe. And what we were
    • before, on Earth — that we feel as something outside us.
    • we feel ourselves one with the destinies we have experienced, both in
    • our own Sun existence has made us feel one with the whole Cosmos, we
    • antipathy which one human being feels when he encounters another. The
    • feeling of sympathy or antipathy is a reflection of the intercourse
    • reflection of it in the feeling we experience when we find one another
    • hear in that an echo, in the life of feeling, of what we ourselves
    • certain other things. You experience within you, albeit in feelings
  • Title: Supersensible Man: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • through a kind of “feeling” perception — almost a kind
    • a saintly man, in order that he might perceive and feel what the
    • judgements passed upon him. For man really feels the experience as a
    • humanity. But now he cannot help feeling that a mysterious connection
    • man feels that a judgement has been passed upon him. For the thought
    • feeling. What the Sun shows us, when we look up to it with our
    • There you begin to feel that it is all familiar to you. Consider for a
    • time indicates that we have passed out of the region where men feel
    • themselves related, on Earth, to the feeling they had of being in the
    • blood. If we were beings with no iron in our blood, the feeling and
    • freedom, but also to feel in our body the power to make the body
  • Title: Supersensible Man: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • cosmic harmony and cosmic melody. It is chiefly the life of feeling
    • itself at all to expression in words. What we need is to feel
    • with a universal feeling that fills our being through and through
    • still feel the last remnants of speech. At this stage of
    • signify forms; vowel sounds express feelings, the inner
    • house in which I feel wonder, in which I sit.” In reality speech
    • tongues, speech was born from perception of feeling and of form —
    • feeling in the vowel, form in the consonant. To-day these elements are
    • never have a true feeling or perception of the nature of man until we
    • this is indeed what we feel, when we measure the significance of being
    • Very faintly the feeling dawns that he is becoming separate from the
    • moral being of spirit and soul — which man now feels living
    • feeling resembles a feeling he can have in physical existence. For
    • just as in physical existence he feels that he is bound up with his
    • Macrocosm, through his macrocosmic spiritual heart, he feels himself
    • with this heart-beat. Just as on Earth we feel in the heart-beat the
    • beating of our spiritual, macrocosmic heart, it feels to us as though
    • being feels himself living in very truth within the spiritual heart of
  • Title: Supersensible Man: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • into the super-sensible world. In the physical world he feels his
    • the life of the senses, making us feel that it is, after all, of
    • still in earthly life. Such a feeling can never be the final
    • silicious rock appears to us with the transparency of glass. We feel
    • to feel ourselves one with the whole Earth. When we have this
    • experience, beginning at the same time to feel ourselves one with the
    • This is a first feeling that can come over us. Many an ancient song,
    • insight into the real mood and feeling of the Bhagavad Gita, for
    • in which the whole feeling-content of the human soul is united with
    • clothed in words without making will and feeling one with the thoughts
    • ago. You feel as if you were living through past experiences, as if
    • Living thus in the Earth's memories, we feel for the first time the
    • the Earth's memories, we feel how our thinking is bound up with the
    • connections between the metals and the being of man. A feeling of holy
    • the deepened feeling and insight which can come to him in
    • — unless we are quite devoid of poetic feeling — to
  • Title: Lecture: The Three Stages of Sleep
    Matching lines:
    • feelings of anxiety, of joy, of compulsion. The meaning of the
    • or the like. He may then wake up in this feeling of terror, for
    • place of an impulse — how this passed over into feelings
    • consciousness they can distinguish between thinking, feeling
    • consciousness. A person is awake when thinking or feeling or
    • life the human being not only thinks, but feels and wills.
    • something over into consciousness; we can feel that we have had
    • feeling that they have died down. Then they rise up again, and
    • feeling is the second element of waking consciousness. Thus
    • familiar with this feeling in the morning, where one knows that
    • feeling and willing, so during sleep we either flow with the
    • while feeling is darker and really a kind of dreaming, and
    • but we must feel fully within it, in the way I have described
    • this feeling was there, and it was very definitely there with
  • Title: Lecture: The Three Stages of Sleep
    Matching lines:
    • feelings of anxiety, of joy, of compulsion. The meaning of the
    • or the like. He may then wake up in this feeling of terror, for
    • place of an impulse — how this passed over into feelings
    • consciousness they can distinguish between thinking, feeling
    • consciousness. A person is awake when thinking or feeling or
    • life the human being not only thinks, but feels and wills.
    • something over into consciousness; we can feel that we have had
    • feeling that they have died down. Then they rise up again, and
    • feeling is the second element of waking consciousness. Thus
    • familiar with this feeling in the morning, where one knows that
    • feeling and willing, so during sleep we either flow with the
    • while feeling is darker and really a kind of dreaming, and
    • but we must feel fully within it, in the way I have described
    • this feeling was there, and it was very definitely there with
  • Title: The Cosmic Word and Individual Man
    Matching lines:
    • previous evening, one may wake up with the feeling that the soul has
    • after death. Then he feels himself in his astral body. But again it is
    • feeling: Yes, there are such realities, everything else is not real
    • take hold of Thinking, Feeling, and Willing in the astral body, as
    • In our human speech, which springs from Feeling, there lives for man
    • human being in Willing, Feeling, and Thinking — these must be
    • speech — the Cherubim bring the human life of Feeling into
    • into accord with Thinking and Feeling by the Cherubim.
    • its inner activity, when man in waking life moves, speaks, feels, and
    • Vulcan. The Anthroposophical Society must unite human beings who feel
  • Title: The Cosmic Word and Individual Man
    Matching lines:
    • previous evening, one may wake up with the feeling that the soul has
    • after death. Then he feels himself in his astral body. But again it is
    • feeling: Yes, there are such realities, everything else is not real
    • take hold of Thinking, Feeling, and Willing in the astral body, as
    • In our human speech, which springs from Feeling, there lives for man
    • human being in Willing, Feeling, and Thinking — these must be
    • speech — the Cherubim bring the human life of Feeling into
    • into accord with Thinking and Feeling by the Cherubim.
    • its inner activity, when man in waking life moves, speaks, feels, and
    • Vulcan. The Anthroposophical Society must unite human beings who feel
  • Title: Preface: The Foundation Stone Meditation
    Matching lines:
    • human being, as a being of willing, feeling and thinking. A
    • tempests, and will know itself as a being of feeling which
    • heart's unsullied feeling, the union of the higher self with the I of
    • in the limbs and in the throb of heart and lungs (will and feeling),
  • Title: Meditation: The Foundation Stone Meditation
    Matching lines:
    • Into the feeling of your own soul's being:
    • And you will feel truly
  • Title: The Foundation Stone Meditation
    Matching lines:
    • And you will truly feel
    • “toned-down”, but made available to everyone who feels
  • Title: The Foundation Stone Meditation
    Matching lines:
    • And you will truly feel
    • “toned-down”, but made available to everyone who feels
  • Title: Christ and the Twentieth Century
    Matching lines:
    • the like, in the light of those habits of thought, feeling and
    • point of time when the soul of a chosen human being was able to feel
    • moments when such men feel themselves at a turning-point of their
    • feelings that have arisen among men towards this loving Saviour,
    • senses as a kind of ‘Natural Law.’ Science did not feel
    • the feeling of the Jew: ‘When I, as an individual member of the
    • rings forth the word of Christianity: All such feeling of the Divine,
  • Title: Christ and the Twentieth Century
    Matching lines:
    • the like, in the light of those habits of thought, feeling and
    • point of time when the soul of a chosen human being was able to feel
    • moments when such men feel themselves at a turning-point of their
    • feelings that have arisen among men towards this loving Saviour,
    • senses as a kind of ‘Natural Law.’ Science did not feel
    • the feeling of the Jew: ‘When I, as an individual member of the
    • rings forth the word of Christianity: All such feeling of the Divine,
  • Title: Lecture: Richard Wagner and Mysticism
    Matching lines:
    • blindly among the secrets of Nature with vague feelings, and Mysticism
    • the sun. And when people speak of obscure feelings and premonitions
    • within him and he expresses in action what he feels and experiences in
    • into this kind of dramatic art. Again, when human feeling would fain
    • direction, and out of this feeling was born his idea of a
    • he feels it necessary to express much more than the physical part of
    • one of Wagner's earliest works. Do we not feel that something is
    • evolution we feel how the new Gods who rule over mankind have come
    • the long E flat on the organ? Do we not feel here that individual
    • intervening period but the feeling remained in him and out of it he
    • sublimated to feeling, the figure who having suffered for others,
    • feeling and let the ideas in their totality stand before our souls.
    • full of mystical feeling was his realisation of his mission that he
    • feeling which though mystical in essence is yet clear as daylight and
  • Title: Lecture: Richard Wagner and Mysticism
    Matching lines:
    • blindly among the secrets of Nature with vague feelings, and Mysticism
    • the sun. And when people speak of obscure feelings and premonitions
    • within him and he expresses in action what he feels and experiences in
    • into this kind of dramatic art. Again, when human feeling would fain
    • direction, and out of this feeling was born his idea of a
    • he feels it necessary to express much more than the physical part of
    • one of Wagner's earliest works. Do we not feel that something is
    • evolution we feel how the new Gods who rule over mankind have come
    • the long E flat on the organ? Do we not feel here that individual
    • intervening period but the feeling remained in him and out of it he
    • sublimated to feeling, the figure who having suffered for others,
    • feeling and let the ideas in their totality stand before our souls.
    • full of mystical feeling was his realisation of his mission that he
    • feeling which though mystical in essence is yet clear as daylight and
  • Title: Lecture: The Crossing of the Threshold and the Social Organism
    Matching lines:
    • themselves; the forces of thought, feeling and of the will become
    • activity of thought, feeling and will within man, will in future take
    • spheres of thought, feeling and will become separated. This imposes
    • upon which feeling can develop independently, and also a
    • anthroposophical feelings and from a knowledge of the events which
    • Anthroposophy, should feel that they are a KERNEL from which the
    • this feeling, will he be able to make the right decisions and
    • curiosity. Man should instead be pervaded with the feeling that
    • beings been pervaded by the feeling: “Whatever you do, is in
    • throughout his life the human being should be able to feel the
    • feeling: “Whatever you do, from morning, to night, has been
    • should turn to these kinds of feelings, which are far more real in
    • the face of the spiritual world than the more abstract feelings of
    • to-day pertaining to religious beliefs; they should turn to feelings
    • Feelings of this kind can give rise to the connection which we need
    • beings. Man's attitude and feelings towards the spiritual world
    • hierarchy, for to-day they feel averse to seek a connection with the
    • that the human beings may rise in their feelings from their
  • Title: Lecture: The Crossing of the Threshold and the Social Organism
    Matching lines:
    • themselves; the forces of thought, feeling and of the will become
    • activity of thought, feeling and will within man, will in future take
    • spheres of thought, feeling and will become separated. This imposes
    • upon which feeling can develop independently, and also a
    • anthroposophical feelings and from a knowledge of the events which
    • Anthroposophy, should feel that they are a KERNEL from which the
    • this feeling, will he be able to make the right decisions and
    • curiosity. Man should instead be pervaded with the feeling that
    • beings been pervaded by the feeling: “Whatever you do, is in
    • throughout his life the human being should be able to feel the
    • feeling: “Whatever you do, from morning, to night, has been
    • should turn to these kinds of feelings, which are far more real in
    • the face of the spiritual world than the more abstract feelings of
    • to-day pertaining to religious beliefs; they should turn to feelings
    • Feelings of this kind can give rise to the connection which we need
    • beings. Man's attitude and feelings towards the spiritual world
    • hierarchy, for to-day they feel averse to seek a connection with the
    • that the human beings may rise in their feelings from their
  • Title: Lecture: The Weaving and Living Activity of the Human Etheric Bodies
    Matching lines:
    • marvellous conception, so that he could feel the single parts of the
    • man’s feelings in regard to his relationship with the
    • certain feelings, that may, indeed, endanger souls filled with pride
    • Capesius, conversing with Benedictus, feels the approach of truths
    • foster the feeling showing us how little of all that wisdom which
    • feeling that such beliefs are not based upon truth. For this
    • strive to build up feelings in the way in which we endeavour to do
    • it, will have an uncomfortable feeling when they read the frequently
    • may feel throughout: there is something behind all that! In fact,
    • Towards all these things we feel that in the case of Dostojevski we
    • the right kind of feeling, the right kind of idea in regard to what
    • different feelings than those of a soul that has never passed through
    • and if we are able to feel it. In that case, we shall understand
    • feelings with what has arisen spiritually through the
    • significance and you will be able to feel the words with which I once
  • Title: Lecture: The Weaving and Living Activity of the Human Etheric Bodies
    Matching lines:
    • marvellous conception, so that he could feel the single parts of the
    • man’s feelings in regard to his relationship with the
    • certain feelings, that may, indeed, endanger souls filled with pride
    • Capesius, conversing with Benedictus, feels the approach of truths
    • foster the feeling showing us how little of all that wisdom which
    • feeling that such beliefs are not based upon truth. For this
    • strive to build up feelings in the way in which we endeavour to do
    • it, will have an uncomfortable feeling when they read the frequently
    • may feel throughout: there is something behind all that! In fact,
    • Towards all these things we feel that in the case of Dostojevski we
    • the right kind of feeling, the right kind of idea in regard to what
    • different feelings than those of a soul that has never passed through
    • and if we are able to feel it. In that case, we shall understand
    • feelings with what has arisen spiritually through the
    • significance and you will be able to feel the words with which I once
  • Title: Lecture: And The Temple Becomes Man
    Matching lines:
    • arch arose, of course, from a deep feeling for the dynamic
    • symbolic expression of what we may feel at the sight of a human being
    • sight of a Greek Temple “makes us feel the very marrow of our
    • feel a kind of fear, a kind of dread of spiritual knowledge,
    • feels: ‘When I try to formulate in concepts or ideas something
    • that I feel to be a living work of art, or at least a fertile
    • repulsion that an artist must feel when he finds one of his own works
    • feeling that we have wronged it, fundamentally wronged it. There is
    • nevertheless in a certain respect we must feel it to be a skeleton in
    • We must feel that Theosophy is for us a Cross and a Sacrifice,
    • feel that we have in us one of the divine impulses of its mission —
    • feel and know the creative power inherent in the mysteries of the
    • who suffers a kind of death in Theosophy, will feel in his own life a
    • Anthroposophists one of those things which the heart feels to be a
  • Title: Lecture: And The Temple Becomes Man
    Matching lines:
    • arch arose, of course, from a deep feeling for the dynamic
    • symbolic expression of what we may feel at the sight of a human being
    • sight of a Greek Temple “makes us feel the very marrow of our
    • feel a kind of fear, a kind of dread of spiritual knowledge,
    • feels: ‘When I try to formulate in concepts or ideas something
    • that I feel to be a living work of art, or at least a fertile
    • repulsion that an artist must feel when he finds one of his own works
    • feeling that we have wronged it, fundamentally wronged it. There is
    • nevertheless in a certain respect we must feel it to be a skeleton in
    • We must feel that Theosophy is for us a Cross and a Sacrifice,
    • feel that we have in us one of the divine impulses of its mission —
    • feel and know the creative power inherent in the mysteries of the
    • who suffers a kind of death in Theosophy, will feel in his own life a
    • Anthroposophists one of those things which the heart feels to be a
  • Title: Lecture: The Mystery of Golgotha
    Matching lines:
    • intellectual abstraction. We can no longer feel our way into the
    • Now in this feeling two experiences were joined together
    • Thus did man feel the Spirit from whom he had departed,
    • we must find our way to it again, for only when we can feel His
    • Such was the deep-seated feeling in human souls before
    • learned to feel the estrangement of their being from the world of
    • that time, who had a certain feeling for what was taking place,
    • you will feel the Son as Him with whom you can die and yet remain
    • the Mystery of Golgotha drew near, did men begin to feel the real
    • consciousness, feel the greatest satisfaction) he finds himself
    • feels it as a slow process of Death. A sphere of existence higher
    • Science, the more he feels his soul to die within him. For the modern
    • he feels himself bound up, even in life, with Death. Again and again
    • he feels this Death deeply and intensely. Then he may well seek the
    • dies. Why is it, he asks himself, that he has a feeling comparable
    • not uttered out of any sentimental feeling: on the contrary, it
    • Truly we should feel that we are sick and ill as we go
    • dead thoughts into the world. We should feel that we are sick, and
    • that we have hitherto experienced as Death we feel ourselves called
    • to Life again. We feel the living and healing Spirit speaking to us
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Mystery of Golgotha
    Matching lines:
    • intellectual abstraction. We can no longer feel our way into the
    • Now in this feeling two experiences were joined together
    • Thus did man feel the Spirit from whom he had departed,
    • we must find our way to it again, for only when we can feel His
    • Such was the deep-seated feeling in human souls before
    • learned to feel the estrangement of their being from the world of
    • that time, who had a certain feeling for what was taking place,
    • you will feel the Son as Him with whom you can die and yet remain
    • the Mystery of Golgotha drew near, did men begin to feel the real
    • consciousness, feel the greatest satisfaction) he finds himself
    • feels it as a slow process of Death. A sphere of existence higher
    • Science, the more he feels his soul to die within him. For the modern
    • he feels himself bound up, even in life, with Death. Again and again
    • he feels this Death deeply and intensely. Then he may well seek the
    • dies. Why is it, he asks himself, that he has a feeling comparable
    • not uttered out of any sentimental feeling: on the contrary, it
    • Truly we should feel that we are sick and ill as we go
    • dead thoughts into the world. We should feel that we are sick, and
    • that we have hitherto experienced as Death we feel ourselves called
    • to Life again. We feel the living and healing Spirit speaking to us
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Recovery of the Living Source of Speech
    Matching lines:
    • feeling is present in him that he belongs to a spiritual world and
    • object. In our day however there is hardly any feeling left for this;
    • indicated. Who is there who still feels, when the word Blitz
    • parts of Europe. The feeling a man had when he was ploughing was
    • similar to the feeling he had when he heard the word which in those
    • experience as his feeling.
    • was not yet so interested in the feelings aroused in him at the
    • weather. These feelings interested him, it is true, in another
    • and antipathy, of every shade of human feeling. Instead of a language
    • of will, as in former times, we have now a language of feeling. We
    • have come to a stage where this feeling, which is called forth in man
    • gives rise to the language of feeling.
    • the Roman we can still feel ourselves near; then comes a great gulf.
    • speech or language, then we find that the language of feeling
    • region, men still feel how the word pulsates in them as the blood
    • pulsates in the body; they feel it in the power of the breath. In the
    • feel the presence of the Archangel, who is himself subject to
    • the language of will to the language of feeling and thence to the
    • of thought, through the language of feeling, to the
  • Title: The Recovery of the Living Source of Speech
    Matching lines:
    • feeling is present in him that he belongs to a spiritual world and
    • object. In our day however there is hardly any feeling left for this;
    • indicated. Who is there who still feels, when the word Blitz
    • parts of Europe. The feeling a man had when he was ploughing was
    • similar to the feeling he had when he heard the word which in those
    • experience as his feeling.
    • was not yet so interested in the feelings aroused in him at the
    • weather. These feelings interested him, it is true, in another
    • and antipathy, of every shade of human feeling. Instead of a language
    • of will, as in former times, we have now a language of feeling. We
    • have come to a stage where this feeling, which is called forth in man
    • gives rise to the language of feeling.
    • the Roman we can still feel ourselves near; then comes a great gulf.
    • speech or language, then we find that the language of feeling
    • region, men still feel how the word pulsates in them as the blood
    • pulsates in the body; they feel it in the power of the breath. In the
    • feel the presence of the Archangel, who is himself subject to
    • the language of will to the language of feeling and thence to the
    • of thought, through the language of feeling, to the
  • Title: The Influence of the Dead on the Life of Man on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • emancipate ourselves from what is solid in us, the moment we feel
    • ourselves. Not only does our feeling, our condition, depend on the
    • borrowed from the surrounding world, into our feelings and
    • meets us just in ordinary life. His feeling and condition as a whole
    • threshold of consciousness. There comes a man, feeling in a depressed
    • psychoanalysts — if feelings of love were there, while the
    • I have tried to call forth in you a feeling for the way in which the
    • the gate of death 60, 70 or 80 years ago, or even earlier. He feels
    • distinctly a certain inner experience. When you feel hunger in the
    • you’. Or again, take the case when you feel pain in this or
    • surrounding sphere; you feel that at a certain place there is
    • but world perception, or even world feeling. Then will Spiritual
    • period between death and a new birth man must have the inner Feeling
    • the most appalling arrogance, which would live as a dim feeling in
    • which words are endowed with real spiritual feeling when we say ‘Out
    • If we learn this in all its depths, through the feeling which can
    • feeling: ‘Into Christ we die’, and gazing in from the
    • have this feeling after we have passed through the gate of death is
    • of infinite importance. Only if we can have this feeling towards our
    • incarnation. And there is no other way of having this feeling; we can
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Influence of the Dead on the Life of Man on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • emancipate ourselves from what is solid in us, the moment we feel
    • ourselves. Not only does our feeling, our condition, depend on the
    • borrowed from the surrounding world, into our feelings and
    • meets us just in ordinary life. His feeling and condition as a whole
    • threshold of consciousness. There comes a man, feeling in a depressed
    • psychoanalysts — if feelings of love were there, while the
    • I have tried to call forth in you a feeling for the way in which the
    • the gate of death 60, 70 or 80 years ago, or even earlier. He feels
    • distinctly a certain inner experience. When you feel hunger in the
    • you’. Or again, take the case when you feel pain in this or
    • surrounding sphere; you feel that at a certain place there is
    • but world perception, or even world feeling. Then will Spiritual
    • period between death and a new birth man must have the inner Feeling
    • the most appalling arrogance, which would live as a dim feeling in
    • which words are endowed with real spiritual feeling when we say ‘Out
    • If we learn this in all its depths, through the feeling which can
    • feeling: ‘Into Christ we die’, and gazing in from the
    • have this feeling after we have passed through the gate of death is
    • of infinite importance. Only if we can have this feeling towards our
    • incarnation. And there is no other way of having this feeling; we can
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Ancient Myths: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • puberty. Forces underlying the feelings of nationalism. Development
    • overcome so that child may feel himself to be a member of whole
    • enable child to feel how he is built up out of Cosmos. Value of myth
  • Title: Lecture II: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • spirit-dog and the spirit-bull; he describes what he feels about
    • puberty that which in the case of boys merely emerged in the feeling
    • different when they had the feeling: it is the sexual essences which
    • puberty. Afterwards he had the feeling that they had entered into
    • feeling to nationality, the clinging to the national, the
    • longing? When man develops to excess this national feeling, this
  • Title: Lecture III: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • the feeling of the old Egyptians she was not only a mysterious deity,
    • with the sensations and feelings which were in the soul, in the
    • But, a feeling should
  • Title: Lecture IV: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • we wish to give the right colouring, the right nuance of feeling to
    • feeling of relationship between the word and the object,
    • through this present time and feels itself very, very well in so
    • interests, who, while they feel themselves too weak or too lazy,
  • Title: Lecture V: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • blooming of soul qualities, which man can feel no longer. Yes,
    • with them, as they do not feel strong enough really to permeate
    • observed, the religious life to the feelings. Both are to be nicely
    • feelings. On the one hand, one says: From what lofty standpoints,
    • with mixed feelings that one leaves off reading. For in the first
    • with sorrowful feelings can one now behold such a motto: ‘For
    • Europe? One can admit that he had a feeling for the greatness, the
    • significance of the Christ-Impulse. And hence he also had the feeling
    • grasped it. That he knows; a feeling of that is present in him. But,
    • nevertheless, with this feeling he finds support in the already
    • friends, the customary thought and feeling of today are not aiming at
    • things. One only needs to transpose oneself in feeling into those
    • one's whole feeling, and to grow up under this impression. It is of
    • now, do I feel really fitted to say something to people ... As for
    • soul. We must absorb in another way, we must really have the feeling
  • Title: Lecture VI: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • thinking and feeling flow into such currents as are necessary
    • of soul. One must only develop a feeling that this human form is a
    • reach everyone, is not fitted to call forth a feeling of what a
    • man can produce by way of human thoughts, human feelings. The head,
    • feelings, that the head as apparatus can supply, we should never be
    • feel the rejuvenation of their etheric body so that the
    • has but a slight feeling for what is taking place at the present
    • linked with feeling, what we can pour into the hearts of the youngest
    • children. Then these hearts of young children will feel: here upon
    • in me. It will be possible to train the human being to feel himself a
    • being of man. The human being will feel as regards his education: To
    • and by this I mean all that any European could feel in the course of
    • is concerned, it comes to expression in feelings of sympathy and
    • powerful feelings of hatred. It will no longer be possible to
  • Title: Lecture VII: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • can show a likeness to the ancestors. If one has a feeling for such
    • spiritual science so fruitful that the human being comes to feel how
    • for that is not of much use — to feel-through, thoroughly to
    • feel-through something. Here too, you see, is a point where modern
    • feeling and experience — with the conception: ‘I stand here on
    • really fruitful with feeling and warmth, instead of all the stupid
    • brought to youth! Then think what a feeling towards the universe
    • frame of mind of modern men. The feelings of modern men lie along
    • fact that there is no feeling for this relation of head-life and
  • Title: Lecture: The Souls Progress through Repeated Earth Lives
    Matching lines:
    • acquires a strong feeling of responsibility, because he is compelled
    • means of his intellectual life, his feeling life, his will, that is,
    • feel ourselves as participants in the creation of the world.
    • makes the ego feel attracted to just this particular returning astral
    • through the ego's feeling itself linked with the earth, feeling
    • birth feels attracted to a particular spot on earth. So we can say
    • will from the earth. Between the two lies feeling, which is given to
    • system, stands our feeling life, which can develop on the foundation
    • what is ours from the earth. Between the two stands our feeling life
    • anticipated in his thoughts, he might not feel so strong a
    • American Indians had, for instance, remarkable pantheistic feelings.
    • feeling-life of these people, these souls were predestined to go
    • feeling, once experienced for the Great Spirit, reacted with that
    • lineal descent, and which we take up with the first feelings of love
    • inherited as feelings, they had not in their former lives in America,
    • But at the same time the European feels something in Tagore that
    • born in America in bodies in which, if I may say so, they do not feel
    • denied, they do not wish to look at matter. One feels that these
    • concept of the ego. Because the soul was once accustomed to feel
    • materialistic feeling, out of materialistic impulses. Humanity will
  • Title: Lecture: The Souls Progress through Repeated Earth Lives
    Matching lines:
    • acquires a strong feeling of responsibility, because he is compelled
    • means of his intellectual life, his feeling life, his will, that is,
    • feel ourselves as participants in the creation of the world.
    • makes the ego feel attracted to just this particular returning astral
    • through the ego's feeling itself linked with the earth, feeling
    • birth feels attracted to a particular spot on earth. So we can say
    • will from the earth. Between the two lies feeling, which is given to
    • system, stands our feeling life, which can develop on the foundation
    • what is ours from the earth. Between the two stands our feeling life
    • anticipated in his thoughts, he might not feel so strong a
    • American Indians had, for instance, remarkable pantheistic feelings.
    • feeling-life of these people, these souls were predestined to go
    • feeling, once experienced for the Great Spirit, reacted with that
    • lineal descent, and which we take up with the first feelings of love
    • inherited as feelings, they had not in their former lives in America,
    • But at the same time the European feels something in Tagore that
    • born in America in bodies in which, if I may say so, they do not feel
    • denied, they do not wish to look at matter. One feels that these
    • concept of the ego. Because the soul was once accustomed to feel
    • materialistic feeling, out of materialistic impulses. Humanity will
  • Title: The Forming of Destiny in Sleeping and Waking
    Matching lines:
    • the nuances of feeling in the spoken word — these it is above
    • The Archangel Beings feel an affinity with what is carried out into
    • oxygen, and consequently feel oxygen to be something beneficial, so
    • This means that in a previous life feelings of strong antipathy or
    • woven out of feelings of hatred for our fellowmen. Love and hatred —
    • The whole feeling and attitude of soul that must emerge from a true
    • physical world we can make our thought free. Feeling
    • more than “feeling,” for it includes also the perception
    • freedom — the power that leads to freedom in feeling and in
    • of free or unfree thoughts; karma weaves at feeling and will. Karma
    • feeling and the ‘sleeping’ will. Into this we can pour,
    • mere comprehension of theories is the feeling, the attitude of soul
  • Title: The Forming of Destiny in Sleeping and Waking
    Matching lines:
    • the nuances of feeling in the spoken word — these it is above
    • The Archangel Beings feel an affinity with what is carried out into
    • oxygen, and consequently feel oxygen to be something beneficial, so
    • This means that in a previous life feelings of strong antipathy or
    • woven out of feelings of hatred for our fellowmen. Love and hatred —
    • The whole feeling and attitude of soul that must emerge from a true
    • physical world we can make our thought free. Feeling
    • more than “feeling,” for it includes also the perception
    • freedom — the power that leads to freedom in feeling and in
    • of free or unfree thoughts; karma weaves at feeling and will. Karma
    • feeling and the ‘sleeping’ will. Into this we can pour,
    • mere comprehension of theories is the feeling, the attitude of soul
  • Title: Lecture: Goethe and the Evolution of Consciousness
    Matching lines:
    • They feel that one thing at least remains constant, namely, man's
    • the affairs of human beings. But he really did not feel at home in
    • feels at home. And, if we study all that he produced after that time,
    • Goethe did not feel at home either with the principles of measure,
    • And now, by way of contrast, look at the Greek cosmogonies. One feels
    • Even to-day there are still a few who feel that speech has proceeded
    • feeling of other sentient beings. There is every justification for
    • among the Greeks. He shares in the life of feeling of other beings
    • that from which feeling itself arises. When we thus begin to realise
    • of feeling in other beings, through the age of sharing in the
  • Title: Lecture: Goethe and the Evolution of Consciousness
    Matching lines:
    • They feel that one thing at least remains constant, namely, man's
    • the affairs of human beings. But he really did not feel at home in
    • feels at home. And, if we study all that he produced after that time,
    • Goethe did not feel at home either with the principles of measure,
    • And now, by way of contrast, look at the Greek cosmogonies. One feels
    • Even to-day there are still a few who feel that speech has proceeded
    • feeling of other sentient beings. There is every justification for
    • among the Greeks. He shares in the life of feeling of other beings
    • that from which feeling itself arises. When we thus begin to realise
    • of feeling in other beings, through the age of sharing in the
  • Title: On the Reality of Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • reach into a void. The intellect feels that it is dependent upon what
    • Men of deep feeling, who try to justify their needs of soul and
    • feel that the powers of our soul are being strengthened and enhanced.
    • within us is being worked upon, elaborated. But we feel, too, that
    • in the child — we feel that this is something super-sensible,
    • which transcends the physical body. After a time we feel that the
    • one also feels that little by little these boundaries of knowledge
    • When a man has reached this stage, when he actually feels: now I no
    • subjective. The object is outside. A man feels that his thoughts are
    • into the very tissue of which the tableau is woven; he feels himself
    • to be in and part of it. He feels: now for the first time I am
    • To begin with, this tableau of life causes us to feel our innermost
    • in other circumstances, thoughts, ideas, feelings, impulses of will,
    • wishes and the like, arise, seems to have departed and we feel our
    • fashion but the oppression makes us feel the reality — because
    • speculation or nebulous, mystical feeling, but through a strictly
    • within the life of thought, of feeling, of will. In laying hold of
    • super-sensible assumes the form of indefinite, inchoate feelings and
    • involved, including his feeling and willing, this pain is an
    • manhood to quickening in the soul all his faculties of good feeling,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: On the Reality of Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • reach into a void. The intellect feels that it is dependent upon what
    • Men of deep feeling, who try to justify their needs of soul and
    • feel that the powers of our soul are being strengthened and enhanced.
    • within us is being worked upon, elaborated. But we feel, too, that
    • in the child — we feel that this is something super-sensible,
    • which transcends the physical body. After a time we feel that the
    • one also feels that little by little these boundaries of knowledge
    • When a man has reached this stage, when he actually feels: now I no
    • subjective. The object is outside. A man feels that his thoughts are
    • into the very tissue of which the tableau is woven; he feels himself
    • to be in and part of it. He feels: now for the first time I am
    • To begin with, this tableau of life causes us to feel our innermost
    • in other circumstances, thoughts, ideas, feelings, impulses of will,
    • wishes and the like, arise, seems to have departed and we feel our
    • fashion but the oppression makes us feel the reality — because
    • speculation or nebulous, mystical feeling, but through a strictly
    • within the life of thought, of feeling, of will. In laying hold of
    • super-sensible assumes the form of indefinite, inchoate feelings and
    • involved, including his feeling and willing, this pain is an
    • manhood to quickening in the soul all his faculties of good feeling,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Dual Form of Cognition During the Middle Ages and the Development of Knowledge in Modern Times
    Matching lines:
    • gives us, as such, a feeling of well-being, in comparison with what
  • Title: Lecture: The Dual Form of Cognition During the Middle Ages and the Development of Knowledge in Modern Times
    Matching lines:
    • gives us, as such, a feeling of well-being, in comparison with what
  • Title: Lecture: The Remedy for Our Diseased Civilisation
    Matching lines:
    • life of thoughts, the rhythmical part, with the life of feeling, and
    • may feel the anxiety for the future of human civilisation which lies
    • beliefs in regard to the feelings connected with a world-conception.
    • impulses of feeling throughout the civilised international world.
    • might say: These impulses of feeling appear in the most
    • life of feeling. The life of feeling is inwardly equivalent to the
    • life of feelings, in feelings. But the inner substantial side is that
    • which experiences feelings within the human life of feeling. Thus we
    • feelings. What we experience in the form of feelings, is permeated by
    • of feelings for a world-conception. Human life is constantly
    • within man's entire soul-life, so the world of feelings, and
    • into human life. We dream through the fact that we feel; we sleep
    • occurs within the dreaming, feeling part of the human being, within
    • dreaming life of feeling, nor our sleeping life of the will. These
    • also have within them the feeling part of man; it reckons with
    • demands; he is not led to social instincts, to social feelings, and
    • standpoint of the earth-being. Try to feel how this standpoint is,
    • unsocial feelings in the human beings. Just as those who speak a
    • feel something which has really always existed where people have
    • see, an older and more instinctive form of wisdom could feel
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Remedy for Our Diseased Civilisation
    Matching lines:
    • life of thoughts, the rhythmical part, with the life of feeling, and
    • may feel the anxiety for the future of human civilisation which lies
    • beliefs in regard to the feelings connected with a world-conception.
    • impulses of feeling throughout the civilised international world.
    • might say: These impulses of feeling appear in the most
    • life of feeling. The life of feeling is inwardly equivalent to the
    • life of feelings, in feelings. But the inner substantial side is that
    • which experiences feelings within the human life of feeling. Thus we
    • feelings. What we experience in the form of feelings, is permeated by
    • of feelings for a world-conception. Human life is constantly
    • within man's entire soul-life, so the world of feelings, and
    • into human life. We dream through the fact that we feel; we sleep
    • occurs within the dreaming, feeling part of the human being, within
    • dreaming life of feeling, nor our sleeping life of the will. These
    • also have within them the feeling part of man; it reckons with
    • demands; he is not led to social instincts, to social feelings, and
    • standpoint of the earth-being. Try to feel how this standpoint is,
    • unsocial feelings in the human beings. Just as those who speak a
    • feel something which has really always existed where people have
    • see, an older and more instinctive form of wisdom could feel
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Etheric Body as a Reflexion of the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • the midst of events that arouse every feeling of the human soul in
    • connected with feelings that come to the surface in these stormy and
    • feel in the manifold events of the present time, is the fact that
    • know the feelings voiced in the first dialogue of my second Mystery
    • culture, knowledge and forces of the will and of feeling, is all
    • a portion of what everyone can feel, if he is filled with
    • near future, and who genuinely feel this, will be filled by the
    • everything in spiritual science that tends towards human feeling
    • not WHAT we think, but HOW we think, feel and will. The smallest or
  • Title: Lecture: The Etheric Body as a Reflexion of the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • the midst of events that arouse every feeling of the human soul in
    • connected with feelings that come to the surface in these stormy and
    • feel in the manifold events of the present time, is the fact that
    • know the feelings voiced in the first dialogue of my second Mystery
    • culture, knowledge and forces of the will and of feeling, is all
    • a portion of what everyone can feel, if he is filled with
    • near future, and who genuinely feel this, will be filled by the
    • everything in spiritual science that tends towards human feeling
    • not WHAT we think, but HOW we think, feel and will. The smallest or
  • Title: Lecture: Salt, Mercury, Sulphur
    Matching lines:
    • Boehme. We feel how they wrestled within themselves to understand
    • spectre the faculties of thinking, feeling and willing also come into
    • Giordano Bruno there was a feeling that man must learn to understand
    • feeling and willing they would have felt rather like frogs in a
    • made the wise men of old feel like frogs exhausted by lack of air.
    • of people when they speak of thinking, feeling and willing, consider
  • Title: Lecture: Salt, Mercury, Sulphur
    Matching lines:
    • Boehme. We feel how they wrestled within themselves to understand
    • spectre the faculties of thinking, feeling and willing also come into
    • Giordano Bruno there was a feeling that man must learn to understand
    • feeling and willing they would have felt rather like frogs in a
    • made the wise men of old feel like frogs exhausted by lack of air.
    • of people when they speak of thinking, feeling and willing, consider
  • Title: Lecture: It is a Necessity of Our Earnest Times to Find Again the Path Leading to the Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • himself a real feeling of freedom. This feeling of freedom is
    • Anthroposophy must enable us to take in fully the feeling of freedom,
    • now existing mature ego-feeling, mature ego-consciousness —
    • time a feeling that he was drawing in something etheric, that the
    • whole way of identifying ourselves feelingly with the whole of Nature
    • human being, the less they feel induced to pursue Christological
    • Father. Harnack's theology was intended to do away with our feelings
    • mankind seeks after a new knowledge of the spirit! Let us feel this
  • Title: Lecture: It is a Necessity of Our Earnest Times to Find Again the Path Leading to the Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • himself a real feeling of freedom. This feeling of freedom is
    • Anthroposophy must enable us to take in fully the feeling of freedom,
    • now existing mature ego-feeling, mature ego-consciousness —
    • time a feeling that he was drawing in something etheric, that the
    • whole way of identifying ourselves feelingly with the whole of Nature
    • human being, the less they feel induced to pursue Christological
    • Father. Harnack's theology was intended to do away with our feelings
    • mankind seeks after a new knowledge of the spirit! Let us feel this
  • Title: Lecture: Some Conditions for Understanding Supersensible Experiences
    Matching lines:
    • acquire any real self-knowledge or feeling of his own being without
    • personal feeling. It must at all times be realised that the
    • feels himself to be a part of the earth, as the finger feels itself
    • They must learn not only to think differently but to feel differently
    • respect our whole life of perception and feeling must change if
    • in materialism? Our orientation is such that we feel ourselves as
    • feelings and impulses of will, is mirrored by the body. Behind this
    • We ray forth this ego from the spiritual world. We must learn to feel
    • this ego, to feel that we have within us the ego behind which stand
    • sense. We must learn to feel that our real ego is brought into being
    • out of the spiritual world. And then we also learn to feel that the
    • This is a reversal of the usual feeling, and to this reversal we must
    • reversal of feeling has been experienced. Then, when thinking is
    • feeling and with the earnestness that is their due. Especially to the
    • Men should feel that here, through these forms, something different
  • Title: Lecture: Some Conditions for Understanding Supersensible Experiences
    Matching lines:
    • acquire any real self-knowledge or feeling of his own being without
    • personal feeling. It must at all times be realised that the
    • feels himself to be a part of the earth, as the finger feels itself
    • They must learn not only to think differently but to feel differently
    • respect our whole life of perception and feeling must change if
    • in materialism? Our orientation is such that we feel ourselves as
    • feelings and impulses of will, is mirrored by the body. Behind this
    • We ray forth this ego from the spiritual world. We must learn to feel
    • this ego, to feel that we have within us the ego behind which stand
    • sense. We must learn to feel that our real ego is brought into being
    • out of the spiritual world. And then we also learn to feel that the
    • This is a reversal of the usual feeling, and to this reversal we must
    • reversal of feeling has been experienced. Then, when thinking is
    • feeling and with the earnestness that is their due. Especially to the
    • Men should feel that here, through these forms, something different
  • Title: Lecture: The Relation of the Movement for Religious Renewal to the Anthroposophical Movement
    Matching lines:
    • of the world, not merely in thought, nor merely in feeling as happens
    • through art, but in such a way that thoughts, feelings and also the
    • fulfill its real nature when it feels itself as the kernel of the
    • to him at the universities, he feels at last as if he had no firm
    • that in the souls of those who came to me there was the feeling that
    • thinking, feeling, and will. I remarked first of all to those who
    • isolated striving; rather was it the case that they were feeling in
    • countless human beings of the present day are also feeling; and I
  • Title: Lecture: The Relation of the Movement for Religious Renewal to the Anthroposophical Movement
    Matching lines:
    • of the world, not merely in thought, nor merely in feeling as happens
    • through art, but in such a way that thoughts, feelings and also the
    • fulfill its real nature when it feels itself as the kernel of the
    • to him at the universities, he feels at last as if he had no firm
    • that in the souls of those who came to me there was the feeling that
    • thinking, feeling, and will. I remarked first of all to those who
    • isolated striving; rather was it the case that they were feeling in
    • countless human beings of the present day are also feeling; and I
  • Title: Lecture: The Ego-consciousness of the So-called Dead
    Matching lines:
    • remains empty to such an extent that a fundamental feeling rises up
    • contemplate this emptiness, a feeling rises up in us, a feeling that
    • beyond. It is the feeling, that there is something in the world
    • the feeling: “I exist in the world for a definite purpose,
    • within the world. We feel that we are building stones, without which
    • overcome by a feeling telling us that we stand within the world as
    • We feel, above all,
    • feelings, that are connected with our vascular system, experience: we
    • and feelings rise up in our experiences, the whole world of the
    • that they can weave into the world. We form ideas, we have feeling
    • and have feelings, whom does this belong to, after our death? Whom
    • the feelings that prompted us to say those evil words: This is the
    • the impression and feels hurt. The second half of the impression
    • and no longer have our astral body, we feel, as it were, inwardly
    • with Spirit; then we really feel that we are in the spiritual world
    • concerning the interior of his head. He alone would feel what the
    • inside of his head is like; all the others would not feel it.
    • We can feel our
    • extent aware of their existence through our feelings. As a rule, we
    • only have a more general feeling of our physical body, and this
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Ego-consciousness of the So-called Dead
    Matching lines:
    • remains empty to such an extent that a fundamental feeling rises up
    • contemplate this emptiness, a feeling rises up in us, a feeling that
    • beyond. It is the feeling, that there is something in the world
    • the feeling: “I exist in the world for a definite purpose,
    • within the world. We feel that we are building stones, without which
    • overcome by a feeling telling us that we stand within the world as
    • We feel, above all,
    • feelings, that are connected with our vascular system, experience: we
    • and feelings rise up in our experiences, the whole world of the
    • that they can weave into the world. We form ideas, we have feeling
    • and have feelings, whom does this belong to, after our death? Whom
    • the feelings that prompted us to say those evil words: This is the
    • the impression and feels hurt. The second half of the impression
    • and no longer have our astral body, we feel, as it were, inwardly
    • with Spirit; then we really feel that we are in the spiritual world
    • concerning the interior of his head. He alone would feel what the
    • inside of his head is like; all the others would not feel it.
    • We can feel our
    • extent aware of their existence through our feelings. As a rule, we
    • only have a more general feeling of our physical body, and this
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Concerning the Origin and Nature of the Finnish Nation
    Matching lines:
    • outwardly; that is to say, a stage in which the soul really feels its
    • feeling and temperament. This nation is a Slav nation, influenced by
    • such a kind that it could still feel in a natural way the streaming
    • connected with the divine forces, (for, if the soul feels itself
    • *) we have a being stretching out, as it were, its feelers into
    • out its feelers in such a way that we have one of them here, together
    • with the sentient soul, a second feeler there, and a third one there,
    • penetrate, as if with soul-feelers, into these places, in order to
    • arise, that enable the soul to feel itself split into three.
    • used to say: We live here, yet we feel something resembling three
    • yonder, but that stretches out its feelers in this direction.
    • spreads from west to east; it stretches out its feelers and endows
  • Title: Lecture: Concerning the Origin and Nature of the Finnish Nation
    Matching lines:
    • outwardly; that is to say, a stage in which the soul really feels its
    • feeling and temperament. This nation is a Slav nation, influenced by
    • such a kind that it could still feel in a natural way the streaming
    • connected with the divine forces, (for, if the soul feels itself
    • *) we have a being stretching out, as it were, its feelers into
    • out its feelers in such a way that we have one of them here, together
    • with the sentient soul, a second feeler there, and a third one there,
    • penetrate, as if with soul-feelers, into these places, in order to
    • arise, that enable the soul to feel itself split into three.
    • used to say: We live here, yet we feel something resembling three
    • yonder, but that stretches out its feelers in this direction.
    • spreads from west to east; it stretches out its feelers and endows
  • Title: Awakening to Community - I
    Matching lines:
    • to feel what millions and millions of others will be feeling keenly
    • springs from the innermost core of his humanity, something he feels
    • Those who have come honestly to anthroposophy therefore feel the need
    • (clarity of feeling, not of thought) with which people seek belonging
    • would not feel so urgently impelled to seek anthroposophy if the
    • soul's feeling of alienation from conditions existing in the world
    • thus, in its will and feeling aspects at least, an ethical-moral
    • will and — to some extent at least — his life of feeling
    • few centuries. An anthroposophist feels that he would have to be
    • be a quite unthinking person to say, “I feel my humanity alien
    • but I feel quite at home with the knowledge they produced.” The
    • fully human cannot feel suited by a science based on an exclusive
    • where it becomes one's personal destiny. One feels oneself sharing
    • real feeling for the fact of our humanness. The term
    • feeling life. Many a difficulty stems from the fact that the
    • wrinkled and bald-headed, losing all feeling for recalling one's
    • Otherwise, the right heart and feeling are missing in one's relation
    • Anthroposophical Society with its thought and feeling. So the man of
    • will ends up in one place, the man of thought and feeling in another.
    • consisted exclusively of thoughts and feelings. Each individual split
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Awakening to Community - I
    Matching lines:
    • to feel what millions and millions of others will be feeling keenly
    • springs from the innermost core of his humanity, something he feels
    • Those who have come honestly to anthroposophy therefore feel the need
    • (clarity of feeling, not of thought) with which people seek belonging
    • would not feel so urgently impelled to seek anthroposophy if the
    • soul's feeling of alienation from conditions existing in the world
    • thus, in its will and feeling aspects at least, an ethical-moral
    • will and — to some extent at least — his life of feeling
    • few centuries. An anthroposophist feels that he would have to be
    • be a quite unthinking person to say, “I feel my humanity alien
    • but I feel quite at home with the knowledge they produced.” The
    • fully human cannot feel suited by a science based on an exclusive
    • where it becomes one's personal destiny. One feels oneself sharing
    • real feeling for the fact of our humanness. The term
    • feeling life. Many a difficulty stems from the fact that the
    • wrinkled and bald-headed, losing all feeling for recalling one's
    • Otherwise, the right heart and feeling are missing in one's relation
    • Anthroposophical Society with its thought and feeling. So the man of
    • will ends up in one place, the man of thought and feeling in another.
    • consisted exclusively of thoughts and feelings. Each individual split
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Perceiving and Remembering
    Matching lines:
    • in the outer ether, he feels the movements which stir the outer ether, and
    • modesty as regards the things contained in it, so that we feel constrained to
    • a man's developing within him the feeling that it is not possible for a
    • everywhere; that we should feel truly within us that attention of mind which
    • materialistic tone of the day. But at least we must learn to feel it a
  • Title: Perceiving and Remembering
    Matching lines:
    • in the outer ether, he feels the movements which stir the outer ether, and
    • modesty as regards the things contained in it, so that we feel constrained to
    • a man's developing within him the feeling that it is not possible for a
    • everywhere; that we should feel truly within us that attention of mind which
    • materialistic tone of the day. But at least we must learn to feel it a
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 1: Forgetting
    Matching lines:
    • present day people have such different thoughts and feelings? It is
    • bearer of all the instincts, desires, passions, feelings, sensations
    • future being gives the feeling of bliss which he has throughout
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 3: Original Sin
    Matching lines:
    • that is connected with the particular kind of passions and feelings
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 4: Rhythm in the Bodies of Man
    Matching lines:
    • aware of it. Then man felt his own innate astral feelings that he had
    • feelings at another time. At one time he felt more alive in the world
    • feelings. You could perceive quite different shades of feeling in the
    • feelings. This is hardly noticed today, though in earlier times it
    • feelings when phenacetin was tested. This kind of testing, without
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 5: Rhythms in the Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • himself was a clock. His life's course, which he could clearly feel,
    • of order in his life of thought and feeling. Regularity still holds
    • chaos in their inner life of thought, feeling and will those
    • the cosmos. He will go further and feel himself filled with certain
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 6: Illness and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • immediately after death have also been mentioned; man's feeling of
    • through life he feels it in his own astral body in exactly the same
    • us suppose that in his twentieth year B hurt A. He now has to feel
    • that in our twentieth year we feel an inner urge to carry out a
    • sake of simplicity, let us keep to the example of feeling the urge to
    • let us suppose we are reborn, and when we are twenty our soul feels
    • happen: There is a person who, at the age of twenty, feels the urge
    • direction, and it takes this feeling along with it. When this is
    • feeling of release that the blockage has really gone and the organ
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 7: Laughing and Weeping
    Matching lines:
    • weeps? Weeping can only come about when the ego feels weak in
    • the organism, that is, if it is not individual, the feeling of
    • possession of ego-hood, man feels a certain disharmony in his
    • relationship to the environment. And this feeling of disharmony is
    • say that the ego feels itself to be in a certain disharmony with the
    • ego feels forsaken. So the ego contracts the forces of its astral
    • case of a certain display of feeling the ego makes the astral body
    • could squeeze an individual ego into a horse, it would feel highly
    • kind of wallowing in sensual pleasure. The person who feels forsaken
    • inwardly strong because he feels outwardly weak. And he feels this
    • tears. A certain feeling of satisfaction — whether it is
    • attributed to the fact that the person feels superior to the people
    • at yourself or at someone else your ego is always feeling superior to
    • something. And out of this feeling of superiority it expands the
    • be very healthy when it strengthens man's feeling of selfhood,
    • absurd, a feeling of being above such absurdity is sparked off and
    • makes you laugh. It is bound to happen that man feels superior to
    • feeling forsaken, a withdrawal into itself. Sadness in life is so
    • must pay good attention to these feelings that can come over us when
    • feelings of weakness and of being forsaken. It is the God in man
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 8: The Manifestation of the Ego in the Different Races of Men
    Matching lines:
    • myths, we feel it to be absolutely correct, from the spiritual
    • an extent, nor had they developed their ego-feeling solely on a lower
    • level. With them, devotion to the outer world and ego-feeling
    • tremendously strong ego-feeling, much too soon, of course; for human
    • bodies an instrument for a strongly developed ego-feeling. This made
    • who had not reached anything like a normal ego-feeling because they
    • people whose ego-feeling was too little developed migrated to the
    • brown. And an overpowering feeling of ego arising from offended
    • developed their ego-feeling in a normal way. The human beings who had
    • Europe who had developed their ego-feeling to a marked degree, but
    • the sun, just because they had so little ego-feeling. But other
    • had a strong ego-feeling. These were peoples who had preferred as it
    • people who had a strong ego-feeling which nevertheless kept a balance
    • lecture that their strong feeling of personality was from the
    • ego-feeling. So fundamentally we have two groups of people
    • feeling of personality, but who did not migrate to where the feeling
    • of personality permeated the whole body, but to where the ego-feeling
    • people with a strong inner ego-feeling, but who on the whole were not
    • physical bodies. They turned their feeling of personality inward. And
    • how this feeling of personality has been preserved right into later
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 9: Evolution, Involution and Creation out of Nothingness
    Matching lines:
    • Another person might not feel this satisfaction. The satisfaction the
    • man feels in seeing the two standing side by side has nothing
    • develops a feeling of joy over the two men in front of him standing
    • together. This feeling is not caused by anything to do with
    • karmically connected. Our concern is the joy the man feels because he
    • see something else. This looking at the sky creates in him a feeling
    • him into contact with the outer world. Because he feels this joy,
    • the feeling of tragedy you have about it is something new.
    • second, and the third is the way you feel the urge to act under the
    • influences of relationships. Even the way you feel compelled to act
    • payment. The one will develop kindness of heart, the other's feelings
    • thought, without pleasure or displeasure, nor any feeling for duty
    • experiences in the surrounding world, and feeling more than what is
    • the thoughts, wealth of feeling and virtues he develops through the
    • thoughts; and what I feel is not prompted by egoism, I feel it
    • of wisdom and the masters of harmony and feeling. For thus do they
    • inner warmth of feeling. If man had to admit his incapacity to do
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • connection been lost. The Christ Impulse imparts feeling of kinship
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • divert men from the natural feeling for truth that is present in
    • abstract speculations. And if, in spite of it all, a feeling of a
    • only be this to our feelings and perceptions when we have within our
    • we shall learn to silence our preconceptions and to feel and
    • throws upon the human soul. Thereby sound social feelings, also those
    • feelings of love which ought to prevail between human beings, will
    • the clouds of their visions. To feel thus isolated as a spiritual
    • religious feelings are condemned in this sphere to complete spiritual
    • penetrate into our souls and become perception and feelings, and as
    • feelings they form the basis for a new conception of life. A monistic
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • feelings and other experiences rise up into consciousness from its
    • and when memory recalls them we may feel that we have as little
    • world. Man feels the truth of this, but it is in his power to reduce
    • man becomes a hermit, feels excluded from the community of the other
    • all related in some way to immortality; thus they had a feeling that
    • human souls. In the Sun sphere we feel isolated, like hermits, if the
    • into the biblical record. From an instance such as this let us feel
    • knowledge, feeling and perceptiveness of the life between death and
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • connection been lost. The Christ Impulse imparts feeling of kinship
    • follow that an individual feels exactly what he expresses in his
    • feeling of depression, dissatisfaction with oneself. After death, the
    • raised. During the period of Kamaloka a feeling for language is
    • could feel what a tiny part of what we might have experienced is
    • in his thoughts but only in his feelings. He may realise that he
    • When Anthroposophy wakens in men a feeling for
    • do so, and when the soul abides firmly by this feeling, experiences
    • people are for the most part disinclined to give rein to feelings of
    • waking life during which he will feel that he is living in a world of
    • feelings. If he develops such feelings he is preparing himself to
    • recognise in Christ the power that imparts feeling of kinship with
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • during the life after death. There man feels as if his whole being
    • is to say from different viewpoints, upon his own being, and he feels
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • Try to feel the inner justification of this conception
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Seven
    Matching lines:
    • he begins to feel and know himself as an ‘I’, when
    • trends of judgement and feeling force themselves into our life! These
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Eight
    Matching lines:
    • but without sadness. For the feelings we might have in our waking
    • of soul and feel the whole development to be beneficial. Looked at
    • feelings and ideas are different; consciousness during sleep has
    • the new birth when we feel as if the whole universe were within us
    • and outside us only the human body. We feel that the stars and other
    • heavenly worlds are within our being, just as here on Earth we feel
    • sleep. During sleep we feel that our inner organs are part of the
    • Through the body we feel ourselves to be in the Universe
    • and through what in physical life is called Universe we feel that we
    • militating against the withering of the souls of men. The feeling can
    • Science should feel Spiritual Science to be a dire necessity in life,
    • is the right feeling to have in regard to Spiritual Science.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Nine
    Matching lines:
    • feel or will the truths of spiritual life. He remains dull and
    • the only urge such people feel towards their work is that of duty.
    • in everyday life but for which they feel enthusiasm and devotion.
    • is hovering around them. But this is an experience, a feeling, of
    • these souls to experience in depth the feelings that arise in a human
    • wish is that your souls will feel more deeply that life is enriched,
    • Anthroposophy. Only those who feel this have the right attitude to
    • the Earth's future. This feeling can never be experienced too deeply,
    • feelings we bear with us from these meetings and then move through
    • acquired here — these feelings are the really important element
    • is not enough; knowledge and feeling must be combined. We must
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Ten
    Matching lines:
    • during which the soul feels bound to disengage itself gradually from
    • among spirits, a member of the Primordial Spirits, and he will feel
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • similar feeling — to enter into the psychic disposition of man at that
    • feeling: Yes, that was the time when thought underwent an
    • experience, then suddenly something surprising emerges. One feels
    • a clairvoyant faculty in the background, then one feels truly
    • feeling of the isolation of thought comes over one; a feeling that
    • and feel rising over the Devachanic world a star that belongs to a
    • Then one feels oneself here on Earth, but carried away from the world
    • comes a feeling which at first knows nothing of the historical
    • with what they have imparted to the souls of men — you feel
    • Above all we can say that the Gnostics had a feeling for
    • people, even the most spiritual, feel very happy when they are spared
    • separated through being filled with Achamod. This feeling of being
    • this feeling is actually experienced, according to the Gnostic, as
    • divine-spiritual world, do they feel a longing for it? The Gnostics
    • you feel that what I have told you is not an explanation; the more
    • you feel that I have put before you contradiction after contradiction
    • far, far from being understood; I would like you to feel that the
    • feel that in human evolution there happened something which seemed at
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • doubter, a sceptic, because he no longer feels any connection between
    • one has a feeling about Paul that I would like to sum up in a few
    • and between his words, and why one feels through his words something
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • intense feeling. At the sight of one colour it would have positively
    • thinking, feeling and willing. If nothing further had happened, these
    • have been continually disturbed by thinking, feeling would have
    • feeling, or there would have been people plagued with fleeting ideas
    • Now these three soul-powers, thinking, feeling and
    • working together of thinking, feeling and willing has to be kept in
    • thinking, feeling and willing were on the way to becoming; and he
    • angelic Being. And the effect was that human thinking, feeling and
    • if thinking, feeling and willing were to be harmonised. And so there
    • drive out from thinking, feeling and willing the element which would
    • of song and string-music he brings thinking, feeling and willing into
    • thinking, feeling and willing into harmony. They did not say so
    • thereby brought harmony into thinking, feeling and willing. The art
    • expression of harmony in thinking, feeling and willing. The Healer,
    • feeling and willing, and the harmonisation in the Ego, this last
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • had formerly been done for the harmonising of thinking, feeling and
    • expression of Geology. If one really feels how the oil penetrates the
    • grafted on to it and to flourish there — then one can feel how
    • feel the earthly element pulsing through the oil.
    • also feel how the elemental forces stream from the olive tree into
    • We can feel it in his words. He immerses himself, as it were, in
    • Geology in order to feel the elemental forces in the aura of the
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • lecture-courses, and if you feel about it as I do, you will find,
    • That is how I feel and I hope that others have felt it too. It is not
    • Remorseful feelings give no rest.
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • those who had a heart and feeling for it. He was a man in the
    • Anyone reading it will feel how we have here a description of a
    • who, one might say, was justified in feeling himself permeated with
    • in such a way that he could feel something like the following
    • man whose soul feels imbued with the Earth's aura, and with the
    • upon her knees and let us then express it thus: He who can feel the
    • holiness of this picture will feel the same for the Holy Grail. Above
    • words into feeling, by becoming able to feel in the Grail the sum of
    • all that is holy, by feeling the confluence of that which came over
    • feeling the confluence of that which works down from the stars, and
    • If one takes all this into account and feels it as the consonance of
    • And then let us be filled with a feeling of how it was
    • further towards a feeling, a perception, of the celestial aspect of
    • your feeling, the aim of this cycle of lectures will have been
    • East. Let us look up and feel that the Christ passed through our
  • Title: Perception of the Nature of Thought
    Matching lines:
    • harmony with external world existence. Man feels isolated, abandoned
    • inwardly but in connection with what one can feel and believe; the
    • Archangel Feeling (Venus)
    • Morgenstern. And by feeling this, feeling it in the deepest part of
    • Morgenstern we have a wonderful example of this. The feeling of this
    • poem lives entirely in the inspiration of which ones feels a breath
    • the feeling in this poem leads you to reflect how alive something can
    • abyss of existence, if you take this poem, stimulated by feelings I
  • Title: Perception of the Nature of Thought
    Matching lines:
    • harmony with external world existence. Man feels isolated, abandoned
    • inwardly but in connection with what one can feel and believe; the
    • Archangel Feeling (Venus)
    • Morgenstern. And by feeling this, feeling it in the deepest part of
    • Morgenstern we have a wonderful example of this. The feeling of this
    • poem lives entirely in the inspiration of which ones feels a breath
    • the feeling in this poem leads you to reflect how alive something can
    • abyss of existence, if you take this poem, stimulated by feelings I
  • Title: Geographic Medicine: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • perhaps millenia, will come to feel that this human spirit moves on
    • world view into people's habits of thought, habits of feeling —
    • feeling did not easily accommodate themselves to such sudden
    • in the further evolution of human thinking, sensing, and feeling. It
    • anthroposophy has to speak. Such an individual feels he has to
    • concepts, which are in their turn the source of feelings and
    • actually from this corner of human feeling that the objections rear
    • thinking and feeling. It must first be said that the spiritual
    • When we live into such contradictions, we feel as if we were at the
    • within itself, unable as yet to feel, to touch, what is there outside
    • person struggling with knowledge feels himself purely
    • have the feeling about this mental image that it expresses something
    • on its stalk, the spiritual investigator must feel that it is not
    • real; he must have a feeling for, an experience of, the degree of
    • feeling, and willing, in short, an instrument for soul experiences,
    • and feeling correspond to something in the nervous system. Just as my
    • go on to another experience of the soul, namely to feeling. Our
    • feeling, our emotions, our passions, stand in a different
    • however, to our feelings, our emotions. Feelings and emotions live in
    • part of his life about which I am now speaking; all feelings are
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Geographic Medicine: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • One must permeate oneself with this feeling if one wishes to
    • physical body; it is a feeling, which here in the physical world is
    • them up as feelings — develop love for the other side. Love may
    • symbol of what you can feel and experience here in so many ways. They
    • forth, through the kind of impulse I have touched upon, a feeling for
    • also have called forth in you this feeling: that it is necessary not
    • only to acquire a few concepts from spiritual science but to feel
    • one's way into it; for in doing so one feels one's way also into the
    • anthroposophical movement, to deepen in ourselves the feeling that we
    • let me say to you that we want to feel together and think together
  • Title: Lecture: The Problem of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • the progressive stream of evolution, so the feelings arising from our
    • day by day. All the impressions and feelings which we experience in
    • beginning we feel that there must be a great difference between a man
    • Sometimes we may feel an aversion to do a certain thing; we may leave
    • clairvoyant character. The human beings were able to feel, as it
    • feelings die out. Seeing that during the course of evolution man has
    • world through his feelings, through an atavistic clairvoyance and
    • With our feelings and with the impulses of our will it
  • Title: Lecture: The Problem of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • the progressive stream of evolution, so the feelings arising from our
    • day by day. All the impressions and feelings which we experience in
    • beginning we feel that there must be a great difference between a man
    • Sometimes we may feel an aversion to do a certain thing; we may leave
    • clairvoyant character. The human beings were able to feel, as it
    • feelings die out. Seeing that during the course of evolution man has
    • world through his feelings, through an atavistic clairvoyance and
    • With our feelings and with the impulses of our will it
  • Title: On the Connection of the Living and the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • vague undefined feelings, slight inclinations or disinclinations.
    • and feeling and outlook — our outlook on the world itself, or
    • Sometimes we feel ourselves immediately ‘caught’ and
    • clear on this. Every thought, every idea, every feeling we develop
    • through the Gate of Death, all our thoughts and feelings pass with
    • thoughts we make our own, into the feelings we experience, so are the
    • so only if you feel yourself, by virtue of this knowledge, within the
    • dead person. Interests of heart and feeling must always be the
    • shall speak presently.) Some interest of heart and feeling must be
    • into the feelings of the physical survivors, partaking in their grief
    • entering with sympathy into these real and living feelings, which
    • another district your general feeling of health may be changed by the
    • feel as he could, and will as he could, also.’ It is the
    • estimate of our fellow human beings by these subjective feelings
    • toning-down, so to speak, of the sharply differentiated feelings
    • dead unless he truly frees himself from feelings of personal sympathy
    • dependent, in his soul, on personal feelings of sympathy or
    • feel and develop inclinations — those who are living at any
    • ideas of life. To modern feeling, full of prejudice as it is, this
    • tendency of feeling, should not begin to work until thirty or forty
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: On the Connection of the Living and the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • vague undefined feelings, slight inclinations or disinclinations.
    • and feeling and outlook — our outlook on the world itself, or
    • Sometimes we feel ourselves immediately ‘caught’ and
    • clear on this. Every thought, every idea, every feeling we develop
    • through the Gate of Death, all our thoughts and feelings pass with
    • thoughts we make our own, into the feelings we experience, so are the
    • so only if you feel yourself, by virtue of this knowledge, within the
    • dead person. Interests of heart and feeling must always be the
    • shall speak presently.) Some interest of heart and feeling must be
    • into the feelings of the physical survivors, partaking in their grief
    • entering with sympathy into these real and living feelings, which
    • another district your general feeling of health may be changed by the
    • feel as he could, and will as he could, also.’ It is the
    • estimate of our fellow human beings by these subjective feelings
    • toning-down, so to speak, of the sharply differentiated feelings
    • dead unless he truly frees himself from feelings of personal sympathy
    • dependent, in his soul, on personal feelings of sympathy or
    • feel and develop inclinations — those who are living at any
    • ideas of life. To modern feeling, full of prejudice as it is, this
    • tendency of feeling, should not begin to work until thirty or forty
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Elemental World and the Future of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • vitality. One gets the feeling that the activity of the intellect has
    • consciousness of the ‘I’ the feeling of selfhood. This
    • of feeling and sensitivity. In this respect we humans are really
    • rose or feel enchanted when trees unfold their foliage. But these
    • share feelingly in the world processes. We remain outside of things
    • being's inner thoughts and feelings simply through normal
  • Title: The Elemental World and the Future of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • vitality. One gets the feeling that the activity of the intellect has
    • consciousness of the ‘I’ the feeling of selfhood. This
    • of feeling and sensitivity. In this respect we humans are really
    • rose or feel enchanted when trees unfold their foliage. But these
    • share feelingly in the world processes. We remain outside of things
    • being's inner thoughts and feelings simply through normal
  • Title: Lecture: The Moment of Death and the Period Thereafter
    Matching lines:
    • that a fundamental feeling rises up in connection with it. Namely,
    • feeling rises up in us, a feeling that accompanies us throughout our
    • what we generally designate as our life beyond. It is the feeling
    • filled out by us. And then we acquire the feeling: ‘I exist in
    • Thus we learn to know our place within the world. We feel that we
    • we gaze at it, we are overcome by a feeling telling us that we stand
    • We feel, above all, that we are now surrounded by
    • sense-experiences, what our feelings, that are connected with
    • experience things, while we form concepts and feelings rise up in
    • form ideas, we have feeling experiences; the Gods take them up and
    • through the fact that we can think and have feelings, whom does this
    • part which concerns us personally; we only experience the feelings
    • half of the impression and feels hurt. The second half of the
    • we feel, as it were, inwardly filled and permeated with — we
    • feel that we are in the spiritual world and the spiritual world
    • would feel what the inside of his head is like; all the others would
    • not feel it.
    • We can feel our organs only when they are not quite in
    • our feelings. As a rule, we only have a more general feeling of our
    • physical body, and this feeling increases when anything is out of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Moment of Death and the Period Thereafter
    Matching lines:
    • that a fundamental feeling rises up in connection with it. Namely,
    • feeling rises up in us, a feeling that accompanies us throughout our
    • what we generally designate as our life beyond. It is the feeling
    • filled out by us. And then we acquire the feeling: ‘I exist in
    • Thus we learn to know our place within the world. We feel that we
    • we gaze at it, we are overcome by a feeling telling us that we stand
    • We feel, above all, that we are now surrounded by
    • sense-experiences, what our feelings, that are connected with
    • experience things, while we form concepts and feelings rise up in
    • form ideas, we have feeling experiences; the Gods take them up and
    • through the fact that we can think and have feelings, whom does this
    • part which concerns us personally; we only experience the feelings
    • half of the impression and feels hurt. The second half of the
    • we feel, as it were, inwardly filled and permeated with — we
    • feel that we are in the spiritual world and the spiritual world
    • would feel what the inside of his head is like; all the others would
    • not feel it.
    • We can feel our organs only when they are not quite in
    • our feelings. As a rule, we only have a more general feeling of our
    • physical body, and this feeling increases when anything is out of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Relationships Between the Living and the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • here to-day resound out of the many feelings which have passed
    • It is an experience, if you have some new sensation, or feeling which
    • “I see growing within me, out of this event, the feeling —
    • soul. For it signifies that man can always have the feeling of the
    • the contrary, we feel — if we are able to accompany
    • colour-impressions with a fine feeling — that we can penetrate
    • indicated the corresponding feeling to be experienced through each
    • When we thus feel colours, we may have a soul-experience
    • reality, there is no vault above us) but he would feel it above him
    • something, and will at times be able to feel that something
    • of facing a being or an object, and then feeling, as it were, as if,
    • feel these forces in us, in the same way that we feel the Building
    • we must acquire the feeling that it is our duty to enrich our world,
    • outside. What reveals itself here through feeling and will, remains
    • experiences we have had in common, about the feelings we have shared
    • always be found. But when these scientists approach feeling and the
    • the brain. But they do not speak of shades of feeling or will. At the
    • most, they speak of shades of feeling — in other words, a
    • feeling and will.
    • not extend as far as feeling and will. You can read for yourselves
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Relationships Between the Living and the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • here to-day resound out of the many feelings which have passed
    • It is an experience, if you have some new sensation, or feeling which
    • “I see growing within me, out of this event, the feeling —
    • soul. For it signifies that man can always have the feeling of the
    • the contrary, we feel — if we are able to accompany
    • colour-impressions with a fine feeling — that we can penetrate
    • indicated the corresponding feeling to be experienced through each
    • When we thus feel colours, we may have a soul-experience
    • reality, there is no vault above us) but he would feel it above him
    • something, and will at times be able to feel that something
    • of facing a being or an object, and then feeling, as it were, as if,
    • feel these forces in us, in the same way that we feel the Building
    • we must acquire the feeling that it is our duty to enrich our world,
    • outside. What reveals itself here through feeling and will, remains
    • experiences we have had in common, about the feelings we have shared
    • always be found. But when these scientists approach feeling and the
    • the brain. But they do not speak of shades of feeling or will. At the
    • most, they speak of shades of feeling — in other words, a
    • feeling and will.
    • not extend as far as feeling and will. You can read for yourselves
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Synopses
    Matching lines:
    • feelings. Art and religion are influences of the archangel,
    • as etheric body; in inner man as feeling; of Moon in outer as
    • details of West Europe, Solovioff. Feeling, Thinking, Willing,
    • represents. These matters cannot be dealt with by feelings of
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Preface
    Matching lines:
    • of the real thought, feeling and will of individual human beings. It
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • human thought, feeling and perception.
    • feelings belonging to this or the other home-land playing any part.
    • himself. In one place he would feel, ‘Here am I,’ and
    • the following stage of evolution of man. We shall then feel that we
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • is not clairvoyant can merely feel in a country, but which a man who
    • us as national feeling, national temperament, and its language, as
    • normal Archangels also, who govern the national feeling and
    • They have indeed to differ, because one writer feels more what comes
    • several personalities of the people. Each one feels something
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • through in his feelings, that too, does not concern the Archangels.
    • we were only able to have feelings, to feel joy and sorrow and to
    • only be aglow and feel in the sentient-soul, we must also give
    • thought to the matter. The man who only feels and does not think, may
    • by the intellectual-soul or mind-soul feelings. Then, however, you
    • takes hold of a thing with his hand, he feels it to be either warm or
    • as centers within him, the Archangel has the feeling that what comes
    • old age. Man experiences his youth in feeling the members of his body
    • to be fresh, he feels that they are improving and developing. In old
    • something which a man feels as happening from within him. Now the
    • Archangel feels, it is true, that everything is happening within him,
    • something foreign to him, as something about which he has the feeling
    • does the Archangel feel his death, the necessity of withdrawing from
    • a human being it is, however, something very real. A man feels keenly
    • that in the feelings of the people should arise that which
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • peninsulas, then we shall realize what feelings must fill us, if we
    • reasoning, feeling and willing. The folk or nation lies between the
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • necessary for one to rise above all the feelings that may easily come
    • about the character of this or that people, and however our feelings
    • being, his soul, you have there, willing, feeling, thinking; and
    • feeling and thinking.
    • to it you connect feeling. You have already been told that the
    • feeling. Finally if we glance at the Moon condition we see that the
    • physical body, etheric body and astral body, willing, feeling and
    • feeling; and finally the mission of the Moon had to be fulfilled,
    • viz., Feeling.
    • so that the etheric body and the element of Feeling, the element of
    • Feeling, and the Moon-mission chiefly with the imprinting of the
    • order that he may bring about this balance between thought, feeling,
    • fabric of thought, feeling, and will. Everyone who possesses a little
    • self-knowledge can feel that the inner balance of present-day man is
    • thought, feeling and will within himself, by means of which he can
    • equilibrium between thought, feeling and will signifies.
    • This co-operation of the elements of thought, feeling
    • then in the first place characterized will, feeling and thought, and
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • also acquire a feeling of the infinite wisdom contained in the whole
    • You will also to a certain extent have the feeling that knowledge
    • bone system, and brought him into decline. One feels something of
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • when the subordinate soul-powers are being developed, feels itself to
    • Scandinavian countries. What one feels so directly in Thor as being
    • must feel the ruling of Odin within ourselves in the transforming of
    • into the soul of Thor and so on. I wanted to call forth a feeling of
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • first post-Atlantean age of civilization there came the feeling, that
    • feels and wills; whereas as regards his own concerns he was guided by
    • you can feel that which is so thrillingly grand in this myth, the
    • was not possible in Northern lands to feel, as did the men in Asia
    • become visible, — brought about the feeling that the time spent
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • not feel the ‘ I ’ as something foreign to him,
    • of the Higher Feelings, and worked in that. He himself was only able
    • to work upon this Intellectual Soul or Soul of the Higher Feelings
    • Intellectual Soul or Soul of the Higher Feelings and from the
    • Higher Feelings, and the Spiritual Soul on the physical plane. That
    • of the Higher Feelings, with the ‘ I ’.
    • or Soul of the Higher Feelings. But it had not merely to give the
    • feeling steals over one, if one compares the Wall of China with
    • Intellectual Soul or Soul of the Higher Feelings in the Græco-Latin,
    • all-embracing feeling, the concept of the Heavenly Father. In
    • That is not an individual being, not a feeling in the soul, but
    • in a differently developed form of conception and feeling, —
    • spiritual. The Eastern European element feels the spiritual world as
    • must think of in quite a different shade of feeling, connected more
    • which dawns more or less in the feelings of the peoples of the East.
    • does signify is that the feelings are colored and shaded, that the
    • to be found in the world of the East. By means of these feelings this
    • the sixth age of civilization feel himself to be a duality in whom
    • within His three bodies the capacities of feeling, thought and will.
    • There you have a human feeling, thinking and willing into which the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 11
    Matching lines:
    • has been implanted, inoculated into the thoughts and feelings of this
    • man will do something in the external world and will then feel
    • which was a spiritual feeling — he could recognize what was the
    • as to whether a spiritual, vital feeling really fills the spiritual
    • Anyone who recognizes the importance of Vidar and feels
    • Norse mythology. When we feel ourselves to be related to this figure
    • contribute to this who feel that they have within them fresh
    • again in these last few days how free they feel with the people of
    • the Scandinavian North. Many have expressed that feeling. It is a
    • important for the whole of humanity that we should feel that the
    • anthroposophical thought and feeling and of anthroposophical ideals.
    • For finally the knowledge we gather must really work in our feelings
  • Title: Lecture: A Picture of Earth-Evolution in the Future
    Matching lines:
    • Behind it all there may be an instinctive feeling true in itself though often
    • region where the creative fantasy and feeling of the artist who understands the
    • can be understood only through artistic feeling, no healing will come into our
    • feeling and consciousness of freedom, the self-completeness of individuality
  • Title: Lecture: A Picture of Earth-Evolution in the Future
    Matching lines:
    • Behind it all there may be an instinctive feeling true in itself though often
    • region where the creative fantasy and feeling of the artist who understands the
    • can be understood only through artistic feeling, no healing will come into our
    • feeling and consciousness of freedom, the self-completeness of individuality
  • Title: Christ and the Human Soul: Cover Sheet
    Matching lines:
    • how vital it is for our time that we strive to imbue our feeling life with
  • Title: Christ and the Human Soul: Note
    Matching lines:
    • how vital it is for our time that we strive to imbue our feeling life with
  • Title: Christ and the Human Soul: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • how vital it is for our time that we strive to imbue our feeling life with
  • Title: Christ and the Human Soul: Relevant Literature
    Matching lines:
    • how vital it is for our time that we strive to imbue our feeling life with
  • Title: Christ and the Human Soul: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • how vital it is for our time that we strive to imbue our feeling life with
    • through which the soul can feel united to the divine within itself.
    • contrast to this feeling the outcry, the fury, of the enraged
    • experience within itself, the soul feels, even though it may not be
    • it reach my goal?” To feel as if the human being extends far
    • into this darkness I feel that I lack the power to bring my true
    • who gives me this power.” On the one hand the human soul feels
    • this lack, and on the other hand it feels the approach of Christ and
    • Christians, by endeavoring to enter into the feeling of those souls
    • the soul of man had lost the power to feel its deepest being within
    • Even as the individual human soul feels that it cannot
    • means of it man does come to feel that he is bound up with the
    • in the realm of the feelings. We must admit to ourselves that the
  • Title: Christ and the Human Soul: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • how vital it is for our time that we strive to imbue our feeling life with
    • we feel certain that from the ripening of the old seeds a new
    • ideals” — to make us feel the need for assurance, since
    • to those who truly think and feel it will be obvious that the phrase
    • carries no such assurance in itself. When we think and feel in a
    • his feelings concerning it might be expressed as follows: “These
    • the dead man feels himself magnetically attracted to these ideals of
    • his; he feels as though he were under their spell. But they may also
    • contain an element that gives him a mild shock; he feels that this
    • an inner depth of feeling and an enlightened enthusiasm she worked
    • feeling, and I was able to say to myself: When it is a question of
    • though our ideals might have something strange about them. We feel in
    • all that we attain spiritually, when we feel the Christ in us,
    • those bitter, gloomy doubts which can arise from the feeling: What
    • resembling vain hopes of spring. But anything we honestly feel in our
    • knowledge of this, but the soul that feels the Christ within it, as
    • the body feels its life-giving blood, feels the warmth, the promise
    • justifiable is the feeling of the human soul when in all that a man
    • does, in all that he thinks, he feels himself Christ-enfilled, takes
    • after death, to say and feel, “Not for me alone, but for all my
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christ and the Human Soul: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • how vital it is for our time that we strive to imbue our feeling life with
    • they still had a feeling of what people have always thought of
    • all the way with this feeling, for he has to assign to Lucifer an
    • human feeling that leads a person to ask: “What is the right
    • feeling of shock when we speak of Lucifer and Ahriman on the one hand
    • they really think and feel: “If I can only redeem myself
    • feeling here. The question may perhaps be permitted: “Is it
    • I, but Christ in me”, a man will connect the feeling that his
    • this feeling of responsibility in such a way that we shall not
    • mankind, the individual will feel that he must be more and more
  • Title: Christ and the Human Soul: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • how vital it is for our time that we strive to imbue our feeling life with
    • must feel in our souls that the God had to die so that he might be
    • When man takes Christ into himself, so as to feel
    • and he feels that it is through Christ that he first becomes the soul
    • feeling of “home” that souls can have with Christ; for
    • When the soul of man really lives into Christ, feeling
    • feels itself inwardly vivified through the Christ. The soul feels a
    • reality, but our soul must feel that it will rise again with the
    • that in their inner being they feel a union with Christ. For it is
    • learn to know Christ so intimately, and feel themselves so closely
    • souls as our spiritual science. It is not because we feel our
    • sense described, and the souls who knew her will never feel
  • Title: Search for the New Isis: Lecture I: A Christmas Lecture
    Matching lines:
    • demand on our feeling, and seeks as it were to make this
    • feeling inward. The Easter festival makes its chief demand on what we
    • Christmas Mystery through inwardising and deepening of that feeling
    • dignity as man. Only when we can feel in the right way and with
    • experience above and beyond him as a result of a feeling of devoted
    • physical birth.” Our feeling is deepened when we understand in
    • centuries, then we must ask the question: “Has this feeling
    • same inwardness of feeling concerning the Christmas Mystery is
    • find mysterious and secret feelings out of which the Christmas tree
    • has come, but these secret feelings all tend in the direction of
    • What does this signify? It signifies that the feelings which people
    • no longer there, such feelings have become more and more strange to
    • all depth and inwardness of feeling and it comforts those who are men
    • single humanity. We see how the thoughts and feelings of modern
    • of feeling that is necessary today in order rightly to experience the
    • feeling concerning Christ Jesus must be sought. We need a new
    • experienced feelingly what was being revealed to the world; out of
    • They were equipped with depth of heart, with deep feeling whereby,
    • flow together into a single human feeling when we realize that what
    • Earth, Jupiter, Venus and Vulcan. We must feel the arising of a whole
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Search for the New Isis: Lecture II: The Quest for Isis-Sophia
    Matching lines:
    • of Copernicus, had a feeling that his solar and planetary system
    • the right feelings for everything which has become words, has become
    • a phrase in modern life, and if these feelings could enable us to
    • as a phrase, celebrating it without any true feeling. Do we really
    • whether the feelings in your hearts and souls, when you stand before
    • ask yourselves whether there are living in you feelings that can
    • a content which can give us entirely new feelings that stir us
    • new feelings if it is willing to experience the new Isis legend
    • let the powers that surge through space kindle our feeling, and then
    • would feel that my words contain a greeting which is at the same time
  • Title: Search for the New Isis: Lecture III: The Magi and the Shepherds: The New Isis
    Matching lines:
    • radiations from the Earth. But this was not a dim feeling or
    • feel the animals with their aura as beings of the earth. It was as
    • earth. We feel, too, how the stories of the wise men from the East —
    • we feel how they express the kind of knowledge with which the wise
    • consciousness to the external universe. We feel that the story of the
    • We feel the streaming of the will in the proclamation to the
    • Novalis who were able to feel and give expression to the poetry and
    • ordinary human being is prosaic enough to feel this world to be
    • Guardian of the Threshold means that willing, feeling, thinking
    • feeling and willing separate in a certain sense and must be held
    • higher knowledge: Submit to the separation in thinking, feeling and
  • Title: Search for the New Isis: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • fellow-men the abstract feeling that it is today when we pass them by
    • feeling remained as a motivation in social life. And in the 19th
    • feel that the most practical conception of life leads him finally to
    • should hover before us in everything that we feel to be connected
  • Title: Mission of Spiritual Science: Foreword
    Matching lines:
    • made, which is attacked from the point of view of religious feeling,
  • Title: Mission of Spiritual Science and of Its Building at Dornach
    Matching lines:
    • intention to propagandise or arouse feeling either for Spiritual
    • of course, there is no feeling left of the surprising effect produced
    • only be aware of what we are thinking and feeling for him in our souls
    • not wish to proselytise or arouse feeling for our cause, but only to
    • reverence when, out of the feelings which his knowledge arouses in him,
    • Far from it. And finally, if from certain deeply-seated feelings which
    • certain conception or feeling about Christ, about Jesus, and we say to
    • him, “Certainly, we recognise these feelings as wholly justified;
    • feelings when we have received into our souls the living essence of
    • would not be able to understand the subject out of his own feelings.
    • be abused, which arises out of a new way of feeling.
    • feeling of space being shut off by the form, but one has the feeling
  • Title: Lecture: The Spiritual Communion of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • to a very definite feeling and attitude towards the wisdom-filled
    • Beings, as it were through his feelings. And this was done in the
    • the Summer he feels himself united with the Upper Gods. And in those
    • of his deepest feelings to make a sacrificial offering to the Gods
    • Upper Gods were now offered up to them in upward-streaming feelings.
    • The words of the prayer inscribed into the rising smoke the feelings
    • universe, descending into his inner life, he now began to feel the
    • again, so did he feel his thoughts as something which he did not draw
    • began to feel that they were like the blood within him.
    • — This feeling that the thoughts of men are earthly in origin
    • himself in thought and feeling with the Mystery of Golgotha.
    • Mystery should feel strengthened when at Christmas he steeps himself
    • in truths such as have now once more been expressed. He should feel
    • The man of old did not feel that
    • can feel the importance of the fact that man has now to look within
    • Midsummer, when conditions were the most favorable for feeling their
    • feeling, with new life.
    • her raiment of snow, we try to feel that our world of thought is
    • with the strength that will come to your souls when you feel with all
  • Title: Lecture: The Spiritual Communion of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • to a very definite feeling and attitude towards the wisdom-filled
    • Beings, as it were through his feelings. And this was done in the
    • the Summer he feels himself united with the Upper Gods. And in those
    • of his deepest feelings to make a sacrificial offering to the Gods
    • Upper Gods were now offered up to them in upward-streaming feelings.
    • The words of the prayer inscribed into the rising smoke the feelings
    • universe, descending into his inner life, he now began to feel the
    • again, so did he feel his thoughts as something which he did not draw
    • began to feel that they were like the blood within him.
    • — This feeling that the thoughts of men are earthly in origin
    • himself in thought and feeling with the Mystery of Golgotha.
    • Mystery should feel strengthened when at Christmas he steeps himself
    • in truths such as have now once more been expressed. He should feel
    • The man of old did not feel that
    • can feel the importance of the fact that man has now to look within
    • Midsummer, when conditions were the most favorable for feeling their
    • feeling, with new life.
    • her raiment of snow, we try to feel that our world of thought is
    • with the strength that will come to your souls when you feel with all
  • Title: Lecture: Michelangelo
    Matching lines:
    • not in abstract theory but appealing to the feelings — is to
    • especially Greek sculpture work on us, we shall certainly feel that
    • themselves an inner feeling-knowledge of the way in which the human
    • with the arm; or they could feel the particular muscle extended by
    • their hand or foot. The Greeks could feel this sort of thing —
    • they could feel and experience how the organic and the soul were
    • Zeus feeling. He then knew what inner tensions this feeling could
    • the present day we should have no feeling for the very different mode
    • ourselves feel withdrawn when we experience in the organic process of
    • their purpose is to make us feel something of a world of soul. Around
    • shall feel compelled to say that no sculptor has ever given
    • not feel at all surprised if we saw David actually using his sling.
    • receive from the form of the hard stone the feeling that what lies
    • still have some immediate feeling of what Goethe called the spirit of
    • weaving of imagination, we shall feel when we see a block of marble
    • was merely the first expression of his ideas, his feelings; as he
    • means. In the end we feel that the block was presented us with what
    • it. We shall feel, for instance, that the foreshortening of the legs,
    • done a good deal of painting, he did not feel himself really to be a
    • really do feel as if God the Father were surging through the still
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Michelangelo
    Matching lines:
    • not in abstract theory but appealing to the feelings — is to
    • especially Greek sculpture work on us, we shall certainly feel that
    • themselves an inner feeling-knowledge of the way in which the human
    • with the arm; or they could feel the particular muscle extended by
    • their hand or foot. The Greeks could feel this sort of thing —
    • they could feel and experience how the organic and the soul were
    • Zeus feeling. He then knew what inner tensions this feeling could
    • the present day we should have no feeling for the very different mode
    • ourselves feel withdrawn when we experience in the organic process of
    • their purpose is to make us feel something of a world of soul. Around
    • shall feel compelled to say that no sculptor has ever given
    • not feel at all surprised if we saw David actually using his sling.
    • receive from the form of the hard stone the feeling that what lies
    • still have some immediate feeling of what Goethe called the spirit of
    • weaving of imagination, we shall feel when we see a block of marble
    • was merely the first expression of his ideas, his feelings; as he
    • means. In the end we feel that the block was presented us with what
    • it. We shall feel, for instance, that the foreshortening of the legs,
    • done a good deal of painting, he did not feel himself really to be a
    • really do feel as if God the Father were surging through the still
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Contents: Presence of the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • Steiner's feeling and will through a deceased friend (Oda Waller).
  • Title: Presence of the Dead: Lecture One: Understanding the Spiritual World (Part One)
    Matching lines:
    • feeling that a type of living, weaving image has been revealed to the
    • dreams. When we dream, we usually feel the dream images “weave”
    • take with our etheric feelers and move from one place to another.
    • would feel here in the physical world if you were not inside but
    • quite obscure feelings and does not “know” things, much
    • more because his statements result in the dark, blissful feeling:
  • Title: Presence of the Dead: Lecture Two: Understanding the Spiritual World (Part Two)
    Matching lines:
    • times. And yet, we cannot help but feel that anthroposophy is the
    • spiritual science to find the right inner energy to develop a feeling
    • the right kind of attitudes and feelings about our relationship to
    • entities. We look at them, see their colors, hear their sounds, feel
    • soon as we look at the world of the spirit, we should feel the need
    • allowing us to feel we are perceived by the higher beings of the
    • those of the hierarchy of archangels, and so on. This feeling that we
    • experience there is the feeling that the beings of the higher
    • flowing to us from such an individual, we can feel strengthened for
    • the task at hand. We can feel her radiant spiritual eye and her warm,
    • we feel the presence of such beings as guardian spirits supporting us
    • in what we do. This insight will be more than a vague feeling for us;
    • We will learn to feel them with us when we need forces we cannot find
    • development at that stage from another world. We can feel the true
    • mountains to see a sunrise, and then have the feeling that the
    • may feel that it will truly be very difficult to make any progress
    • the seeker's mind has to feel its way cautiously and subtly to a
  • Title: Presence of the Dead: Lecture Three: Awakening Spiritual Thoughts
    Matching lines:
    • anthroposophical thinking, feeling, and perception may think we
    • materialistic feelings, and with fears, which are always connected
    • filled only with materialistic feelings and ideas and also take them
    • events described, the listeners out of egotism feel that their
    • important and well-suited to permeate our soul as a feeling.
    • to add something that can truly lead us to feel the relationship
    • feeling. You see, one can be either stupid or clever here on the
    • thoughts, ideas, and feelings that do not relate to the physical
  • Title: Presence of the Dead: Lecture Four: The Presence of the Dead in our Life
    Matching lines:
    • emphasized that our heart, mind, and feelings are primarily affected
    • that if we follow the paths to clairvoyant research, we will feel
    • experiences must feel that the clairvoyant reality is permeable and,
    • If we allow our feelings to
    • feeling that rises up from the depths of our soul, for that is very
    • mountains, rivers, stars, sun, and moon. The feeling expressed in the
    • it was perceived by human beings. It is this feeling of being
    • have to say “I feel an angel perceiving me.”
    • actually have to say that we feel ourselves seen or perceived by an
    • person and can feel it, we would speak the truth from the clairvoyant
    • feelings toward the dead if we become aware that their spiritual gaze
    • piercing, burning feeling in our soul. If we can feel and maintain a
    • our soul like a feeling of warm mildness and pours itself into our
    • thoughts, imagination, feeling, and willing. It is out of this
    • feeling that we recognize who the dead person is and not on the basis
    • of a person we feel close to at the moment. The form in which the
    • subjective nature, on what we habitually see, think, and feel. The
    • reality is what we feel for the being manifest before us, how we
    • I described how we can feel
    • loving or hating each other. We begin to feel our way into a world of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Presence of the Dead: Lecture Five: The Blessing of the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • Steiner's feeling and will through a deceased friend (Oda Waller).
    • joyful religious feelings. Concentration is attentiveness, raised to
    • feelings to range freely over anything that catches our attention,
    • and upsets, sense impressions, will impulses, feeling, and thinking,
    • capacity in our soul to feel that through this inner activity the
    • indelibly with us. We feel the resistance of the substance of brain
    • also allows us to release the feeling and will activities of the
    • anything through our I, thinking, feeling, and willing to the course
    • feeling from our personality, leave ourselves behind, and enter the
    • spiritual world. Then we can perceive feeling and willing outside
    • and feeling in the spiritual world, and we can perceive our own
    • willing and feeling only when they are immersed in these beings.
    • feeling. Clearly, then, we can know and truly experience encounters
    • our own feeling and willing soul in the spiritual world. In view of
    • one way or another. As far as I could, I tried to feel vividly the
    • could feel a foreign willing and feeling enter my own. I was as sure
    • our own feeling and will and the external feeling and will entering
    • being able to tell the difference between our own feeling and willing
    • between the hunger of our own feeling and willing and what comes to
    • Once the outside feeling and will have penetrated our own, the two
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Presence of the Dead: Lecture Six: Faith and Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • our physical bodies with every thought, every feeling. We must sleep
    • to feel that this new principle must be applied. Otherwise we deny
    • spiritual research, we will feel the need to remain silent rather
    • while their feeling tells them they speak to everyone, the facts will
    • our soul, in our astral body, and all our feeling, willing, and
    • are supposed to see. Souls feeling the need to pursue spiritual
    • thing is to concentrate our feeling, to feel ourselves living and
  • Title: Presence of the Dead: Lecture Seven: Robert Hamerling: Poet and Thinker
    Matching lines:
    • student quarters. What were his feelings then? He suddenly had the
  • Title: Lecture: Technology and Art: Their Bearing on Modern Culture
    Matching lines:
    • The important thing now is that the impulses we feel
    • modern life. We must come to feel that Spiritual Science is a
    • tumult more with our life of thought and feeling; in day-sleep, more
    • with our life of will and feeling.
    • feeling of pleasure experienced by the elemental spirits within
    • lived through amid the hubbub and clatter, he feels it as a
    • men slip from the materialistic frame of mind into a feeling of the
    • through his inner feeling, men can depart from the role played by
    • must be prompted by some kind of feeling. But what does he exactly
    • spirituality, of this belief in spirituality. And a feeling —
    • If this is not perceived, there can be no true feeling
  • Title: Lecture: Technology and Art: Their Bearing on Modern Culture
    Matching lines:
    • The important thing now is that the impulses we feel
    • modern life. We must come to feel that Spiritual Science is a
    • tumult more with our life of thought and feeling; in day-sleep, more
    • with our life of will and feeling.
    • feeling of pleasure experienced by the elemental spirits within
    • lived through amid the hubbub and clatter, he feels it as a
    • men slip from the materialistic frame of mind into a feeling of the
    • through his inner feeling, men can depart from the role played by
    • must be prompted by some kind of feeling. But what does he exactly
    • spirituality, of this belief in spirituality. And a feeling —
    • If this is not perceived, there can be no true feeling
  • Title: Lecture: Past Incarnations of the Peoples of Today
    Matching lines:
    • the deepest and most fundamental feelings of the people. And
    • certain warmth of feeling which pours out in all his utterances and
    • deeds. This warmth of feeling is always there, but on the other hand
  • Title: Lecture: Past Incarnations of the Peoples of Today
    Matching lines:
    • the deepest and most fundamental feelings of the people. And
    • certain warmth of feeling which pours out in all his utterances and
    • deeds. This warmth of feeling is always there, but on the other hand
  • Title: Lecture: Morality and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • falsehood. This feeling may be found in great men and in
    • feeling of envy. Consequently the souls of the simplest people and
    • against the feeling of compassion. Compassion does not only imply
    • good qualities without any feeling of bitterness.
    • course, if anyone is conscious of this feeling, he tries to get rid
    • know that feelings, passions, etc. should be looked for in the astral
    • People also feel a strong dislike for falsehood and they try to fight
    • between a feeling of shyness in later life and hypocrisy at some
    • Another example: A person may be filled with the feeling of envy.
    • feel this forms part of a deep understanding of Karma and its laws.
    • certain result: a certain feeling of isolation will take hold of
    • them; they will feel themselves cut off from the others.
  • Title: Lecture: Morality and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • falsehood. This feeling may be found in great men and in
    • feeling of envy. Consequently the souls of the simplest people and
    • against the feeling of compassion. Compassion does not only imply
    • good qualities without any feeling of bitterness.
    • course, if anyone is conscious of this feeling, he tries to get rid
    • know that feelings, passions, etc. should be looked for in the astral
    • People also feel a strong dislike for falsehood and they try to fight
    • between a feeling of shyness in later life and hypocrisy at some
    • Another example: A person may be filled with the feeling of envy.
    • feel this forms part of a deep understanding of Karma and its laws.
    • certain result: a certain feeling of isolation will take hold of
    • them; they will feel themselves cut off from the others.
  • Title: Lecture: The Inexpressible Name, Spirits of Space and Time.
    Matching lines:
    • feel their relationship with the universe. In the present time, we
    • feeling of the successive impulses in the evolution of humanity,
    • modern life. We should be aware of this. We should feel the
    • very remote times. And if we acquire a feeling for such things, we
    • things to come, live in our soul, we are filled by a new feeling,
    • which can transcend egoism in human destiny; it is a feeling which
    • In order to acquire a feeling for the requirements in this sphere, we
    • These truths enable us to gain a feeling for the requirements of
    • friends, I wished to speak of these things, for now we must feel that
  • Title: Lecture: The Inexpressible Name, Spirits of Space and Time.
    Matching lines:
    • feel their relationship with the universe. In the present time, we
    • feeling of the successive impulses in the evolution of humanity,
    • modern life. We should be aware of this. We should feel the
    • very remote times. And if we acquire a feeling for such things, we
    • things to come, live in our soul, we are filled by a new feeling,
    • which can transcend egoism in human destiny; it is a feeling which
    • In order to acquire a feeling for the requirements in this sphere, we
    • These truths enable us to gain a feeling for the requirements of
    • friends, I wished to speak of these things, for now we must feel that
  • Title: Lecture: The Etheric Being in the Physical Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • earth — we feel as if we lived within a great organism. We
    • for example, feel that it belongs to our organism — if the
    • poetical natures, by people with a deeper capacity of feeling.
    • born out of the feeling that man stands within the life of
    • and Ego. There is activity in man's inner being and we feel that
    • before the Mystery of Golgotha, and within it we feel in the
    • away religious feeling; on the contrary, it deepens it.
    • unity is then split up, so that we feel as if we belonged to many
    • we come to feeling, and still further to the will. When we look
    • memory, thinking, feeling and will.
    • them; feeling is older, thinking still older, and the activity
    • with feeling; he was endowed with thinking during the Sun
    • man's feeling life, we only have to go back as far as the Moon
    • chiefly with the etheric body, and man's feeling life with the
    • Through feeling, we may learn to know the things which lie
    • realize these things, we gradually begin to feel that within us
    • what the physical body can make you feel; but this cannot inspire
    • life, and those in which we feel that an inner activity asserts
    • reveals itself to us. This will push our feeling in the right
    • to deepen our soul and immerse it in spiritual feelings, in
  • Title: Lecture: The Etheric Being in the Physical Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • earth — we feel as if we lived within a great organism. We
    • for example, feel that it belongs to our organism — if the
    • poetical natures, by people with a deeper capacity of feeling.
    • born out of the feeling that man stands within the life of
    • and Ego. There is activity in man's inner being and we feel that
    • before the Mystery of Golgotha, and within it we feel in the
    • away religious feeling; on the contrary, it deepens it.
    • unity is then split up, so that we feel as if we belonged to many
    • we come to feeling, and still further to the will. When we look
    • memory, thinking, feeling and will.
    • them; feeling is older, thinking still older, and the activity
    • with feeling; he was endowed with thinking during the Sun
    • man's feeling life, we only have to go back as far as the Moon
    • chiefly with the etheric body, and man's feeling life with the
    • Through feeling, we may learn to know the things which lie
    • realize these things, we gradually begin to feel that within us
    • what the physical body can make you feel; but this cannot inspire
    • life, and those in which we feel that an inner activity asserts
    • reveals itself to us. This will push our feeling in the right
    • to deepen our soul and immerse it in spiritual feelings, in
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Editors Preface
    Matching lines:
    • stretched forth a feeler.
    • feel in a sense the flowing forces in this action. Through strengthening
    • my thought I come to feel that it is inwardly mobile and now induces a
    • The matter in this book is extremely condensed and one feels one is
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture I: Anthroposophy as What Men Long For Today
    Matching lines:
    • in the fulness of life. Feeling ourselves members of the Anthroposophical
    • the world as Anthroposophists, you must bear this in mind. The feeling
    • must be there in the background. If you have not this feeling and think
    • find that ancient feelings, present in every human soul from age to age,
    • but these questions are there, and a large number of people feel them
    • do not form ideas about it, but it is deeply rooted in our feeling life.
    • Whenever we stand in the presence of death, this feeling takes firm
    • root in mind and heart. It is not from a merely selfish feeling nor
    • the uncertainty of feeling engendered by the sight of death. For then
    • confronts him; and he stands on the earth, feeling in the depths of
    • the secure feeling of their own being. Emptiness comes over their souls.
    • This feeling of emptiness is present in the subconsciousness of countless
    • and feelings about the outer world and acts upon it through his will.
    • the surging waves of thinking, feeling and willing confront him. So
    • makes his inner being a riddle again. Man feels his physical body must
    • be active and then thoughts, feelings and impulses of will arise in
    • as an image in my soul, and fades away. I feel it to be infinitely more
    • being — his thoughts, mental images, sensations, feelings and
    • within. So it is with the soul life of man. Images, thoughts, feelings
    • in a thought, in a feeling, in an act of volition. The ego is within,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture II: Meditation
    Matching lines:
    • one comes to feel that there is really a ‘second man’ within,
    • perceived, we have a strengthened man within us; we feel our own thinking
    • forces as we usually feel our muscular forces. And now, when we
    • world. What we dimly feel when we move our arms, or walk, when we unfold
    • to him. He feels within that he has an etheric body, though he does
    • He feels that this etheric body transforms his food-stuffs and transforms
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture III: The Transition from Ordinary Knowledge to the Science of Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • the cosmos, but does not feel any connection between these and himself
    • feel deep reverence for what he finds. It is presented in a more poetic
    • has, on this account, much to do with our feelings and emotional
    • being — not only the indefinite feelings of love, to mention these
    • temperament and character, they feel sympathy or antipathy for one another,
    • lunar in man's life. Well, even our feelings can distinguish much,
    • Well, if people act on our will, if we do not merely feel strong sympathy
    • case through the will and the life of feeling connected therewith.
    • tics of destiny from the past. If I feel that someone ‘grips’
    • You see, what ordinary consciousness can only surmise by way of feeling
    • we are connected through destiny; but I feel him in my will, in the
    • It was my special concern today to explain that this feeling of karmic
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture IV: Meditation and Inspiration
    Matching lines:
    • grasp.) As civilised people of today we feel we have advanced very far
    • life, i.e. our thinking, which can confront us fairly clearly, our feeling,
    • thinking, feeling and willing.
    • The moment we become truly conscious of our human dignity and feel we
    • you bear within you your soul life — your thinking, feeling and
    • stream of our life. We should not say that he alone feels the riddles
    • own thoughts. To what is this due? It comes from the feeling of
    • basis of man's true being and worth. He feels life's riddles because of
    • only, not the heart. The human heart feels a nervous unrest and finds no
    • To feel deeply the powerlessness of this thinking is to receive the
    • of nature; I feel inwardly, but very dimly, the tensions of my muscles,
    • strengthening your thinking in the way described, you feel your
    • feel the second man. This is, to begin with, an abstract characterisation.
    • The main thing is that the moment you feel this second man within you,
    • In this moment, when you feel your thought take on inner life — when
    • you feel its flow as you feel the flow of your breath when you pay heed
    • on something. After you have intensified your thinking and come to feel
    • object. I feel, in a sense, the flowing force in this action. Through
    • strengthening my thought I come to feel that it is inwardly mobile and
    • I have described we come, at first, to feel this inward touching of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture V: Love, Intuition and the Human Ego
    Matching lines:
    • forth a feeler.
    • world, you are not identical. You must really be able to feel what is
    • passing in the other being just as you feel what is passing in yourself;
    • Indeed, you feel that this is so. After all, you are not very conscious
    • warmth-organism are absent or disturbed, we feel this as illness,
    • we feel this former life in the normal differentiation of the
    • we feel ourselves morally determined by certain impulses given us in
    • begin with, understand how that to which we feel ourselves morally bound
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture VI: Respiration, Warmth and the Ego
    Matching lines:
    • the active life of feeling that connects willing and thinking, standing
    • also absent; likewise, what evokes feeling from the organic processes,
    • a man is able to feel, as it were, in an element of spiritual music,
    • such a way that we really feel we are remembering something not experienced
    • indeed a more exalted — feeling towards the air you so anxiously
    • say this unconsciously. You feel yourself connected with your body through
    • its returning the air in this condition. Youfeel yourself entirely within
    • in its feelings, the secrets of your own human being from the exhaled
    • world. Only, to begin with, we feel what is here streaming towards us
    • us like a new world, a world, indeed, that we do not merely feel but
    • is so. Thinking, feeling and willing live in our soul, but over and
    • to be creatures of pasteboard, not men with living feelings. In saying
    • figures. A thought like this preserves our human feeling and sympathy
    • We began by saying that man feels himself estranged from the world in
    • as a result of spiritual study, man begins to feel himself no mere stranger
    • him something in turn. Man begins to feel his inner kinship with the
    • have no kinship with thee, in spite of the thinking, feeling and willing
    • appear in a new light, for we begin to feel ourselves akin to the cosmos
    • quality of heart, this mood of feeling, we are not taking it in the
    • in the photograph; but it cannot kindle the warmth of your feeling
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture VII: Dream-life and External Reality
    Matching lines:
    • He gropes his way forward, encounters an obstacle, and feels there is
    • that is significant: whether a feeling of expectation was present, whether
    • complex of feelings is translated into the dream-life.
    • these so seriously that they feel pangs of conscience if unable to carry
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture VIII: Dreams, Imaginative Cognition, and the Building of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • his conception of dreams is different. He feels the dream as something
    • that we learn to feel in the dream.
    • experience, which is an intense experience of feeling, with the perception
    • so that we feel like we do when a fresh, green, blossoming plant we
    • physical): When we begin to perceive man with imagination we feel in
    • one gradually comes to feel quite feeble-minded, for with the acutest
    • cosmic secrets, yet feel ourselves continually baffled in our attempts.
    • memory back to his birth. One feels oneself outside of space; here all
    • actions, which had remained subconscious before. We begin to feel quite
    • course of imaginative consciousness; we must feel ourselves maimed in
    • this way in respect to our experiences. Above all, we must feel that
    • feeling is especially intense in our present materialistic age. For
    • it is there. This feeling of being maimed comes before
    • great, though often tragical enrichment of life; we feel this unavoidable
    • to feeling.
    • We feel
    • him, man feels himself pretty well as the lord of creation; and even
    • though he calls the lion the king of beasts, he still feels himself,
    • as a human being, superior. Man feels the creatures of the other kingdoms
    • a very different feeling, however, when after death the undergoes the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture IX: Phases of Memory and the Real Self
    Matching lines:
    • man experiences in concrete, everyday life, in thinking, feeling and
    • — our ego itself suffers injury. We feel that our immernnost being,
    • birth, we must feel our memories as a connected whole if we are to regard
    • to evoke the soul's own life that it may feel and experience inwardly
    • feel that we have our memory-pictures ‘rolled up’ within us,
    • these pictures now become greater and greater. We feel as if they
    • experience lasts a few days and, when these have passed, we feel that
    • we ourselves are being expanded too. Between birth and death we feel
    • ourselves within our memories; and now we actually feel ourselves within
    • through our deeds, thoughts and feelings.
    • of his pain gave us a certain feeling of satisfaction; we may have been
    • moved by a feeling of revenge or the like. Now, on going backwards through
    • it is a part of this experience to feel that beings whom, for the present,
    • onwards through these spiritual counterparts of our experiences, we feel
    • Thereby we feel what each deed done by us on earth, each thought, feeling,
    • him feels thirst, burning thirst, for those things which he was accustomed
    • once: ‘If I did not feel this pain, I would remain an imperfect human
    • of the super-sensible life. We feel that, through this painful compensation,
    • another than before. You will feel it a blessing that you are able,
    • We do, indeed, feel that the world takes to itself the inner life we
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Roman Catholicism: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • mere causality, the more the life of human feeling is driven, by a
    • feeling, just as it also uses those powers which come to us through
  • Title: Roman Catholicism: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • sphere of will and feeling. That which always had to be acknowledged
    • who feel as if stung by a viper on reading such a sentence is very
    • that a certain number of human beings should feel how without
    • lines of an article, should feel as if stung by a viper; for it is as
  • Title: Roman Catholicism: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • is combated by the feeling that stirs in us when we look upon life on
    • recognize what it means for man’s life of feeling in its widest
    • Franciscans wanted to achieve everything through a childlike feeling.
    • so strongly on his feelings that he is confused in his sober research
  • Title: Lecture: The Coming Experience of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • is no general feeling for it. Properly conducted elementary
    • education will bring such a feeling to life. If education up to
    • will already have the feeling: “We have a science which is born
    • existence worthy of a human being, that he should be able to feel
    • lively feeling for it is worth a great deal; it is something
    • of the greatest value to feel that what is in one as an adult has
    • feeling has actually given way to another. More and more man is
    • weighed down, half unconsciously, by the feeling of his inherited
    • feel that they are what they are through their parents, their
    • grandparents and so on. Unlike men of old, they no longer feel that
    • their life before birth, On the contrary, they feel in themselves
    • more this emerges, not merely as a theory but as a feeling, a feeling
    • this feeling will increase very fast. In the decades ahead, it will
    • become unbearable, for it is associated with another feeling, a
    • certain feeling of the worthlessness of human existence. We shall see
    • more and more that if man is unable to feel his existence as anything
    • characteristics, he will feel his existence to be worthless. To-day
    • poverty man no longer feels himself to be a child of the spiritual
    • I have so far described simply as a feeling that is surging up.
    • man. As earthly man I cannot but feel myself a dwarf, compared with
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Coming Experience of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • is no general feeling for it. Properly conducted elementary
    • education will bring such a feeling to life. If education up to
    • will already have the feeling: “We have a science which is born
    • existence worthy of a human being, that he should be able to feel
    • lively feeling for it is worth a great deal; it is something
    • of the greatest value to feel that what is in one as an adult has
    • feeling has actually given way to another. More and more man is
    • weighed down, half unconsciously, by the feeling of his inherited
    • feel that they are what they are through their parents, their
    • grandparents and so on. Unlike men of old, they no longer feel that
    • their life before birth, On the contrary, they feel in themselves
    • more this emerges, not merely as a theory but as a feeling, a feeling
    • this feeling will increase very fast. In the decades ahead, it will
    • become unbearable, for it is associated with another feeling, a
    • certain feeling of the worthlessness of human existence. We shall see
    • more and more that if man is unable to feel his existence as anything
    • characteristics, he will feel his existence to be worthless. To-day
    • poverty man no longer feels himself to be a child of the spiritual
    • I have so far described simply as a feeling that is surging up.
    • man. As earthly man I cannot but feel myself a dwarf, compared with
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Knowledge: A Way of Life
    Matching lines:
    • and new birth, we begin to feel deeply connected with these worlds
    • and with all that they contain; we feel impelled to unite our very
    • means of nourishment man has a feeling of well-being. Conditions,
    • the spiritual world, we come to feel how, through such knowledge, we
    • one we may feel kindly disposed — to another perhaps not, but
    • approach the world, feeling our way towards it by means of our
    • As a matter of fact, many of the feelings and impulses
    • in the way that we feel abstract knowledge to be remote, bin
    • initiation-knowledge, may feel how this knowledge, when he receives
    • produced it, it separates itself from him; he feels as if he had
    • unable to feel any particular pleasure or satisfaction in it —
    • Man's own natural feeling for reality will enable him to take hold of
    • On this path of knowledge we learn to feel, as it were,
    • at home in the spiritual world in the way we feel at home in the
    • makes us feel at home in the physical nature of the world around. And
    • feel at home in a divine spiritual world — even as with our
    • body we feel at home in the world of the senses. And it is this
    • feeling at home in the spiritual world that is so important, for
    • realise this, we begin to feel as though a voice were calling to us:
    • human and personal path in life. We feel inwardly seized and
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Knowledge: A Way of Life
    Matching lines:
    • and new birth, we begin to feel deeply connected with these worlds
    • and with all that they contain; we feel impelled to unite our very
    • means of nourishment man has a feeling of well-being. Conditions,
    • the spiritual world, we come to feel how, through such knowledge, we
    • one we may feel kindly disposed — to another perhaps not, but
    • approach the world, feeling our way towards it by means of our
    • As a matter of fact, many of the feelings and impulses
    • in the way that we feel abstract knowledge to be remote, bin
    • initiation-knowledge, may feel how this knowledge, when he receives
    • produced it, it separates itself from him; he feels as if he had
    • unable to feel any particular pleasure or satisfaction in it —
    • Man's own natural feeling for reality will enable him to take hold of
    • On this path of knowledge we learn to feel, as it were,
    • at home in the spiritual world in the way we feel at home in the
    • makes us feel at home in the physical nature of the world around. And
    • feel at home in a divine spiritual world — even as with our
    • body we feel at home in the world of the senses. And it is this
    • feeling at home in the spiritual world that is so important, for
    • realise this, we begin to feel as though a voice were calling to us:
    • human and personal path in life. We feel inwardly seized and
  • Title: Lecture: How Can the Destitution of Soul in Modern Times Be Overcome?
    Matching lines:
    • epochs of culture, and so on? Those who feel that a realistic
    • mankind had reached, the faculties of intellect and of feeling were
    • And so it was with heart-and-feeling. Appropriately to
    • the fourth post-Atlantean period heart-and-feeling developed. And
    • need to exchange feelings and thoughts. Acquaintance was quickly
    • Heart-and-feeling in the one could still reach out more spiritually
    • and make immediate contact with heart-and-feeling in the other. Up to
    • feeling-and-heart connection was well adapted to that age, but a very
    • different network of feelings and sensations spans the world of
    • possessed of a ready-made heart-and-feeling with its spontaneous
    • in a feeling, instinctive way, of what they formerly lived through
    • opposing forces set snares in our way. And accordingly feelings of
    • consciously combating these superficial feelings that we shall bring
    • nationalistic feelings and emotions, which only assumed their present
    • And in the age which prompted by modern life feels the
    • advance towards clear consciousness, yet feeling this at first to be
    • people see what this means and feel how necessary it is that we
    • then; and from this point of view we can feel it as good fortune for
    • feel strongly that some change is necessary, particularly in the
    • only in vague talk, however warm the feelings which underlie it;
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: How Can the Destitution of Soul in Modern Times Be Overcome?
    Matching lines:
    • epochs of culture, and so on? Those who feel that a realistic
    • mankind had reached, the faculties of intellect and of feeling were
    • And so it was with heart-and-feeling. Appropriately to
    • the fourth post-Atlantean period heart-and-feeling developed. And
    • need to exchange feelings and thoughts. Acquaintance was quickly
    • Heart-and-feeling in the one could still reach out more spiritually
    • and make immediate contact with heart-and-feeling in the other. Up to
    • feeling-and-heart connection was well adapted to that age, but a very
    • different network of feelings and sensations spans the world of
    • possessed of a ready-made heart-and-feeling with its spontaneous
    • in a feeling, instinctive way, of what they formerly lived through
    • opposing forces set snares in our way. And accordingly feelings of
    • consciously combating these superficial feelings that we shall bring
    • nationalistic feelings and emotions, which only assumed their present
    • And in the age which prompted by modern life feels the
    • advance towards clear consciousness, yet feeling this at first to be
    • people see what this means and feel how necessary it is that we
    • then; and from this point of view we can feel it as good fortune for
    • feel strongly that some change is necessary, particularly in the
    • only in vague talk, however warm the feelings which underlie it;
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Modern and Ancient Spiritual Exercises
    Matching lines:
    • felt as my hand would feel were it conscious: that it is not independent,
    • downstream he, as modern, clever man, feels his legs stepping out in that
    • the man of old did not feel like that. When he walked along a river
    • direction. Just as a swimmer today feels himself carried along by the
    • this feeling of being at one with nature is lost. In its place man has
    • acquired a strong feeling of his independence, of his individual
    • Thus, the yogi did not feel
    • feeling of his own ‘I’, an intensified feeling of self. He felt
    • there arose in him an enhanced feeling of selfhood. But in this experience
    • he did not feel himself living between birth and death in the physical
    • feel himself drawn back into the wood and atmosphere, into the whole
    • through them. The soul, with enhanced feeling of selfhood, is transported
    • part of a weaving cosmic life and this feeling expressed itself in certain
    • developed a strong feeling of his ‘I’ (red). This enabled him to
    • and fall in all directions. Someone who is intoxicated or feels faint
  • Title: Lecture: Modern and Ancient Spiritual Exercises
    Matching lines:
    • felt as my hand would feel were it conscious: that it is not independent,
    • downstream he, as modern, clever man, feels his legs stepping out in that
    • the man of old did not feel like that. When he walked along a river
    • direction. Just as a swimmer today feels himself carried along by the
    • this feeling of being at one with nature is lost. In its place man has
    • acquired a strong feeling of his independence, of his individual
    • Thus, the yogi did not feel
    • feeling of his own ‘I’, an intensified feeling of self. He felt
    • there arose in him an enhanced feeling of selfhood. But in this experience
    • he did not feel himself living between birth and death in the physical
    • feel himself drawn back into the wood and atmosphere, into the whole
    • through them. The soul, with enhanced feeling of selfhood, is transported
    • part of a weaving cosmic life and this feeling expressed itself in certain
    • developed a strong feeling of his ‘I’ (red). This enabled him to
    • and fall in all directions. Someone who is intoxicated or feels faint
  • Title: Lecture: The Meaning of Easter: St. Paul and the Christ Impulse
    Matching lines:
    • qualities of pre-Christian life, we can feel how different was the whole
    • feel these things deeply in their hearts. We shall never find a way out
    • one can in very truth feel something of the Christ Impulse, or whether
    • longer feels that he is himself united with those worlds, and that the
    • in these days for man to unite a right feeling with Easter is for him to
    • moon and feel how the full moon is connected with man in its phenomena,
    • experiences in thought and feeling that partake of a true Easter
    • feel the purely external, mechanistic knowledge like a tombstone rolled
  • Title: Lecture: The Meaning of Easter: St. Paul and the Christ Impulse
    Matching lines:
    • qualities of pre-Christian life, we can feel how different was the whole
    • feel these things deeply in their hearts. We shall never find a way out
    • one can in very truth feel something of the Christ Impulse, or whether
    • longer feels that he is himself united with those worlds, and that the
    • in these days for man to unite a right feeling with Easter is for him to
    • moon and feel how the full moon is connected with man in its phenomena,
    • experiences in thought and feeling that partake of a true Easter
    • feel the purely external, mechanistic knowledge like a tombstone rolled
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Address by Dr. Rudolf Steiner
    Matching lines:
    • have carried through the world with strong and deep feeling, every moment
    • faithful in their inner feeling, they none the less turn a deaf ear
    • you feel for the fact that this Agricultural Course has been achieved,
    • do not at all agree that your feelings of gratitude should be expended
    • words which the Count has once again spoken to us all, with his fine-feeling
    • a feeling that we can grow together. All the same, I cannot be addressed
    • and the Circle. It is said of twins that they have a common feeling
    • and a common thinking. Let us then have this common feeling and thinking;
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Discussion after Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • Even the feelings you have may then come into it.
    • determined purely by feeling?
    • according to your feeling. When you have done all you can to get the
    • is inclined to do it out of pure feeling, by all means let him do so.
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Supplement
    Matching lines:
    • Streicher: The farmers too have a feeling that the soil is extracted
    • he looked at the flowers: “They none of them seem to feel quite
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • the feeling of thanks is not only justified on the part of those who
    • are able to receive from Anthroposophical Science. One can also feel
    • with our feelings — in the necessary atmosphere. And for our
    • which I feel it will be done here. Therefore I think I can also give
    • poor fellow still feels hungry, if, after all, he has not had enough
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • district of the Earth. If so, it has a sympathetic feeling. If there
    • is too little water, it has a feeling of antipathy. It has a
    • sympathetic feeling if the right plants are there for the given soil.
    • nitrogen everywhere, moving about like flowing, fluctuating feelings.
    • no longer feels comfortable there. It wants to dissolve again. And
    • feeling or receptivity for these things, we can observe the process
    • calcium. Then indeed it gives no rest at all. It wants to feel and
    • will feel this difference, as against a certain other substance.
    • Limestone sucks us out. We have the distinct feeling: wherever the
    • sensitive cognition. Once more we ought to feel the chalk or
    • we should feel as the very superior gentleman who wrests away all
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • which they feel able to draw from the investigation of narrow and restricted
    • our inner feeling, to a Large extent. This inner feeling will develop
    • very pleasant feeling to discover how there arises after all, from what
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • underlying feeling: the experimenters themselves are not quite happy
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • from the woods and forests! Then you will feel the difference between
    • The insects said, one day: We do not feel quite strong enough to work
    • true feeling in the old time of instinctive clairvoyance. (I should
    • though they were not so clever, they were far wiser; out of their feeling
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • feels happiest if it receives manure as far as possible in the original
    • a really good result, he will not feel a very easy conscience in rejecting
  • Title: Lecture: The Significance of the Mass
    Matching lines:
    • following feeling: “Thou must again become like the
    • feels himself a servant of the Church. He may then have no
  • Title: Lecture: The Significance of the Mass
    Matching lines:
    • following feeling: “Thou must again become like the
    • feels himself a servant of the Church. He may then have no
  • Title: Lecture: The Universe
    Matching lines:
    • now touch yourself in the same way in which you feel about
    • through feeling into your form, insofar as it is enclosed
    • And where he feels the poisonous sting, where he feels that
    • touching himself, feeling himself. The right and left side
    • being by touching or feeling himself.
    • does not only touch or feel himself, but who closes himself
  • Title: Lecture: The Universe
    Matching lines:
    • now touch yourself in the same way in which you feel about
    • through feeling into your form, insofar as it is enclosed
    • And where he feels the poisonous sting, where he feels that
    • touching himself, feeling himself. The right and left side
    • being by touching or feeling himself.
    • does not only touch or feel himself, but who closes himself
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • The understanding through feeling of spiritual-scientific knowledge.
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • lectures may perhaps feel somewhat surprised by what is said today,
    • all that actually stretches its feelers into the human body, all that
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • in its way of thinking and feeling. This will make it more difficult
    • of feeling and perception. Yet we should make no progress if we had
    • description is the only one naturally feels that his scientific eminence
    • many scientists from feeling very superior and considering the theosophist
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • bring about a living feeling of the existence of such spiritual beings
    • children! One must feel the truth of such a myth; if it is not felt,
    • present in the feelings of likes and dislikes. According as the ego
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • only of what we feel pulsing warmly in our own blood. The warmth that
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • develops, he could feel urged to make the following remarks.
    • did not feel him-self to the same extent a personality as does the man
    • felt with regard to their tribe as a limb feels on our organism. He
    • he did not feel himself as representative of his ego, but felt the blood
    • having a connection with the Christ Being. Looking towards, feeling
    • feel oneself a unity with something that is only a human group. On the
    • feel one with the eternal Ground of the World Whom we call the “Father”
    • feels himself one with the “Father,” soul confronts soul,
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • They did not speak of Archangels but they had the same feeling about
    • it, and it was this feeling that the Egyptians united with the animal
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • The understanding through feeling of spiritual-scientific knowledge.
    • anyone is aware of one absorbs a sum of perceptions and feelings which
    • Theosophy. These perceptions and feelings are particularly connected
    • This sum of feelings and sensations to which we gradually accustom ourselves
    • acquiring these feelings towards those other worlds which are continuously
    • such feelings, who take this attitude to these other worlds, are those
    • Thus an appeal is made to your heart, your feeling nature, and not to
    • your theoretical knowledge. What the heart and feelings have absorbed
    • of them. And here already comes an appeal to your advanced feelings
    • that surrounds us, so he who will one day inhabit Jupiter will feel
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • have died through the loss of my hand’; it would feel that it
    • evil feelings, these live around him and attract beings which are there
    • beings as our hands belong to us. The faint feeling of individuality
    • of the divine spiritual beings. That was the beginning of his feeling
    • that are formed. The individuals voluntarily allow their feelings to
    • group themselves round centres. The feelings streaming in this way to
    • The more that associations are formed where feelings of fellowship are
    • of certain men with animal groups, feelings, thoughts and impulses arise
    • beings can find their nourishment in the feelings which develop through
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • feeling which it creates in the common life that the effect is continued
    • to himself and feel an independent personality. Thus the etheric and
    • Then we shall feel that the human soul shines towards us from all we
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • many feelings and ideas that we touched on in the last lectures if we
    • have a connection with man, and who wish to have it. Our feelings are
    • feeling for this distribution of forces in space which was caused through
    • belonging to the great times of art when there was still a strong feeling
    • the picture and have a definite feeling: These angels cannot fall, it
    • body have the feeling: That must be so, the three angels maintain themselves
    • the feeling that at any moment it must tumble down, it does not support
    • actualities — and all architecture proceeds out of this space-feeling.
    • laid out; one fills in material. In the purest degree this feeling of
    • in all the forms of his temple what lives in space, what one can feel
    • To someone having a real feeling in such matters the Greek temple has
    • a place that draws together all feelings relating to the preservation
    • is only there where the space is filled by the feelings of the pious
    • active in us and felt in the physical body as a feeling of oneself-in-space.
    • The true artist feels space thus and molds it architecturally.
    • meets with the soul body there arises in the same way the feeling for
    • the first elements of painting, as the feeling for the guidance of the
    • with the soul body and permeates it, there arises the feeling for the
    • an intense feeling that where there is true art there must at the same
    • so does Richard Wagner feel when he says: I want no figures striding
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Fifth Gospel: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • directed their feelings to Christ in a much more intensive
    • the enthusiasm, the emotion and feelings for the Christ
    • in our thoughts all the deep feeling, all the impulses in
    • deep feelings and impulses which have directed people to
    • important thing. We feel that this is really all important.
    • Christianity. One could still say that the moral feelings
    • does Christ work in human minds and feelings? And if
  • Title: The Fifth Gospel: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • is with a unique feeling that one decides to put into words
    • Nevertheless, I feel myself obliged to express in words as
    • to a kind of darkening of the earth. And one feels, as in
    • feels the group-souls of the plants and animals arise
    • during a solar eclipse. One feels a dimming of the
    • darkening of the riddle of the world, and one feels as a
    • an eclipse. In that solar eclipse one feels
    • end of this report as an aside. I feel myself obliged to
    • youth I feel more objective about Christianity and believe
    • words, you may feel an indication of what lives in me when
  • Title: The Fifth Gospel: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • – life, as a direct experience, as feeling and
    • feeling about what happened through the Mystery of
    • remarkable is that someone with healthy feelings should be
    • devolving evolution. The Christ-Being had to feel the godly
    • that he could feel fear like a man. The other Gospels
  • Title: The Fifth Gospel: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • feeling – already in those young years, mind you
    • infinitely deep feeling in his soul as he had when he saw
    • overmuch, for they are too shocking. One also soon feels
    • life. One feels himself united to the part of his soul in
  • Title: The Fifth Gospel: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • certainly have the feeling that some very important things
    • have a feeling for what lived in his soul from hearing
    • his twelfth year. And now he often had the feeling: Oh, how
    • world, but had the liveliest feelings for the speech of
    • great capacity for feeling — an angelic, gentle
    • the feelings which brought about a very special talk
    • carried in his soul the feeling that this cult had
    • what a hugely important event that was! Let us try to feel
    • it, but also let us feel that now a special being lived on
    • and gentleness and about the warm feelings that streamed
    • things in such a way that man could feel that the physical
    • sometimes feel as though he were also acting in them, in
    • only in understanding but also in feeling. What is meant is
    • to me. And perhaps this can release a warm feeling in your
    • time we want nevertheless to be together, feel together
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Foreword
    Matching lines:
    • experiencing an uncanny feeling if only the natural world surrounds
    • for example, or a feeling or even a will impulse.
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Appendix: Cosmogony
    Matching lines:
    • as Christianity. One can feel this influence in the words of John's
    • they had an entirely different idea, an entirely different feeling,
    • today as their inner soul life, their thoughts, their feelings, will
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Appendix: Cosmogony
    Matching lines:
    • as Christianity. One can feel this influence in the words of John's
    • they had an entirely different idea, an entirely different feeling,
    • today as their inner soul life, their thoughts, their feelings, will
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 1: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • should immerse ourselves in this sign until we feel it is no longer
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 1: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • thinking, the purity of feeling, and so forth in the future bodies of
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 1: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • means much to those who belong to the theosophical movement, who feel
    • there enrich our innermost life of feeling? If a soul has been separated
    • especially enliven on this day. We want to be filled with a feeling
    • that thoughts and feelings are invisible powers in our soul, that they
    • are facts. Feelings are living forces. If we today unite all our thoughts
    • on May 8, 1891, then our feelings and thoughts are real forces and create
    • such thoughts and feelings are really living rays, rays of spiritual
    • Theosophical Society must teach us the feeling of positivity. We must
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 1: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • previously knew will pass over into our living feelings; it becomes
    • for us a natural, given, feeling. It becomes a passion for us. If you
    • takes its substance from the realm of feelings; and atma from the realm
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 2: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • for clairvoyance, for the spiritual, for the feeling of connectedness
    • nation. In various groups they preserved the feeling and the states
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 2: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • ancient past when the human being's feeling for self was just
    • not so obvious. Today the feeling for one's self, the overwhelming egohood
    • of wisdom and harmony of feelings have formed this stream for the raying
    • and harmony of feelings on the basis of the Christ impulse in the fourth
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 2: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • the other world. Only in this way could the students still feel the
    • of wisdom and the harmony of feeling.”
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 2: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • anchored on the earth. Only gradually did the feeling arise that the
    • spiritual world. But Greek culture could, in the fullest sense, feel what
    • as something spiritual. And there was a deeply tragic feeling that
    • world. The fifth epoch can feel, to begin with, only as a perspective,
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 2: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • world. That is what we today must clearly feel as the first epoch of
    • all of that in their inner lives. Therefore, their feeling life did
    • the ancient Egyptian's feeling life. The sun spirit was characterized
    • aspect of the thinking and feeling of that epoch.
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 2: Lecture Seven
    Matching lines:
    • inspires them. Today only those people who feel that Theosophy speaks
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 2: Lecture Eight
    Matching lines:
    • feel pain; this shows us the bearer of feelings, the astral body. Earlier,
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 2: Lecture Nine
    Matching lines:
    • When the feelings of human beings are carried into the air, they
  • Title: Lecture: Reading the Pictures of the Apocalypse: Part 2: Lecture Twelve
    Matching lines:
    • will feel for others. All those who have been separated out of the various
  • Title: Lecture: The Templars
    Matching lines:
    • worked on in broad streams which flow even into the feelings and perceptions
    • in their I, but also in all their feeling and thinking, in their very being
    • feelings and impulses of will connected with that Mystery. What had thus
    • materialistic thoughts and feelings of men and in all the materialistic
    • have brought it about that Man's thoughts and feelings run their course
    • means a deep experience for the soul, to feel that mystery of the
    • “enduring thoughts.” For then we feel how in the world here and
  • Title: Lecture: The Templars
    Matching lines:
    • worked on in broad streams which flow even into the feelings and perceptions
    • in their I, but also in all their feeling and thinking, in their very being
    • feelings and impulses of will connected with that Mystery. What had thus
    • materialistic thoughts and feelings of men and in all the materialistic
    • have brought it about that Man's thoughts and feelings run their course
    • means a deep experience for the soul, to feel that mystery of the
    • “enduring thoughts.” For then we feel how in the world here and
  • Title: An Occult Physiology: Lecture 1: The Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • knowledge, to know what man is; but rather that he feels it to be his
    • know,” only then can we sense aright that feeling of reverence
    • the feeling of reverence before man's nature, must remain with
  • Title: An Occult Physiology: Lecture 2: Human Duality
    Matching lines:
    • concepts and feelings, we shall come quite easily to the thought that
    • sense itself inwardly, cannot yet attain to the kindling of feeling,
    • is to be able to kindle feeling, to sense life inwardly, the astral
    • ourselves as concepts, feelings or sensations, etc., enter into a
    • conceptions, sensations, will-impulses, feelings and the like. The
    • a sum-total of conceptions, sensations, feelings, etc., which are to
    • conceptions, feelings, will-impulses and the like. Already,
    • its pain and suffering, pleasure and happiness, inner feelings and so
    • feelings which the human being has experienced and made a part of
    • impression upon his ordinary ego. He feels himself lifted away from
    • itself. He is now living in something different; he feels himself in
    • divined. He feels a super-sensible world uplifted within him.
    • terminations of our nerve-system, and we feel the recoil. To be sure,
    • only he can feel this recoil who goes through the necessary
    • soul-exercises. In the case of the normal consciousness, man feels
    • optic nerve, images itself upon the tablet of the blood, and we feel
    • itself with the physical man, feels itself at one with him.
  • Title: An Occult Physiology: Lecture 3: Co-operation in the Human Duality
    Matching lines:
    • means of strict concentration of thought and feeling, the human being
    • through strict concentration of feeling and thought, feels as if he
    • feels as if he now stood facing himself, with the result that he can
    • has become in a certain sense clairvoyant, feels as if a higher order
    • different feeling from that which a man has when he confronts the
    • ordinary world. When he confronts the external world, he feels that
    • himself out of his ego. He does not any longer feel in that case:
    • through concentration of thought, concentration of feeling, and
    • strengthening or energising of the ego-feeling. We can convince
    • qualities, selfless, altruistic feelings have appeared; that he has
    • feeling of compassion for all things possessed of being to the end
    • much to the point here, but I should feel inclined to suggest that a
    • thinker who is the least materialistic might, indeed, sense a feeling
    • feeling of men and of peoples, it is verified that in pictorial
    • ‘wisdom’!” We shall then cast away such feelings,
  • Title: An Occult Physiology: Lecture 4: Man's Inner Cosmic System
    Matching lines:
    • it. When people approach such parts they may feel discrepancies such
    • canal. He soon feels, in such a case, that the particular law
    • feelings, and will-impulses exist just the same as does a
    • soul-life, our thought-life, our feeling-life, everything which
    • thoughts, feelings and so forth, quite as truly as do the stomach,
    • consisting of feelings, thoughts and so forth. As a matter of fact
    • thought and with feeling, as if thought could work directly upon
    • assume that thoughts, feelings, and so forth, are simply the products
    • thinks, feels and so forth, certain definite parallel processes are
    • feelings, etc., is, of course, something that we experience in the
    • and feelings that we build up on the basis of our impressions of the
  • Title: An Occult Physiology: Lecture 5: The Systems of Supersensible Forces
    Matching lines:
    • cause of a hurt, a pain. The process of feeling pain takes place
    • intelligence, of feeling, of temperament, etc. These the human being
    • consciousness in feelings of discomfort. In this case we have a
  • Title: An Occult Physiology: Lecture 6: The Blood as Manifestation and Instrument of the Human Ego
    Matching lines:
    • pale from feelings of shame or anxiety; I shall merely point to the
    • anxiety, or the feeling of shame, are ego-experiences which are
    • recognisable in their effect upon the blood. With the feeling of fear
    • draw back with our ego. With the feeling of shame we would best of
    • itself. In the case of feelings of fear and anxiety, where a man
    • he feels to be threatening him, he becomes pale; the blood draws back
    • way the ego feels in fear or shame is expressed through its
  • Title: An Occult Physiology: Lecture 7: The Conscious Life of Man
    Matching lines:
    • the life of feeling and willing.
    • of the categories of our thinking, feeling, or willing life, are
    • and which leaves our feeling and willing in a certain sense
    • feeling? Here we do not have to do with a depositing of
    • of a fluid, in everything pertaining to feeling we have to do with a
    • call thoughts or feelings are actual forces, which have a real
    • definite, sharply-outlined thoughts; and though our feelings are more
    • thought-systems are inserted in stable form in the feeling system).
    • found only under the influence of our own feeling life, which takes
    • forms the physical correlative of our feeling process. The process
    • flames into feelings and is stirred into impulses of will, must find
    • normal consciousness? Whereas in our feelings we are, to our normal
    • on an activity that manifests a connection with our life of feeling,
  • Title: An Occult Physiology: Lecture 8: The Human Form and its Co-ordination of Forces
    Matching lines:
    • join them later. In these secretions the human being dimly feels, as
    • feeling-processes.
    • feeling-processes and the higher feeling-processes are bound up with
    • feel there that the actions which, in yesterday's lecture, we
    • primal plan in such a way that we feel everything we see as the
    • of our soul and our ego. It is for this reason that we feel, with
    • to the further reflection and feeling of the listeners.
    • modesty may anthroposophists come together and unite their feelings
    • with one another in living thought, in feeling, and in all our
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • Anthroposophy to feel at least something of the mood which lived in
    • words. Then let us forget all that a man of today can think and feel
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • unacquainted with the kind of feeling that prevails in our circles,
    • feeling we have acquired as a result of the usual modern renderings.
    • would have to feel itself inwardly organised in such a way that it
    • picture by picture, how can one come to feel the cosmos inwardly, how
    • can one come inwardly to feel the structure of macrocosmic man? By
    • beginning to feel how the sounds of speech flash into form.
    • soughs through the air, learn to feel not merely its tone, learn to
    • feel the form it makes, just as the tone of the violin bow, passed
    • over the edge of a plate, makes a form in the powder. Learn to feel
    • will feel as the Hebrew sage felt when the sounds of speech
    • Resch (R) stimulated a feeling such as one has when one
    • feels one's head: and Schin (S) suggested what I might
    • has evolved. When one comes to understand this, one feels a deep awe
    • time the seer is to discover anew. That is the feeling which the
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • we are able to feel the deepest reverence for it. What is experienced
    • Elohim spoke.” There we have the feeling that we are dealing
    • goal of the Gods! I ask you to feel the immense significance of this
    • highest ideal. We feel ourselves to be of divine origin; but we feel
    • the initiate passes a certain stage, and feels himself in the
    • feels his human weakness, but he also feels his divine goal. He is no
    • feels uplifted; in the moment of experiencing his true Self he feels
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • feel free to resume my exposition from the anthroposophical
    • psychic. Feel your way into yourself as a warmth-bearing being
    • — and this feeling of your own warmth, experience of your own
    • able to transport themselves in feeling, in attitude of soul, into
    • ancient times needed quite a different kind of feeling from what we
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • abstract man, the man who is concerned only with concepts, to feel
    • feelings and ideas of such a kind as regards these tremendous
    • that we develop in our thinking and feeling, all the ebb and flow of
    • exegesis of the general run of commentators you will always feel
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • itself. It helps us to acquire the proper feeling, the right attitude
    • at night. His world of thought and feeling sinks into oblivion, he
    • what has made this earth covering solid, it would be natural to feel
    • feeling can fully respond.
    • try to bring sensitive and perceptive feeling into all this, you will
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • you did not feel that the sun was above you and that you were below,
    • rise before his soul as he sits in meditation down-stage, and feels
    • feel ourselves to be within this light, we feel how with this light
    • the Elohim did not merely feel themselves to be flowing with the
    • is true, a wonderful feeling comes over him — a feeling such as
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • which expresses the holy awe we feel. ‘They that beget the holy
    • awe we feel.’” If we translate that into ancient Hebrew
    • how does it run? “They that beget the holy awe we feel
    • before whom man feels a holy awe. And in such a way we may approach
    • the link which is to be found between the feelings and perceptions of
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • and with them the feeling of the great responsibility incurred in
    • Whether we become better men in the intellectual, feeling and moral
  • Title: Paths to Knowledge of Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • scientific conscientiousness, from inner scientific feeling. It is
    • whole way of thinking, its whole life of representation and feeling,
    • memory, more sharply outlined feelings, and they will know that these
    • courage is generally connected with the life of feeling and resembles
    • human being in the direction of thinking, feeling and will, which
    • The whole human being, with his feeling and his will, flows into the
  • Title: Paths to Knowledge of Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • scientific conscientiousness, from inner scientific feeling. It is
    • whole way of thinking, its whole life of representation and feeling,
    • memory, more sharply outlined feelings, and they will know that these
    • courage is generally connected with the life of feeling and resembles
    • human being in the direction of thinking, feeling and will, which
    • The whole human being, with his feeling and his will, flows into the
  • Title: Errors in Spiritual Investigation
    Matching lines:
    • feels himself so connected, so bound, to what he himself brings forth
    • spiritual investigator when he feels as if the ground is gone from
    • offered there, one comes step by step to a point at which one feels
    • what has just been described; one feels oneself as if over an abyss.
    • in ordinary life has disappeared, and the soul feels itself as if
    • ease of thinking, the love of ease of feeling. Fear is closely akin
    • of himself. He has become free of himself, however, only by feeling
    • order to warm one's own self with what feels good. One thereby
    • feelings and sensations. Many presentations of such mystics appear
    • genuine feeling for truthfulness. All fanaticism, all inaccuracy,
    • feel himself obliged to hold firmly to the truth, to mix nothing with
    • he feels little obligation to test what he says, speaking rather of
    • feeling, he has no choice but to acknowledge repeated lives on earth.
    • what today's lecture was to offer on the level of feeling, I
    • results of spiritual scientific. investigation feel and sense that
  • Title: Errors in Spiritual Investigation
    Matching lines:
    • feels himself so connected, so bound, to what he himself brings forth
    • spiritual investigator when he feels as if the ground is gone from
    • offered there, one comes step by step to a point at which one feels
    • what has just been described; one feels oneself as if over an abyss.
    • in ordinary life has disappeared, and the soul feels itself as if
    • ease of thinking, the love of ease of feeling. Fear is closely akin
    • of himself. He has become free of himself, however, only by feeling
    • order to warm one's own self with what feels good. One thereby
    • feelings and sensations. Many presentations of such mystics appear
    • genuine feeling for truthfulness. All fanaticism, all inaccuracy,
    • feel himself obliged to hold firmly to the truth, to mix nothing with
    • he feels little obligation to test what he says, speaking rather of
    • feeling, he has no choice but to acknowledge repeated lives on earth.
    • what today's lecture was to offer on the level of feeling, I
    • results of spiritual scientific. investigation feel and sense that
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • in feeling to the very first beginnings of European cultural
    • kinship with her mother. No religious feeling in our own day has the
    • knowledge. When feeling became more intense, became filled with
    • the soul, fired by feeling, strengthened by the best in our will,
    • feeling, which simply must enliven us if the truths of Spiritual
    • according as their sentiments and feelings incline them this way or
    • form their opinions out of feelings and personal motives, but
    • personal feeling as the standard of measurement. As persons we are
    • personal feelings about the ideal, and no longer ask what we
    • think and to feel during recent centuries, and what it is that they
    • may be allowed to say something which is as much a matter of feeling
    • for making armaments. But men no longer feel that this kind of mental
    • culture requires a sacrifice — they no longer feel that in
    • away. It is only because mankind retained the feeling that it should
    • indeed feel that his soul was enlightened by the spiritual inspirers
    • climax in the description of the Mystery of Eleusis, one again feels
    • is only partly a matter of feeling. From another aspect it is a
    • human feeling, the whole marvel of human nature is immediately
    • human nature. When Demeter is on the stage we feel it streaming
    • before you the feelings which prompted us to give pride of place, at
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • you feel that this civilisation calls for a continual sacrifice. Thus
    • the finest feelings and sentiments of which the human soul is
    • organisation.’ Thus Atlantean man feels that he too has his
    • place among the wonders of Nature. He feels this clairvoyant capacity
    • born in him as the birth of Persephone, he feels that he owes this
    • densification of the human body. And when the ancient Greek feels the
    • in the astral body. We cannot help feeling that the way in which this
    • can become for us living feeling if we permeate ourselves with the
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • the immediate future. To evoke a feeling that we must change our very
    • unity. We still feel the unity when we make a gesture which our mind
    • learn to feel again that the spiritual is active in everyday events
    • lightning. And out of this feeling, which, as I said before, had not
    • become intellectual knowledge, but was elemental feeling, there arose
    • as Zeus, if one does not approach this experience and this feeling by
    • the feeling that the forces which cause thought to light up in us are
    • idea, as feeling, we have our enduring life of soul, with its
    • emotions and passions, with its fluctuating life of feeling,
    • self-knowledge works in such a way that man feels himself completely
    • into a wood, where you feel, ‘Ah, how delicious it is here, I
    • inwardness, when you can feel yourself so united with your
    • this, when as a practising occultist he feels himself in this etheric
    • feeling of breathlessness. When the etheric and physical bodies are
    • there comes a feeling of oppression rather like breathlessness. Hence
    • himself, feels a mixture, a harmonious or inharmonious working
    • occult sign and acquire a certain feeling for the proportional
    • the weakest impression. If you can acquire a feeling of the relative
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • feeling associated with the name Zeus. Similarly, if we think of the
    • to feel that the forces of our ego must be very different from the
    • environment! How different our ego feels if we raise our eyes and
    • really feel this yearning for a star outside in the cosmos which they
    • lived in their sensations and feelings. When a Greek turned to the
    • stars. All these sensations and feelings which the Greeks derived
    • feelings, the impulses of soul which awoke in the informed Greek when
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • without, towards which he is focused, and he feels himself, together
    • death has taken place, he at once feels himself to be poured out into
    • the macrocosm, he feels himself to be one with the macrocosm, because
    • of the stuff of his own soul! Capesius does actually feel as if what
    • stuff of his own soul. It is very strange to feel oneself to be part
    • of other things, to feel expanded to a cosmos, to feel completely
    • to their feeling that an old clairvoyant consciousness had preceded
    • was entirely a matter of feeling. This old clairvoyant consciousness
    • had a peculiar feeling towards what the elder Dionysos could give
    • feel himself enclosed in the space bounded by his skin.’
    • as their property, to feel themselves shut up within their bodies as
    • in a house; possibly they would have been able to feel the
    • environment in their closest proximity as their own, as a snail feels
    • when our hearts are afire for things of the mind, when we feel as
    • much warmth for the spiritual world as a man feels in his lower
    • the lower instincts, that they can feel the super-sensible world to be
    • feeling is to be in accordance with the truth, it will have to think
    • Dionysos ... you will feel of him that — although the son of
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • the thought and feeling of ancient Greece was really like, we find
    • progress in Spiritual Science we must acquire a feeling that it is
    • possible to think and feel in an entirely different manner from the
    • What then did Adam and Eve feel when their relation to each other was
    • another example of the unerring wisdom of Greek feeling for the true
    • moved by unutterable depth of feeling — even put to himself the
    • We must come to feel
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • soul.’ When the ancient Greek was directing his feeling upon
    • if the man of today is to feel them.
    • attainment of knowledge as a matter of life itself, that one feels
    • If an undefined feeling challenges us to know ourselves, we have to
    • developed into feeling, and then the soul is faced with a hard task
    • Masters of Wisdom and of the Harmony of Feelings’ people would
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • feeling, a man is only allowing Spiritual or Occult Science to work
    • itself. Something like that is what Capesius is depicted as feeling
    • reading, but he feels the spiritual world break in upon him in a way
    • him out of their own body, their own substance. We come to feel:
    • springs from this. In the first scene of the second Play he feels it
    • his duty not to stick fast in doubt, not to persist in the feeling
    • that one can know nothing; he feels that it would be a violation of
    • to waste. Only he feels to begin with incapable of using the
    • not surrender to the feeling which overtakes you when you think how
    • which it feels as yet to be inadequate is bound to become ever
    • feel afraid, not knowing what to do; when it seems: ‘You must,
    • are like this. From this fear, this feeling of impotence, we at first
    • incurred towards them, we feel that we have a heavy burden of debt to
    • him, is absolutely shattering. Contrast this crushing feeling in the
    • shock us that we probably shrink back in terror, feeling completely
    • when we examine closely our own life of ideation we feel that the
    • youngest daughter, so to say, of a line of gods; we feel the
    • of feeling and activity, steeped in occult forces.
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • the heart to the brain, only ideas, concepts, feelings connected with
    • and more feel the truth of St. Paul's words ‘Not I, but
    • ask why the human being no longer sees or feels anything at all of
    • of modern clairvoyance, modern occult science? We may perhaps feel
    • into you and is reflected, is your thought, your conscious feeling,
    • superficial expression of your true being.’ When a man feels
    • all the ideas and feelings which our soul has acquired about them,
    • can begin to feel that we have pressed on too fast — as
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • concepts, by acquiring definite sentiments and feelings about what
    • was expressed by dwelling upon the feeling which men have in face of
    • that the human being starts out from a feeling of wonder about things
    • and Beings and that from this feeling of wonder all philosophy, all
    • its way out of this feeling of wonder to something which reduces it.
    • Beings of Greek mythology, his feeling of wonder transformed itself
    • fashion. Today when we deem it necessary to reduce the feeling of
    • something which the soul can feel if it is not preocccupied with the
    • abstractions will not succeed in feeling this great impoverishment as
    • regards true reality. But anyone who feels within him a thirst to
    • there comes over him the feeling: ‘How hopelessly cut off from
    • true reality one feels by all the ideas of today, and what phantom
    • philosophy it may sound incomprehensible; whereas the feeling I have
    • reason can provide. If the soul feels that with the normal
    • feels itself empty in face of the real world. It certainly feels able
    • involve a feeling of being spread out, with a set of weak ideas,
    • not sufficiently advanced to feel the truth about present-day
    • experience and any other feeling is but a variation of this
    • expand to the limits of the universe, it were not to feel its
    • passions. Just as we feel the matter of our consciousness scatter and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Deeper Secrets: Appendix I
    Matching lines:
    • “Maya”, Illusion, a world in which he did not feel at home
  • Title: Deeper Secrets: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • This reverence expresses itself in the feeling that, when confronting
    • of the mood and feeling arising from a right approach to the Gospel
    • basis of feeling for study of the Gospel of St. Luke. Those who know
    • the Christ of St. John's Gospel, the dominating feeling will be that
    • came to the earth as His earthly Thoughts, if we can feel the warmth
    • His Feeling — then in St. Mark's Gospel we can learn
    • of Thy Thinking, Thy Feeling, Thy Willing These three attributes of Thy
    • understanding of His Feelings, and because man is not wont to penetrate
    • as more and more we apprehend His Thinking, His Feeling and His
    • interplay of human thinking, feeling and willing, we have an approximate
    • Luke and St. Mark some conception of the Thinking, Feeling and Willing of
  • Title: Deeper Secrets: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • Hebrew people can no longer be clouded by any mistaken feeling. The
  • Title: The Supersensible Being of Man and the Evolution of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • individual has the feeling that part of his being is super-sensible,
    • something it wants to say about this feeling becoming an inner
    • speaking out of subjective feelings but out of the very kind of
    • thinking, sense perception, feeling and willing comprise the
    • feeling and willing we have in ordinary consciousness, on the other,
    • and progresses from ordinary thinking to active thinking. He feels as
    • body, we feel as though we were no longer master of our ego. We
    • feels as though it were being sucked into the body.
    • nurtured feeling (Gemüt) and intelligence.
    • the power of feeling and
    • feeling was still a part of nature. Not until the eighth century did
    • feeling independently within himself. By and large the whole of
    • of the qualities of feeling and intelligence from out of man's inner
    • development of the forces of feeling and intelligence, however, still
    • intelligence and feeling still working in an instinctive way.
    • feeling took on a fully conscious quality. Men felt more strongly
    • instinctive feelings of sympathy and antipathy consciously, they had
    • instinctive life of thought and feeling was being developed, from the
    • and feeling, something was still present that had existed in
    • that made man feel a part of the natural world around him; but in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Supersensible Being of Man and the Evolution of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • individual has the feeling that part of his being is super-sensible,
    • something it wants to say about this feeling becoming an inner
    • speaking out of subjective feelings but out of the very kind of
    • thinking, sense perception, feeling and willing comprise the
    • feeling and willing we have in ordinary consciousness, on the other,
    • and progresses from ordinary thinking to active thinking. He feels as
    • body, we feel as though we were no longer master of our ego. We
    • feels as though it were being sucked into the body.
    • nurtured feeling (Gemüt) and intelligence.
    • the power of feeling and
    • feeling was still a part of nature. Not until the eighth century did
    • feeling independently within himself. By and large the whole of
    • of the qualities of feeling and intelligence from out of man's inner
    • development of the forces of feeling and intelligence, however, still
    • intelligence and feeling still working in an instinctive way.
    • feeling took on a fully conscious quality. Men felt more strongly
    • instinctive feelings of sympathy and antipathy consciously, they had
    • instinctive life of thought and feeling was being developed, from the
    • and feeling, something was still present that had existed in
    • that made man feel a part of the natural world around him; but in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Year as a Symbol of the Great Cosmic Year
    Matching lines:
    • now passing, and which fills us with a deep feeling of holy awe in
    • stirred our souls here, this time last year. When we feel such a mood
    • of initiation, we evoke the proper feelings and the perceptions for
  • Title: The Year as a Symbol of the Great Cosmic Year
    Matching lines:
    • now passing, and which fills us with a deep feeling of holy awe in
    • stirred our souls here, this time last year. When we feel such a mood
    • of initiation, we evoke the proper feelings and the perceptions for
  • Title: On the Duty of Clear, Sound Thinking
    Matching lines:
    • every other means, something in which they can feel confidence? Nothing
    • for New Year's Eve must ever be associated with our feelings; whereas
  • Title: On the Duty of Clear, Sound Thinking
    Matching lines:
    • every other means, something in which they can feel confidence? Nothing
    • for New Year's Eve must ever be associated with our feelings; whereas
  • Title: Lecture: The Peoples of the Earth in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • last few years have shown what intense feelings of hatred and antipathy
    • his life of feeling, at any rate, no one can blind himself to the
    • Knowledge and feeling, of course, are two very
    • ideas, feelings and impulses of will in human beings. Inner strength
    • feelings of sympathy and mutual love.
    • understand his whole being. It is true that if one has a feeling for
    • (feeling) is bound up with the rhythmic processes in the human
    • organism. The feeling-life of man is connected directly with the
    • a threefold being. The spiritual will, the feeling-life of the
    • life of the oriental. Into the feeling and thinking life of the
    • devote ourselves to oriental poetry, oriental wisdom, we never feel
    • feel that no Western or Central European people could ever interpret
    • accordance with their whole being, they have less feeling for the
    • more in order that their feelings may be warmed by the way in which
    • peoples is not his and he must find it in them. In his heart he feels
    • Speaking in the sense of spiritual reality, one feels that the
    • where they can become feelings and pass over into
    • fact. That is why many men of the West who feel the necessity for
    • feel the need at least to become complete man — are aware of a
    • between the peoples. They will take this knowledge into their feeling
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Peoples of the Earth in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • last few years have shown what intense feelings of hatred and antipathy
    • his life of feeling, at any rate, no one can blind himself to the
    • Knowledge and feeling, of course, are two very
    • ideas, feelings and impulses of will in human beings. Inner strength
    • feelings of sympathy and mutual love.
    • understand his whole being. It is true that if one has a feeling for
    • (feeling) is bound up with the rhythmic processes in the human
    • organism. The feeling-life of man is connected directly with the
    • a threefold being. The spiritual will, the feeling-life of the
    • life of the oriental. Into the feeling and thinking life of the
    • devote ourselves to oriental poetry, oriental wisdom, we never feel
    • feel that no Western or Central European people could ever interpret
    • accordance with their whole being, they have less feeling for the
    • more in order that their feelings may be warmed by the way in which
    • peoples is not his and he must find it in them. In his heart he feels
    • Speaking in the sense of spiritual reality, one feels that the
    • where they can become feelings and pass over into
    • fact. That is why many men of the West who feel the necessity for
    • feel the need at least to become complete man — are aware of a
    • between the peoples. They will take this knowledge into their feeling
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Mystery, Novalis, the Seer
    Matching lines:
    • realised through Feeling by thousands upon thousands of souls
    • This Christ-Festival and all the feelings and experiences it
    • the most advanced and able to feel its significance. To them
    • the heart of the blossom enables you to feel that a new plant
    • force of the Sun's light, Feeling that in it you are
    • pupil of the Egyptian Initiates must feel himself united came
    • picture and feel the very presence of divinity in the
    • physical structure itself. The same feeling can arise when
    • souls could not share the Feeling which made a man of
    • awaken; no wonder that these feelings streamed to the being
    • in the supremely gifted Novalis, feelings free of all denominational
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Mystery, Novalis, the Seer
    Matching lines:
    • realised through Feeling by thousands upon thousands of souls
    • This Christ-Festival and all the feelings and experiences it
    • the most advanced and able to feel its significance. To them
    • the heart of the blossom enables you to feel that a new plant
    • force of the Sun's light, Feeling that in it you are
    • pupil of the Egyptian Initiates must feel himself united came
    • picture and feel the very presence of divinity in the
    • physical structure itself. The same feeling can arise when
    • souls could not share the Feeling which made a man of
    • awaken; no wonder that these feelings streamed to the being
    • in the supremely gifted Novalis, feelings free of all denominational
  • Title: Lecture: Some Characteristics of To-day
    Matching lines:
    • entering through birth to-day feel a kind of hindrance, a difficulty,
    • feelings, views and deeds, is experiencing on the earth
    • thinking and, indeed, of feeling and willing too. Men have persuaded
    • — gradually develops a thinking, a feeling and a willing that
    • their deeply unconscious feelings. Men are dominated by an
    • spiritually. One should feel deeply that the spiritual revelation
    • feeling, through those inner impulses of will which can be trained by
    • earnestness. One should realise all this to-day; one should feel that
    • permeated with all kinds of spiritual forces; the spiritual feelings
    • sacred for the modern man. He should feel: I come from the spiritual
    • fundamental feeling will then make it possible for me throughout the
    • thinking and our whole feeling must become different, so that we
    • thinking, feeling and willing; he will not come out of it —
    • give the single individual an inner feeling of comfort but can bear
    • feeling and willing, and for a new sense of responsibility, the
  • Title: Lecture: Some Characteristics of To-day
    Matching lines:
    • entering through birth to-day feel a kind of hindrance, a difficulty,
    • feelings, views and deeds, is experiencing on the earth
    • thinking and, indeed, of feeling and willing too. Men have persuaded
    • — gradually develops a thinking, a feeling and a willing that
    • their deeply unconscious feelings. Men are dominated by an
    • spiritually. One should feel deeply that the spiritual revelation
    • feeling, through those inner impulses of will which can be trained by
    • earnestness. One should realise all this to-day; one should feel that
    • permeated with all kinds of spiritual forces; the spiritual feelings
    • sacred for the modern man. He should feel: I come from the spiritual
    • fundamental feeling will then make it possible for me throughout the
    • thinking and our whole feeling must become different, so that we
    • thinking, feeling and willing; he will not come out of it —
    • give the single individual an inner feeling of comfort but can bear
    • feeling and willing, and for a new sense of responsibility, the
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy's Contribution to the Most Urgent Needs of Our Time
    Matching lines:
    • man's feeling life to some extent. Yet its answer can only be found
    • that which seems to be an ethical, moral impulse. We feel that it is
    • separation gives a certain comfort, a feeling of security in life.
    • also through experience. And a man who has a feeling for such
    • discrepant feelings, disorder, producing a framework for what
    • so powerful in Spirit, with the human feeling and rhythmic system. In
    • the feeling life is psychically connected, as is the thinking life
    • process of breathing and feeling. When the soul-feeling events unite
    • recognise the whole connection between the feeling and the rhythmic
    • feeling life of man and see what can only be there through the fact
    • value of man in the cosmos, through which we also can feel the
    • feeling for human dignity, willing in love for humanity: These are the
    • recognise as a law because it feels itself unfree against every law
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy's Contribution to the Most Urgent Needs of Our Time
    Matching lines:
    • man's feeling life to some extent. Yet its answer can only be found
    • that which seems to be an ethical, moral impulse. We feel that it is
    • separation gives a certain comfort, a feeling of security in life.
    • also through experience. And a man who has a feeling for such
    • discrepant feelings, disorder, producing a framework for what
    • so powerful in Spirit, with the human feeling and rhythmic system. In
    • the feeling life is psychically connected, as is the thinking life
    • process of breathing and feeling. When the soul-feeling events unite
    • recognise the whole connection between the feeling and the rhythmic
    • feeling life of man and see what can only be there through the fact
    • value of man in the cosmos, through which we also can feel the
    • feeling for human dignity, willing in love for humanity: These are the
    • recognise as a law because it feels itself unfree against every law
  • Title: Lecture: Buddha and Christ: The Sphere of the Bodhisattvas
    Matching lines:
    • characteristic of the sixth epoch will be that very definite feelings
    • souls of men. Delicate feelings of sympathy will be aroused by
    • compassionate, kindly deeds and feelings of antipathy by malicious
    • conception of the intensity of these feelings.
    • predispositions leading to feelings of sympathy or antipathy aroused
    • that at the beginning of his life in Kamaloka man feels a very great
    • aesthetic feeling and insight, to morality. And the greatest Teacher
  • Title: Lecture: Buddha and Christ: The Sphere of the Bodhisattvas
    Matching lines:
    • characteristic of the sixth epoch will be that very definite feelings
    • souls of men. Delicate feelings of sympathy will be aroused by
    • compassionate, kindly deeds and feelings of antipathy by malicious
    • conception of the intensity of these feelings.
    • predispositions leading to feelings of sympathy or antipathy aroused
    • that at the beginning of his life in Kamaloka man feels a very great
    • aesthetic feeling and insight, to morality. And the greatest Teacher
  • Title: Universal Human: Lecture One: Individuality and the Group-Soul
    Matching lines:
    • describe these feelings of the Hebrew people as a spiritual
    • This connection was expressed also in the feelings of the individuals
    • was lying continually because he never said, “My brain feels,
    • my brain thinks,” but, “I think, I feel, I
    • idea or concept of what we feel instinctively when we say, “I
    • to feel ourselves as spiritual beings not only when we feel ourselves
    • when they wanted to describe the good feeling present in the room.
    • than “a good feeling prevails.” Because thoughts are
    • feel, will, and do. In the future development of humanity this will
    • fettering memory of a group I, and we will feel this as a falling
    • create an oppressive feeling in those who cannot catch up with the
    • a later one; they will feel their falling back into
  • Title: Universal Human: Lecture Two: The God Within and the God of Outer Revelation
    Matching lines:
    • matter, we soon notice that people's whole world of feeling toward
  • Title: Universal Human: Lecture Three: The Lord of the Soul
    Matching lines:
    • feeling, and willing. The soul thinks, feels, and wills. These are
    • feeling, or willing to be called into action. As human beings
    • longer believed that the divine spiritual thinks, feels, and wills in
    • it, but “I think, I feel, I will.” The
    • of thinking, feeling, and willing. Open up its forces!” When
    • the Jordan, people could feel the special importance of this epoch in
  • Title: Universal Human: Lecture Four: The Universal Human: The Unification of Humanity through the Christ Impulse
    Matching lines:
    • But if we have a sense for Greek sculpture, we can feel how the
    • intended if Lucifer and Ahriman had not interfered, the feeling that
    • would have seemed to be nonsense, both in terms of feeling and of
    • keep in mind that certain earthly feelings we associate with our
    • number of people can more and more grasp, think, and feel what
    • must live in this antithesis and polarity. We have the right feelings
    • something spiritual science works toward. When you feel you belong to
    • such a spiritual stream, and feel at home in it, because you see that
  • Title: Lecture: Nervous Conditions in Our Time
    Matching lines:
    • thing that they are doing; they feel remote from it. Now there is
    • nothing worse than to feel remote, in your heart, from the things
    • attempt the choice when you feel limp and weary, but when you are
  • Title: Lecture: Nervous Conditions in Our Time
    Matching lines:
    • thing that they are doing; they feel remote from it. Now there is
    • nothing worse than to feel remote, in your heart, from the things
    • attempt the choice when you feel limp and weary, but when you are
  • Title: Lecture: The Position of Anthroposophy among the Sciences
    Matching lines:
    • impulses also, it encounters many persons who feel drawn towards such
    • scientific criteria that one feels entitled to impose to-day.
    • formed geometrically within space; we feel thereby that we are on
    • this feeling of himself. (As I have said, the history of language can
    • Why did man in this former disposition of soul feel the human being as a
    • breathing being? Because he did actually feel life in the respiratory
    • felt breathing as one feels hunger and thirst to-day. But this was a
    • continuous feeling in the waking state. When he looked with his eyes,
    • came to feel this in the constitution of their souls, that we can
    • feel this to-day — that is the result of the training in
  • Title: Lecture: The Position of Anthroposophy among the Sciences
    Matching lines:
    • impulses also, it encounters many persons who feel drawn towards such
    • scientific criteria that one feels entitled to impose to-day.
    • formed geometrically within space; we feel thereby that we are on
    • this feeling of himself. (As I have said, the history of language can
    • Why did man in this former disposition of soul feel the human being as a
    • breathing being? Because he did actually feel life in the respiratory
    • felt breathing as one feels hunger and thirst to-day. But this was a
    • continuous feeling in the waking state. When he looked with his eyes,
    • came to feel this in the constitution of their souls, that we can
    • feel this to-day — that is the result of the training in
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy and the Visual Arts
    Matching lines:
    • not visible. And so on. And precisely as one can “feel
    • In addition, one must, of course, feel how the cosmos finds
    • limb-system, that we feel: This is not related to the external
    • We feel this
    • then that feelings (Empfindungen), developed by the
    • art. One must re-acquire cosmic feelings; one must be again able to
    • feel the universe and see in man a microcosm — a world in
    • mode of feeling, in cognition and artistic expression, must be able
    • from fundamentally artistic feelings. If, as sculptors, we were striving
    • to form human, human legs, we should feel persistent inhibition. One
    • straight. And if one can only feel how a man breathes through his
    • forces and inner forces. One must have such a feeling towards all
    • needs a feeling for one's material and should know for what this or that
    • the head that one must feel the form pressing from without inwards.
    • forehead, I am constrained to feel that I am pressing it in from
    • build from without inwards. I cannot but feel that I am inside. Already
    • feels: here I must only give indications; here we pass over
    • of the “body of formative forces”. Then one will feel the
    • artistic feeling only if, in this way, one can place oneself with all
    • the inner feeling of one's soul — with one's inner “total
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy and the Visual Arts
    Matching lines:
    • not visible. And so on. And precisely as one can “feel
    • In addition, one must, of course, feel how the cosmos finds
    • limb-system, that we feel: This is not related to the external
    • We feel this
    • then that feelings (Empfindungen), developed by the
    • art. One must re-acquire cosmic feelings; one must be again able to
    • feel the universe and see in man a microcosm — a world in
    • mode of feeling, in cognition and artistic expression, must be able
    • from fundamentally artistic feelings. If, as sculptors, we were striving
    • to form human, human legs, we should feel persistent inhibition. One
    • straight. And if one can only feel how a man breathes through his
    • forces and inner forces. One must have such a feeling towards all
    • needs a feeling for one's material and should know for what this or that
    • the head that one must feel the form pressing from without inwards.
    • forehead, I am constrained to feel that I am pressing it in from
    • build from without inwards. I cannot but feel that I am inside. Already
    • feels: here I must only give indications; here we pass over
    • of the “body of formative forces”. Then one will feel the
    • artistic feeling only if, in this way, one can place oneself with all
    • the inner feeling of one's soul — with one's inner “total
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Evil and the Power of Thought
    Matching lines:
    • all that you feel, is saturated with fear and its reverberations in
    • transformed by impulses of feeling and of will, together with
    • transformed by feeling and will. One finds only the
    • impressions are transformed by feeling and will, man is still unable
    • to tell how feeling and will are actually working. For this reason he
    • They became thoroughly acquainted with the feeling that a penetration
    • sense, but for humanity at large they live in feelings and moods,
    • permeating human existence. And through such feelings they bring
    • another. Their fear was masked under all sorts of other feelings. But
  • Title: Lecture: Evil and the Power of Thought
    Matching lines:
    • all that you feel, is saturated with fear and its reverberations in
    • transformed by impulses of feeling and of will, together with
    • transformed by feeling and will. One finds only the
    • impressions are transformed by feeling and will, man is still unable
    • to tell how feeling and will are actually working. For this reason he
    • They became thoroughly acquainted with the feeling that a penetration
    • sense, but for humanity at large they live in feelings and moods,
    • permeating human existence. And through such feelings they bring
    • another. Their fear was masked under all sorts of other feelings. But
  • Title: Lecture: The Seeds of Future Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • will feel that the moment you want to make a distinction between the
    • subdued philosophical feeling of Solovieff. He does not bring it to
    • setting and the rising world. We must feel how there is in nature a
    • inside man, and is thrown back into chaos. We need to feel quite
    • Christianity. Real Christianity must have a perceptive feeling for
  • Title: Lecture: The Seeds of Future Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • will feel that the moment you want to make a distinction between the
    • subdued philosophical feeling of Solovieff. He does not bring it to
    • setting and the rising world. We must feel how there is in nature a
    • inside man, and is thrown back into chaos. We need to feel quite
    • Christianity. Real Christianity must have a perceptive feeling for
  • Title: Lecture: Exoteric and Esoteric Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • feeling arose in these men that they were only being
    • for the first time, to feel that there is a significance in
    • it was more like a feeling, a perceptive experience — an
    • us to feel our way into the substance of this esoteric
    • intellect we are not alive in the real sense. Try to feel what
    • why I have tried rather to awaken a feeling for these things, by
  • Title: Lecture: Exoteric and Esoteric Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • feeling arose in these men that they were only being
    • for the first time, to feel that there is a significance in
    • it was more like a feeling, a perceptive experience — an
    • us to feel our way into the substance of this esoteric
    • intellect we are not alive in the real sense. Try to feel what
    • why I have tried rather to awaken a feeling for these things, by
  • Title: Lecture: Realism and Nominalism
    Matching lines:
    • he would surely feel very unreal after death! This was not so for the
    • intellect, you are not a full human being, you cannot feel yourself
    • in our quality of modern human beings, we cannot feel ourselves as
    • that the Son might fulfill his works on earth. Can you not feel how
    • significance for mankind in the age when spiritual feelings were
    • civilization, for narrow-minded people have no real feeling for
    • thinking and of feeling in respect to most things. In Anthroposophy,
    • change our ways of thinking and of feeling — otherwise we
  • Title: Lecture: Realism and Nominalism
    Matching lines:
    • he would surely feel very unreal after death! This was not so for the
    • intellect, you are not a full human being, you cannot feel yourself
    • in our quality of modern human beings, we cannot feel ourselves as
    • that the Son might fulfill his works on earth. Can you not feel how
    • significance for mankind in the age when spiritual feelings were
    • civilization, for narrow-minded people have no real feeling for
    • thinking and of feeling in respect to most things. In Anthroposophy,
    • change our ways of thinking and of feeling — otherwise we
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Science, a Necessity for the Present Time
    Matching lines:
    • increase the soul's life of feeling, so that we become emancipated
    • increase, as it were, the tension of our feelings, then the forces
    • easily have a feeling for such things because we are living in the
    • deepest and most intense feeling of responsibility, and we should
    • forces based merely upon feeling, but with all the forces of the
    • reason or to an understanding based on feeling, but it is a real
    • science as an abstract theory and will instead feel it livingly,
    • that the Central-European civilisation must uphold, when we feel that
    • kind of government for us.” This, tale, born out of feeling and
    • transform into feeling what I have indicated in words fraught with
    • heavy feelings. I have shown you what spiritual science may become if
    • we intensify feeling and penetrate with it into spiritual science, in
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Science, a Necessity for the Present Time
    Matching lines:
    • increase the soul's life of feeling, so that we become emancipated
    • increase, as it were, the tension of our feelings, then the forces
    • easily have a feeling for such things because we are living in the
    • deepest and most intense feeling of responsibility, and we should
    • forces based merely upon feeling, but with all the forces of the
    • reason or to an understanding based on feeling, but it is a real
    • science as an abstract theory and will instead feel it livingly,
    • that the Central-European civilisation must uphold, when we feel that
    • kind of government for us.” This, tale, born out of feeling and
    • transform into feeling what I have indicated in words fraught with
    • heavy feelings. I have shown you what spiritual science may become if
    • we intensify feeling and penetrate with it into spiritual science, in
  • Title: Lecture: Fundamentals of the Science of Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • live, as it were, between two poles of our knowledge. Everyone feels
    • But everyone can feel that
    • We feel that they are the motives of our actions, and that we allow
    • world. And every man will undoubtedly feel that this knowledge of the
    • is that people no longer feel that its contents can only be a
  • Title: Lecture: Fundamentals of the Science of Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • live, as it were, between two poles of our knowledge. Everyone feels
    • But everyone can feel that
    • We feel that they are the motives of our actions, and that we allow
    • world. And every man will undoubtedly feel that this knowledge of the
    • is that people no longer feel that its contents can only be a
  • Title: Lecture: Cosmogony, Freedom, Altruism
    Matching lines:
    • scope for free action on the part of man. And when men feel
    • anything that can give fresh fire to religious feeling and
    • much further developed before people really feel themselves
    • the inner sentiment, the inner feeling for freedom. In
    • thought and feeling requisite for knowing what freedom is,
    • temperament which, properly realised, leads to social feeling
    • fundamental ideas which must inspire the thought and feeling
    • there was no question of any national feeling of hostility
    • about a pig grunting but one would begin to feel rather
  • Title: Lecture: Cosmogony, Freedom, Altruism
    Matching lines:
    • scope for free action on the part of man. And when men feel
    • anything that can give fresh fire to religious feeling and
    • much further developed before people really feel themselves
    • the inner sentiment, the inner feeling for freedom. In
    • thought and feeling requisite for knowing what freedom is,
    • temperament which, properly realised, leads to social feeling
    • fundamental ideas which must inspire the thought and feeling
    • there was no question of any national feeling of hostility
    • about a pig grunting but one would begin to feel rather
  • Title: Lecture: Brunetto Latini
    Matching lines:
    • like this feeling, any more than the worthy professor did
    • this stage that you feel really within them — within
    • through all this, Brunetto Latini feels himself once more in
    • to permeate ourselves with the living feeling, that in all
    • intellect but with their faculty of feeling — wrangling
    • forces that worked into the feeling of man at a time when
    • 6 January 1412, the villagers ran hither and thither, feeling
  • Title: Lecture: Brunetto Latini
    Matching lines:
    • like this feeling, any more than the worthy professor did
    • this stage that you feel really within them — within
    • through all this, Brunetto Latini feels himself once more in
    • to permeate ourselves with the living feeling, that in all
    • intellect but with their faculty of feeling — wrangling
    • forces that worked into the feeling of man at a time when
    • 6 January 1412, the villagers ran hither and thither, feeling
  • Title: Lecture: The Shaping of the Human Form out of Cosmic and Earthly Forces
    Matching lines:
    • feeling and perceiving. Out of this wisdom there arises a
    • feeling for the divine. It is only a knowledge that keeps to
  • Title: Lecture: The Shaping of the Human Form out of Cosmic and Earthly Forces
    Matching lines:
    • feeling and perceiving. Out of this wisdom there arises a
    • feeling for the divine. It is only a knowledge that keeps to
  • Title: Lecture: Yuletide and the Christmas Festival
    Matching lines:
    • takes effect, how it manifests in what man can feel, love and
    • we can feel that the emblems of Christmas around us are
    • are utterly at variance with each other. We feel this still
    • remains of the warmth and profound depth of feeling which in
    • warmth of feeling that pervaded the human soul at the times
    • feelings connected with the Christmas Festival has existed
    • but only to the feelings and experiences which men living in
    • agricultural workers, while their feelings and inclinations
    • somewhat as the clairvoyant feels his astral body, before
    • the feeling of sinking down into the outer physical darkness,
    • the deep, persistent feeling that in sinking down into the
    • any fully developed feeling that if a human being is to find
    • — if you have prepared your souls to perceive and feel
    • in Europe the warmest, most intimate feelings for the Christ
    • divine-spiritual heights of existence and feels entangled
    • inasmuch as we feel this to be an ideal, it shines before us
    • truly a step forward when feelings connected with the
    • describing — all these feelings were awakened by the
    • feeling for such things in our day but something of the kind
    • icicles forming on the trees — such feelings were
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Yuletide and the Christmas Festival
    Matching lines:
    • takes effect, how it manifests in what man can feel, love and
    • we can feel that the emblems of Christmas around us are
    • are utterly at variance with each other. We feel this still
    • remains of the warmth and profound depth of feeling which in
    • warmth of feeling that pervaded the human soul at the times
    • feelings connected with the Christmas Festival has existed
    • but only to the feelings and experiences which men living in
    • agricultural workers, while their feelings and inclinations
    • somewhat as the clairvoyant feels his astral body, before
    • the feeling of sinking down into the outer physical darkness,
    • the deep, persistent feeling that in sinking down into the
    • any fully developed feeling that if a human being is to find
    • — if you have prepared your souls to perceive and feel
    • in Europe the warmest, most intimate feelings for the Christ
    • divine-spiritual heights of existence and feels entangled
    • inasmuch as we feel this to be an ideal, it shines before us
    • truly a step forward when feelings connected with the
    • describing — all these feelings were awakened by the
    • feeling for such things in our day but something of the kind
    • icicles forming on the trees — such feelings were
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Buddha
    Matching lines:
    • age many people feel an inherent desire to understand what really
    • lives. “Is not all Eternity mine?” he exclaims, feeling
    • of primeval wisdom, but also to primeval feelings and perceptions in
    • the world of the senses. This feeling gradually extended into a
    • image of destruction, of corruption, and within his soul the feeling
    • the whole of human existence. Man feels that there are forces within
    • therefore he must overcome the world, but the Christian feels
    • And so the Christian feels
    • not feel it unjust that he should suffer from the faults of youthful
    • not feel it an injustice that he should atone in his present state
    • original sin of man, and he feels: If the influx of the spiritual
    • humanity. No longer feeling himself united with a Buddha who urges
    • the only driving forces in life, though many may feel more drawn to
    • impulses, perceptions and feelings as give meaning to human
    • souls, drawing them towards Buddhism. Goethe could not feel this
    • great and mighty results that the human mind did not feel able to
    • Buddhism, their longing for ease makes them feel more readily drawn
    • knowledge,” but rather feel that something within him can
    • feeling that we exist, and we know as we look towards the future that
    • is able to look back upon his earthly existence and feel: This bodily
  • Title: Lecture: Buddha
    Matching lines:
    • age many people feel an inherent desire to understand what really
    • lives. “Is not all Eternity mine?” he exclaims, feeling
    • of primeval wisdom, but also to primeval feelings and perceptions in
    • the world of the senses. This feeling gradually extended into a
    • image of destruction, of corruption, and within his soul the feeling
    • the whole of human existence. Man feels that there are forces within
    • therefore he must overcome the world, but the Christian feels
    • And so the Christian feels
    • not feel it unjust that he should suffer from the faults of youthful
    • not feel it an injustice that he should atone in his present state
    • original sin of man, and he feels: If the influx of the spiritual
    • humanity. No longer feeling himself united with a Buddha who urges
    • the only driving forces in life, though many may feel more drawn to
    • impulses, perceptions and feelings as give meaning to human
    • souls, drawing them towards Buddhism. Goethe could not feel this
    • great and mighty results that the human mind did not feel able to
    • Buddhism, their longing for ease makes them feel more readily drawn
    • knowledge,” but rather feel that something within him can
    • feeling that we exist, and we know as we look towards the future that
    • is able to look back upon his earthly existence and feel: This bodily
  • Title: Lecture: Hygiene - a Social Problem
    Matching lines:
    • has become abstract, so seldom grasping the social feelings and
    • the point is not whether we conceive any thought, feeling or activity
    • dreamy people feel ill or showsigns of the reverse of health in their
  • Title: Lecture: Hygiene - a Social Problem
    Matching lines:
    • has become abstract, so seldom grasping the social feelings and
    • the point is not whether we conceive any thought, feeling or activity
    • dreamy people feel ill or showsigns of the reverse of health in their
  • Title: Lecture: Speech and Song
    Matching lines:
    • differentiated according as one feels oneself drawn more towards one
    • lies between, soul meets with soul through speech. We feel that we
    • speech, there must always be something in our feeling reminiscent of
    • feeling that in every vowel there is something of the soul, immediate
    • longer feels the sound proceeding from his own larynx, but he feels
    • my dear friends, unless we feel in it the longing to experience the
  • Title: Lecture: Speech and Song
    Matching lines:
    • differentiated according as one feels oneself drawn more towards one
    • lies between, soul meets with soul through speech. We feel that we
    • speech, there must always be something in our feeling reminiscent of
    • feeling that in every vowel there is something of the soul, immediate
    • longer feels the sound proceeding from his own larynx, but he feels
    • my dear friends, unless we feel in it the longing to experience the
  • Title: Lecture: Three Epochs in the Religious Education of Man
    Matching lines:
    • will, feeling and by his earthly education, each of these three
    • of modern man. To-day man feels that he is deeply linked with his
    • Nascimur the riddle of Nature was solved and he could feel
    • came to feel death in earthly existence with any intensity. Whereas
    • exists subconsciously in the feeling life of man and he yearns for
    • fourteenth or fifteenth centuries, feel the third great riddle of
    • they feel it subconsciously and with a certain emphasis in their
    • cosmos, this feeling of oneness with the Christ Who descended to
    • to a deepening of religious feeling, a divine consciousness —
  • Title: Lecture: Three Epochs in the Religious Education of Man
    Matching lines:
    • will, feeling and by his earthly education, each of these three
    • of modern man. To-day man feels that he is deeply linked with his
    • Nascimur the riddle of Nature was solved and he could feel
    • came to feel death in earthly existence with any intensity. Whereas
    • exists subconsciously in the feeling life of man and he yearns for
    • fourteenth or fifteenth centuries, feel the third great riddle of
    • they feel it subconsciously and with a certain emphasis in their
    • cosmos, this feeling of oneness with the Christ Who descended to
    • to a deepening of religious feeling, a divine consciousness —
  • Title: Lecture: Concerning Electricity
    Matching lines:
    • knuckle at any point with a closed current, you will immediately feel
    • have been wrong, their feelings were not altogether wrong. For, when
  • Title: Lecture: Concerning Electricity
    Matching lines:
    • knuckle at any point with a closed current, you will immediately feel
    • have been wrong, their feelings were not altogether wrong. For, when
  • Title: Lecture: The Problem of Jesus and Christ in Earlier Times
    Matching lines:
    • personal experience, come to feel they had found the Christ. This was
    • still feel something of the Christ in one of them, the second. And we
    • could feel Jesus in his purity of form in the first play, which is so
    • of what the ether body had become as a result of thinking, feeling,
    • feeling, we see in the child a being free of Lucifer. And if we are
    • able to do this — to look at a child with the right feeling,
    • would be the feeling experienced by those seeing Jesus thus portrayed
    • in the Christmas plays: They were expected to feel what I have
    • that can keep alive the inner feeling for celebrating Christmas in
    • our hearts through this new spiritual direction; this feeling will
    • seeking, we must truly have the feeling that we cannot reach our goal
    • both outer and within the human life of feeling. There, a spiritual
  • Title: Lecture: The Problem of Jesus and Christ in Earlier Times
    Matching lines:
    • personal experience, come to feel they had found the Christ. This was
    • still feel something of the Christ in one of them, the second. And we
    • could feel Jesus in his purity of form in the first play, which is so
    • of what the ether body had become as a result of thinking, feeling,
    • feeling, we see in the child a being free of Lucifer. And if we are
    • able to do this — to look at a child with the right feeling,
    • would be the feeling experienced by those seeing Jesus thus portrayed
    • in the Christmas plays: They were expected to feel what I have
    • that can keep alive the inner feeling for celebrating Christmas in
    • our hearts through this new spiritual direction; this feeling will
    • seeking, we must truly have the feeling that we cannot reach our goal
    • both outer and within the human life of feeling. There, a spiritual
  • Title: Lecture: On the Dimensions of Space
    Matching lines:
    • of thought, feeling and will. All that we know is
    • Let us pass from the Will to the world of Feeling. To begin with, we
    • right-hand side of my head, I feel it; if I am pricked on the
    • left-hand side I feel it also.’ In the everyday
    • consciousness he can, therefore, be of opinion that his Feeling
    • is spread out over his whole body. He will then speak of Feeling as
    • feel the prick. But we cannot really say so simply
    • ‘where’ we feel the prick-meaning
    • feeling or sensation to be brought about, the left half of the
    • the left the mutual feeling
    • sensation would never come about. In all the surging waves of feeling
    • does Feeling come about. Feeling never comes about in space, but only
    • in the plane. Thus the world of Feeling is in reality spread out,
    • of Feeling is really like a painting on a canvas — but we are
    • with our world of Feeling. It is two-dimensional, not
    • sides. He does not simply feel his way into space. Through his
    • of feeling which meet him in the world of space. In his life of
    • feeling, man lives in a picture drawn two-dimensionally through his
    • we would seek the transition from Will to Feeling in ourselves —
    • soul-quality which is expressed in feeling, than if you merely
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: On the Dimensions of Space
    Matching lines:
    • of thought, feeling and will. All that we know is
    • Let us pass from the Will to the world of Feeling. To begin with, we
    • right-hand side of my head, I feel it; if I am pricked on the
    • left-hand side I feel it also.’ In the everyday
    • consciousness he can, therefore, be of opinion that his Feeling
    • is spread out over his whole body. He will then speak of Feeling as
    • feel the prick. But we cannot really say so simply
    • ‘where’ we feel the prick-meaning
    • feeling or sensation to be brought about, the left half of the
    • the left the mutual feeling
    • sensation would never come about. In all the surging waves of feeling
    • does Feeling come about. Feeling never comes about in space, but only
    • in the plane. Thus the world of Feeling is in reality spread out,
    • of Feeling is really like a painting on a canvas — but we are
    • with our world of Feeling. It is two-dimensional, not
    • sides. He does not simply feel his way into space. Through his
    • of feeling which meet him in the world of space. In his life of
    • feeling, man lives in a picture drawn two-dimensionally through his
    • we would seek the transition from Will to Feeling in ourselves —
    • soul-quality which is expressed in feeling, than if you merely
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: What Has Geology to Say About the Origin of the World?
    Matching lines:
    • life today from morning till night, through thinking, feeling and
    • feel us “fatigue.” A world-conception based on natural
    • able to form thoughts and produce feelings which, as it were, repeat
    • being feels so firmly united.
  • Title: Lecture: What Has Geology to Say About the Origin of the World?
    Matching lines:
    • life today from morning till night, through thinking, feeling and
    • feel us “fatigue.” A world-conception based on natural
    • able to form thoughts and produce feelings which, as it were, repeat
    • being feels so firmly united.
  • Title: Lecture: Thinking and Willing as Two Poles of the Human Soul-Life
    Matching lines:
    • between these two the element of feeling, that which in
    • ordinary life we call feeling, qualities of the heart, and so on.
    • that which is to come, by what lies in the future. Feeling stands mid-way
    • between the two. Our thoughts are accompanied by feelings. Thoughts
    • delight us, repel us. Feeling imbues our will impulses with life, and
    • feeling for the relation of spirit to matter. You may remember that
  • Title: Lecture: Thinking and Willing as Two Poles of the Human Soul-Life
    Matching lines:
    • between these two the element of feeling, that which in
    • ordinary life we call feeling, qualities of the heart, and so on.
    • that which is to come, by what lies in the future. Feeling stands mid-way
    • between the two. Our thoughts are accompanied by feelings. Thoughts
    • delight us, repel us. Feeling imbues our will impulses with life, and
    • feeling for the relation of spirit to matter. You may remember that
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • cannot sacrifice himself and all he has and feel bliss in
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 1: Introductory Lecture
    Matching lines:
    • and the thought, the deepening of feeling and the expansion of
    • not interested in Christ, and never have been. They do not feel any
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 2: The Inner Aspects of the Saturn-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • you must form a conception of what is necessary, to be able to feel
    • feel dread and fear of the infinite emptiness yawning around him. He
    • must be able to feel, as it were, his environment tinged and
    • our own world. Neither of these feelings is much cultivated by people
    • feelings, and this was in the Day-Book of Karl Rosenkrantz, the
    • writer on Hegel, in which he sometimes describes intimate feelings
    • necessary to call up an impression of the feeling aroused by
    • the infinite emptiness of the ancient Saturn existence. A feeling of
    • by-acquiring a feeling that may be compared to the giddiness
    • and feels that he has no sure footing under him, that he cannot
    • these apprehensive feelings. Next he loses not only the ground
    • is a feeling of courage, of protection through being united with that
    • immersed as a spiritual being, feeling one with the Christ-being,
    • all the possibilities and diversities of what we call a feeling of
    • after another. This again can only be described by a feeling that
    • time ceases. This feeling is certainly not pleasant. Imagine that
    • so that you feel yourself held in your conceptions and are no longer
    • he is!’ and as he talks on further, this feeling increases and
    • experience, to say such wise things’ ... Besides this feeling,
    • vanished again; everything is simultaneous. Now, however, the feeling
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 3: The Inner Aspect of the Sun-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • gain something by so doing, but because he feels within him the
    • impulse to sacrifice, it is then unthinkable that he should feel
    • anything but inner warmth of bliss. If we feel ourselves glowing with
    • sacrifice feels himself warmed through and through, glowing with
    • bliss. In this way it is possible for us to feel the glow of
    • warmth through the special bliss. He who can feel all this about the
    • heat on ancient Sun. Now we can only obtain a feeling of this
    • life in the soul. What would our souls feel through either the vision
    • living in our souls? If the feelings of this man are vivid, if the
    • beatific sacrifice does not leave him unaffected, he will feel a
    • profound feeling of bliss at the vision of the sacrifice; he will
    • feel in his soul that it is the most beautiful deed, the most
    • feel this spirit of self-surrender can never attain to higher
    • sensations and feelings. We can deceive ourselves greatly as to this.
    • feeling of being endowed with grace through the gifts that come to
    • the feeling of one enraptured by what we call
    • feeling we may ourselves have if through the above-described mode of
    • self-creative. Anyone who has an idea and feels that he can give it
    • is written, what stands there arises before us. And we then feel
    • of the science of Initiation, so that we feel as though this ancient
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 4: The Inner Aspect of the Moon-embodiment of the Earth (Part 1)
    Matching lines:
    • Leonardo da Vinci, we may feel this in our hearts. Do not object that
    • necessary to understand with the intellect what the soul feels.
    • soul with intellect to feel the whole immeasurable greatness of the
    • resignation — is able to feel in every word what it is that is
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 5: The Inner Aspect of the Moon-embodiment of the Earth (Part 2)
    Matching lines:
    • their sacrifice there arose a feeling, though very faint, which was
    • feeling is represented in an accentuated form. Hence we do not find
    • that feeling which was developed in the Individualities whose
    • depths of Soul-life. This feeling with which we are all acquainted
    • often go about with these feelings without being aware of them in our
    • not know that he is longing for home, he only feels an undefined
    • certain conditions in our own Soul, if we wish to feel, to sense the
    • the other. We can feel this even in our human life, we live and move
    • in one for whom we sacrifice ourselves, we feel glad and satisfied
    • compare with the present feelings of longing. We can in a certain
    • should continually arise to assuage the feeling of desolation, we
    • feels moods such as these, and they are the very best he is capable
    • of feeling. The citizens of earth of our time who feel this longing
    • scene where Katchen stands before her admirers, do we not feel what
    • longed for what cannot be given until our age. We feel a kind of
    • long desired — we cannot but feel a veneration for them. So, on
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 6: The Inner Aspect of the Earth-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • wonder to the bliss we feel when our riddles are solved, which first
    • actually to feel the dryness and withering of any knowledge not
    • feelings, does not spring from the soul of man in real earnest. All
    • astonishment. But we do not feel this for everything that is strange
    • to us; but only for that to which we feel ourselves in a sense
    • So that we can feel related to a thing yet strange, which at first we
    • caused by their feeling within them what they had wished to send up
    • now feel: ‘Had I been able to accomplish my sacrifice, the best
    • all his feelings in motion. This was gone into more minutely in the
    • last lecture. We saw that as the Beings were unable to feel an inner
    • concerning which they both feel and perceive that it could only
    • feelings of such Beings, you will have an idea of what may be called:
    • thoughts with your feeling — not with your reason, for that
    • feeling, we are reminded of something in which an alien character is
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Contents
    Matching lines:
    • Precondition for a conscious soul life. The nature of feeling.
    • Feeling in knowing, feeling in knowledge. Concretizing the
    • The human as a being of Thinking, Action and Feeling. The connection of
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Introduction
    Matching lines:
    • it is actually an entirely different matter. You feel in
    • Afterwards I had the feeling as if I had failed an exam. I
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • for example, be unable to think, to feel. But if these same
    • of the beekeeper. How, then, can such a feeling of
    • young bees. How, therefore, can there be this feeling of
    • changed but the feeling of the interconnection between the
    • hive and the beekeeper remains. This feeling of
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • this is so. For no feeling could arise in you if this astral
    • astral organism. This enables a human being to feel. He would
    • feel nothing if this swinging to and fro did not take place.
    • by the etheric activity, normal feeling arises. We shall see
    • is indeed such a close connection between illness and feeling
    • that we can say: The life of feeling in man is simply the
    • feeling — but always in statu nascendi, in the
    • feeling, a delicately poised balance is always maintained
    • feeling a great deal of what is represented by the processes
    • life of feeling. Illness is only an abnormal life of feeling
    • feeling lies in the realm of the soul, because a continual
    • the balancing no longer takes place, the life of feeling
    • Illness is present, therefore, as soon as the life of feeling
    • can keep his feeling within the realm of soul, he is healthy.
    • If he cannot do this, if feeling shoots down into some organ,
    • statu nascendi, feeling arises. Pain is really feeling,
    • but an enhanced feeling, proceeding from the deformation, so
    • feeling that this life of feeling is deforming the organ
    • feeling can be judged truly through a thorough and deep study
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • Otherwise, among all the errors of the times, you will feel
    • etheric body. When one studies antimony one has the feeling
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • whole man, by man as a living, feeling being, for together
    • to help. Without the sincere desire to heal, the feeling of
    • thing that we acquire is an inner feeling-filled
    • feeling for the cosmic, form-loving principle that is
    • of the sphere.” But this must become a feeling within
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • as a quality of nature. We experience warmth, for we feel
    • warm, or we feel cold. We are not as external to warmth as we
    • we feel that the human head is the living, embodied
    • feeling permeate you. I am a human being who has reached a
    • confront with moral power. And now expand this feeling to the
    • feeling, when one can really be filled with awe by the fact
    • and having, in regard to them, manifold feelings through
    • in deepest meditation you feel these connections inwardly,
    • feeling you turn your soul to the root of the plant, you will
    • begin to feel as if no plant root were really still, but as
    • And contemplating it, you will feel as if, together with the
    • feels emotion from what he learns about the plants. It causes
    • knowledge into these things. The heart feels that these are
    • outer manifestation of feeling. In feeling there is the same
    • Water is feeling.
    • — if you can feel that the external form of the fire is
    • maya — if you can feel that the blowing wind and the
    • — if you can see water as an expression of feeling, and
    • pass to the breathing and feel how, in the breathing the
    • its inner mobility, is the seat of feeling, the feeling that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • namely, something that is of the nature of feeling.
    • of feeling within the human organism must be thought of in a
    • special way. We usually think of subjective feeling in this
    • connection; we think of feeling that is connected with the
    • within the human being, feeling is not merely this direct
    • experience; feeling has an up-building activity within the
    • universal, cosmic fluidity, contains feeling as its very
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • a clear mental picture of what you feel about your illness,
    • way that when you are alone, you will feel that forces flow
    • imaginative is of such a nature that you actually feel this
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • Feel in thy Body
    • of heaviness and that you have the feeling when they take
    • necessary, to feel them deeply and then to will with what you
    • feel these things, you will also understand the healing
    • human being feels his way directly into the cosmos.
    • morality in medical study. By morality I mean the feeling of
    • being bound to a duty, the feeling of being obliged, through
    • the result of social circumstances, he feels a moral whip
    • here. It may be an ideal in your life of feeling, but it can
    • Feel in thy Body
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Easter Course: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • As a modern person you feel that you must understand every
    • entities? Take, with the outlook and feeling of the
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Easter Course: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • feel rather oppressed with all the substance that is
    • is not likely that there will be any feeling of oppression.
    • moreover, find it. In reality, the feeling of oppression
    • see, is impaired if one starts from the feeling that it is
    • meditation is impaired by the feeling of being obliged to do
    • to become something that the human being feels in his soul to
    • exist, when he feels that it is part and parcel of the whole
    • is really inconceivable how anyone can feel a sense of
    • artificially, through meditation, without feeling this thirst
    • find that you really do feel the thirst of which I have
    • not really fresh enough to feel it as a need. Perhaps this is
    • to human destiny, this sympathy that one feels as a physician
    • and such a way. The feeling that we have about knowledge in
    • things? I have the feeling that any instinct for healing
    • feeling for space that is needed by the sculptor.
    • repugnance that you may feel, you must take the orthodox and
    • Thou feelest the forming of man.
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Easter Course: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • And thou feelest the forming of man.
    • ourselves. We feel inwardly that Anthroposophical truths are
    • their practical realization. How can that which we feel so
    • our own destiny and tasks for the future? We feel that we
    • realize in what direction your feelings tend. You must
    • back into his feeling and will — this weaves in his
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Easter Course: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • justification, you feel a kind of inner opposition. There are
    • the intellect alone, but in the way that makes us feel how
    • Feel in the fever's
    • is also within the human being of today and we feel it at
    • as the after-working of the Old Sun, when with true feeling
    • Feel in the pulse's
    • ought not to feel the pulse in the slipshod, mechanical way
    • the sun. In feeling the pulse we should be able also to feel
    • Feel in the weight of substance
    • this attitude we should be able to feel, when we are speaking
    • should feel that something is entering into our experience
    • should permeate your investigations with such feelings.
    • Feel in the fever's
    • Feel in the pulse's number
    • Feel in the weight of substance
    • things are grasped with real feeling, we shall realize how in
    • tuberculosis one feels a deep and true sympathy, realizing
    • do not get near to each other. There must arise a feeling for
    • the eternal in the human being and out of this feeling there
    • feeling. Originally there actually were four faculties, a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Easter Course: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • feel: If I enlarge the head of the embryo to the size of a
    • feeling that you are touching him and in this act of
    • In this spiritual touching the feeling is as if, in the
    • human feeling and the human mind will arise — a quality
    • unfolding of intimate feelings for his connection, as a human
    • feelings and what the young absorb spiritually must no longer
    • different human being in feeling and in mind, and acquainted
    • feeling that an old acquaintance of pre-earthly life had
    • then feeling would flow into knowledge and understanding. And
    • physician, is brought to a point where he feels the
    • You will think rightly about this if you will also feel
    • lecture now, you will carry this feeling out into the world.
    • feel itself a center with a definite task. Then the
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Easter Course: First Circular Letter
    Matching lines:
    • will flow into medical life and patients will feel this to be
    • anyone who feels a need for it.
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Appendix: Evening Gathering with Young Medical People
    Matching lines:
    • modeling. But actually try to get a feeling for what happens
    • what is happening at the same time. You get the feeling that
    • One learns to feel with one's breath. One of the things which
    • oneself: Are you three halves? One feels as if one were three
    • beginning to make one feel that one has a threefold lung on
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Bridge Lecture 1: Soul and Spiritual in the Human Physical Constitution
    Matching lines:
    • body contains the forces of feeling; it brings these forces
    • of feeling into physical operation in the human airy
    • The feelings experienced in the astral body and coming to
    • body which comes to expression in feeling operates through
    • is the bearer of feeling, which is especially active in the
    • Astral body — Feeling — Air Organism — Light
    • case of the astral body and feeling. From the moment of
    • outside the human organism; then the astral body and feeling
    • being, with astral body and feeling, goes out of the body and
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Bridge Lecture 2: The Moral as the Source of World-Creative Power
    Matching lines:
    • intellect; we also have feelings in connection with these
    • necessary in order that we feel ourselves connected with our
    • bodily nature. As an Ego we would feel no connection with our
    • between falling asleep and waking that we are able to feel
    • of love, or whatever it may be. That person may also feel
    • ideas, and insofar as we feel a certain satisfaction in moral
    • against what Spiritual Science feels it a duty to bring to
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Bridge Lecture 3: The Path to Freedom and Love and their Significance in World Happenings
    Matching lines:
    • as beings of action, on the other; with our feelings we live
    • within both these spheres. With our feelings we respond, on
    • other side, feelings enter into our actions, our deeds. We
    • truth all action is accompanied by impulses of feeling, and
    • we shall see that feeling links the two poles of our being:
    • the life of feeling, which is able to direct itself towards
    • blood), the bearer of the life of feeling; as metabolic
    • of a seed, does there arise in us the feeling of love, the
  • Title: Driving Force: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • of the vascular system underlying feeling, and so forth.
    • feel and live with it inwardly. In order to become aware of
    • rather the undulation of feeling in the words that resounds,
    • human environment. The life of feeling, willing and thinking
    • would feel unhappy if these echoes did not harmonize with the
    • supposed to be students certainly have a feeling for words
    • the words that are used. All this is astir in the feelings
    • is the spiritual aspect of the feelings manifesting through
    • it, but he feels it. In the dim obscurity of his life of soul
    • he feels: As a child I have to accommodate myself to what has
    • because they confront the old with the feeling that the
    • mental attitudes, of thinking and of feeling, into external
    • imparted to all our thinking, feeling and willing. The coming
    • inevitably feel that the heritage transmitted by their
  • Title: Driving Force: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • education, he has a feeling of constriction in the elemental
    • them and feel a sense of helplessness in regard to them.
    • mother — you can feel this if you study the biography
    • lived with the unconscious feeling: you must really have
    • external source he might perhaps not have had this feeling so
    • look at Goethe's drawings you immediately have the feeling:
    • indefinite, unconscious feeling persisted in Goethe: you
    • indefinite feeling persisted in his soul until finally he
    • could bear it no longer. Then one fine day the feeling came
    • feeling for such things as the spiritual revelations of
    • man may be forgotten. We have the feeling that only
    • have a feeling for these things you see, even in his most
    • feeling for the fact that there is spirituality too in the
  • Title: Driving Force: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • feelings and sentiments as they were before the 4th century
    • But we have often portrayed these feelings and this
    • human beings begin to feel increasingly aware of themselves
    • the Archai, man feels more aware of the thoughts of his own
    • there is definitely the feeling that Angeloi, Archangeloi and
    • feeling is that they are present here in the sense-world.
    • individual possessing super-sensible consciousness feels that
    • come nearer to him. He feels them now to be more in his own
    • sharp or a G. He feels that his communication with the
    • we feel the fifth to be empty. It has become empty because
    • feeling of what the Gods experienced in their souls.
    • feeling was then perceived by him outside his physical body
    • feelings as a result of their knowledge and their artistic,
    • carried out in their religious feeling together with the
    • This feeling
    • instance, when the inner wealth of feeling experienced in
    • when we feel with an emotion which affects us deeply what was
  • Title: Driving Force: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • feeling for his Gods was such that he turned primarily to
    • which man feels himself yoked? And on the other hand, do we
    • it is nevertheless present in them as vague feelings, as
    • he were incapable of feeling: You unfold your thoughts out of
    • an invisible, super-sensible way. Then he would perhaps feel
    • free, feel his dignity as man! We need only wait for one or
    • correct; for everywhere one has the feeling that whether a
  • Title: Driving Force: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • made him unfree but at the same time they gave him a feeling
    • Today man feels
    • that he exists only in a dead world. This feeling is
    • — we can be free men. If we fill our thoughts with feeling
  • Title: Driving Force: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • sensitive feeling for physiognomy. They felt deeply that if
    • connected with the very vivid feeling these people still had
    • an instinctive feeling for physiognomy. And in those olden
    • days men did not feel outraged if they were ranked here or
    • there was a deep and strong feeling that the basis of man's
    • instinctive feeling for physiognomy was no longer as strong
    • feeling: whatever heavenly constellation is approved by the
    • Persian epoch an intense feeling of participation in the
    • feeling. But calculations today are sometimes
    • that the feeling of connection with pre-earthly existence
    • feeling for the reason why such mythology could be evolved
    • strong feelings about where they were born on Earth.
    • it. And how did he feel these effects?
    • civilization was not advanced enough to enable such feelings
    • was the tie of blood, the tribal feeling and sentiment that
    • soul bound to the Earth through man's feelings, sentient
    • experiences and instincts, there began the feeling for
    • must learn to feel ourselves independent of the super-earthly
    • significant products of human culture. And our feelings
    • — such was the feeling prevailing in those days. But there
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Building Stones: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • thinking, feeling and willing are the necessary by-products
    • of the Mysteries. They had an instinctive feeling that
    • have to appeal to feeling, and feeling can be wisely directed
    • if one thing is kept clearly in mind. The feeling to which I
    • develop a feeling which will serve as a guiding principle in
    • deep-seated feelings underlying these nebulous concepts, for
  • Title: Building Stones: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • and feeling of all men, even of those who have not the
    • instinctive feeling that a time would one day come when
    • first outgrew the instinctive feeling that the temptation of
    • depth of feelings and emotions which were once characteristic
    • feelings. And in the Mystery Schools which preserved the old
    • the other hand, were the feelings bf those who were drawn to
  • Title: Building Stones: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • feel themselves transposed into the condition of
    • Gospels and we must seek to feel and experience it with all
    • moral law. We feel — and especially the Kantians, for
    • moral ideas which man feels to be an integral part of
    • or theory towards which one feels a moral obligation —
    • Try to feel
  • Title: Building Stones: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • fact that their moral feelings were outraged. These
    • feels impelled to speak from a Christian standpoint and then
    • feel and experience that up to the sixth and seventh
    • already feel a growing desire to find the courage to
  • Title: Building Stones: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • it remained an instinctive feeling, a presentiment rather,
    • feelings of men such as John the Baptist. It would have been
    • People feel a pressing need to present the Christ to the
  • Title: Building Stones: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • radically different in thought and feeling from the Romans
    • make-up, people with different feelings and responses. Now
    • feelings Constantine harboured; and he also felt that even if
  • Title: Building Stones: Lecture Seven
    Matching lines:
    • feeling which a large number of people associate with the
  • Title: Building Stones: Lecture Eight
    Matching lines:
    • feel and experience his inner life more intensely than
    • owed their sense of form to an instinctive feeling for the
    • changed so much that one has the feeling that time has been
    • which proclaims: I now feel something within me that is
    • solitude. And when this feeling of solitude overwhelms us we
    • developed. In this feeling of solitude we come to realize
    • to experience the external world. Hence the feeling of
    • turn our attention once again to this feeling of total
    • second experience leads to the feeling that we share direct
    • must have been a time when this feeling did not exist. At
    • this moment man begins to feel that he shares responsibility
    • apply to our feeling and will, but only to our thoughts and
    • in his etheric body, not to his feeling and will.) Remember
  • Title: Building Stones: Lecture Nine
    Matching lines:
    • feeling and willing. We shall then begin to feel that our
    • left with a feeling of disappointment because I realized that
    • State and its organization, but at no time does one feel that
    • pursuing their own egoistic thoughts, feelings and volitional
    • feeling for the indwelling spirit of man and nature was
    • still possessed all the feelings, shared all the sympathies
    • his feelings and impulses to the entire community in a spirit
    • devoutly to be wished that as many as possible should feel in
    • feel the mild and ominous breath of the thaw-wind. Within a
    • will himself feel what is expressed in those passages and
    • referring are for the most part those for whom I feel great
    • of all a person such as Hermann Bahr for whom I feel great
    • we none the less have the strange feeling that an outlook
    • vast number of people who feel and think in this way. A book
    • that he does not feel it necessary to raise his voice. It
  • Title: Building Stones: Lecture Ten
    Matching lines:
    • Wagner. Otto Ludwig was not only a poet — some may feel
    • need to know and to understand, none the less feel
    • may none the less feel that the following way of thinking
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 1: The Driving Force Behind Europe's War
    Matching lines:
    • with, for we are all aware of it and feel it deeply. The
    • impression, they will feel more or the less the way one does
    • may feel in your hearts that it will be a long time before
    • realities in this sphere, we must acquire a feeling for what
    • real feeling for what it means when a miserable individual of
    • is to get an idea, a feeling, an inner impulse for the need
    • feeling for all the terrible, hopelessly commonplace and
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 2: Humanity's Struggle for Morality
    Matching lines:
    • to change in the way people think, feel and use their will.
    • feeling develop. This is what our time demands. I think it
    • that, knowing this truth, we shall be compelled to feel
    • then speak about social life out of their feeling, out of
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 3: The Search for a Perfect World
    Matching lines:
    • immediate future, people will feel more strongly than ever
    • evil-minded. One can understand people feeling this way. Yet
    • but hot air. In their innermost hearts, in their feelings and
    • feeling of responsibility, and above all they must relate not
    • interested in the content, but more in the feeling of
    • no longer feel inclined to take up the points that our
    • have more important things to do and never feel the
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 4: The Elemental Spirits of Birth and Death
    Matching lines:
    • more or less normal feelings, even today, will be shaken to
    • virtues. It is much more important to them to be able to feel
    • all kinds of authorities. To feel really good in the
    • that virtue. They want to feel they have the virtue rather
    • them. They are secrets which people instinctively feel they
    • who like to feel good in the way I have described. All kinds
    • an instinctive feeling that it is so. Hence her remarkable
    • Ricarda Huch does feel that people must get to know the devil
    • achieve it. People do not feel they need to develop, for they
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 5: Changes in Humanity's Spiritual Make-up
    Matching lines:
    • to the world. It also created an intense feeling of being
    • The Greeks still had an inner feeling for the etheric in the
    • one does have the feeling that one is in a way writing
    • instinctive feeling for this in the twilight of the fourth,
    • the lines we feel the authors of these books are saying: Pity
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 6: The New Spirituality
    Matching lines:
    • And we also feel, for instance, that when we walk, stand or
    • reluctance they feel about concerning themselves with the
    • of course, is such nowadays that people often feel everything
    • you will sometimes feel that the
    • the destinies of the world would feel their stomachs turn.
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 7: Working from Spiritual Reality
    Matching lines:
    • are not very many people who feel like this, though I have
    • feelings, and this meant that he did not really understand
    • of no concern to him, because his feelings were those of the
    • were to feel the burden of their weight as I looked around
    • these things, irrespective of what individual people may feel
    • profundity of feeling which would come if, in the field of
    • mood, such a feeling, is brought to the task, rather than
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 8: Abstraction and Reality
    Matching lines:
    • see the living reality in anything and lose all feeling for
    • how horrific this is, for they do not feel it on their own.
    • very superior way. Others simply feel embarrassed about
    • — effort of thought, effort of feeling, effort of will
    • feel that something is missing in what I have been saying. If
    • abstractionists today, and one feels like saying that if you
    • can feel perfectly comfortable on a chair which one has
    • where people say: Wasn't that nice! I feel really
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 9: The Battle between Michael and 'The Dragon'
    Matching lines:
    • continue?’ One has to feel the extent to which
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 10: The Influence of the Backward Angels
    Matching lines:
    • occupy your thoughts and feelings with them — you will
    • kinds of feelings and inner responses of which you are
    • the ahrimanic powers would feel
    • into these things. But if you get a feeling of what lies behind
    • which people are so proud today; they will feel just as
    • into another person; you come to feel differently, to have
    • consuming fire. It feels good to the ahrimanic angels to
    • seriousness we can feel: filled with spiritual wisdom we go
    • those ideas and feelings enter into you! You will then be
    • rooted in falsehood, and their inner feelings would come from
    • feelings of which we have spoken today and let them see what
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 11: Recognizing the Inner Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • we think and inwardly feel. They are angelic Spirits, I said,
    • feel they must behave towards growing children and young
    • and help the children to develop a feeling for what human
    • still more than a mere upsurge of feeling. Divine and human
    • may become part of our inner feelings and will, and can set
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 12: The Spirits of Light and the Spirits of Darkness
    Matching lines:
    • but also into our inner feelings, our will impulses and even
    • on direct observation of reality. One always has the feeling
    • beings to develop independent ideas, feelings and impulses
    • rebellious feeling of independence in human beings at the
    • feeling for life on the upward and life on the downward
    • feeling of belonging to the spiritual world must develop in
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 13: The Fallen Spirits' Influence in the World
    Matching lines:
    • been active in the feeling, will and mind impulses of human
    • With their feeling for those blood bonds people then also had
    • a feeling for missions which went a very long way back in the
    • of course, liable to make us feel ill at ease, for nowhere
    • yet before people will feel embarrassed at taking seriously
    • twentieth century without feeling embarrassed. A moment of
    • waking will only come when people begin to feel embarrassed
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 14: Into the Future
    Matching lines:
    • such a way that one could always feel the spiritual at work
    • way that the individual concerned gets a feeling for events
    • we can speak in a way for people to see, and feel, that a
    • ordinary life, too, a feeling must awaken for the real
  • Title: Jeshu ben Pandira: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • do, indeed, have something else. It is what we call feelings of
    • feel to be good, the other evil. If we wish to summarize what thus
    • or ugly, good or evil, but that we feel impelled to do this or that,
    • we go to bed with our feelings vividly stirred, when we know that we
    • feelings prevents us from falling asleep. It is impossible then to
    • external world vanishes, and we feel as if our soul being were
    • elements of the cosmos. A profound feeling of satisfaction may be
    • the feeling: "This is something connected with all wholesome
    • asleep, he feels so much the fresher and more filled with
    • life-forces, and the feeling often arises: "If only this moment could
    • one feels, in addition, how the bodily nature is deserted by the soul
    • asleep, and we feel that they fructify us. We sense an extraordinary
    • the moment of falling asleep feels in this moment that, if he cannot
    • the next morning that we have waked with a feeling of
    • remorse or the joy, to reflect about them; we feel them in our body.
    • observe his will impulses feels that they are simply present again;
    • our thoughts may be, thoughts that are not sustained by feelings go
    • feeling. This goes no further than just under the surface. Indeed,
    • thoughts, into concepts, when we feel one thing to be good and
    • The only thing that helps us is to unite feelings with our
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Jeshu ben Pandira: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • feeling that one has been pushed into something, has been driven into
    • it, this feeling of discontent, is also a sign of weakness of
    • of conceptions, on the other. The emotions, the feelings of the
    • warmth, a feeling of well-being, or whether, on the other hand, he
    • environment foster both the feelings of the heart and also the will.
    • life. A serene heart, a harmonious life of feeling, determines not
    • special deeds of pity, through this feeling entrance into others.
    • clairvoyance does not have in this connection simply the feeling that
    • signifies that he has acquired a feeling for such things, and this
    • complains more and more that he comes off badly. When any one feels
    • gradually perfect in freedom our thinking, feeling, and will
    • him to impart to souls through the word itself feelings of the heart
    • to feel that I am a human being, one link in a chain which has to
    • Bodhisattvas, Buddhas, Christ. I must say to myself: ‘To feel
    • human being.’ This I must sense; this I must feel."
  • Title: Aspects/Evolution: Foreword by J. Leonard Benson
    Matching lines:
    • are some who in their depths feel affronted by the
  • Title: Aspects/Evolution: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • about to say is not said out of bad feeling or animosity. The
    • feels let down because he fails to uplift. But truth which
  • Title: Aspects/Evolution: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • that at the same time his life of will, of feeling and also
    • provided one pays attention and has a feeling for what takes
    • called forth the feeling “ex deo nascimur,”
    • forces of growth. A sense and feeling for this was still
    • Father has its origin in man's life of feeling, for as I
    • Only people who make no effort and feel no inclination to
    • from an indefinite feeling that things could not go on as
    • vaguely feel something is missing, he looks upon spiritual
    • this kind. However, Robert Scheu does feel very strongly that
    • himself with feeling in a strange way, but what he says is
    • beginning to feel that something is lacking, but cannot make
    • comprehensible. Who feels today what lies in words? Who
    • really feels into words? Feeling with words — that is
    • (ziemlich gut), who feels much more today at these words than
    • your heart and say you don't feel “almost” when
    • decently (geziemend). Who feels anymore the
    • Or, who feels
    • something which divides into two? Who feels indeed the
    • — try to feel it! Feeling can lie in all speech
    • subtle, and those who can feel it, will do so. The sentence
  • Title: Aspects/Evolution: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • compared with today, man's social feelings and in fact his
    • organism, but for that there is no longer any feeling or
    • concept tree corresponds. To feel the uprooted tree as a
    • reality is to feel an untruth, for it cannot live, but
    • can be understood only if one has a feeling for the reality
    • inherent in ideas. To acquire this sense, this feeling that
    • need not be. Nor can there be any feeling for events in
    • feelings and compassion for the useless spilling of
    • best and deepest feelings his Imperial Majesty advises all
    • anywhere today there is a true feeling for the fact that this
    • history conveys, a feeling for the difference between
    • with. Unless a feeling for these things is acquired one will
  • Title: Aspects/Evolution: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • fact the moment he sees and feels the rod dip. The
    • experience of the thoughts and feelings, we can re-cast
    • gives him the feeling that what he has to say does not
    • mixed with all kinds of antagonistic feelings.
    • maidens (feelings) must yield to the poem (soldiers). The
  • Title: Aspects/Evolution: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • feels and it wills. Thinking, feeling and willing are indeed
    • feels oneself with one's thinking, feeling and willing
    • reality. Feeling at best takes pleasure or displeasure in
    • through his thinking, feeling and willing any relationship
    • with a reality in which he feels secure, to which he feels he
    • thinking, feeling and willing in the human soul does not help
    • thinking, feeling and willing. He differentiates instead
    • the inner world of fluctuating moods and feelings. Thus,
    • feelings.
    • fluctuating moods and feelings. Just as he regards judgment
    • sees moods and feelings as fluctuating between love and hate,
    • realm of moods and feelings. The fact that he regards the
    • from mere feelings of like or dislike. He saw all these
    • turn to the realm of fluctuating moods and feelings.
    • and feelings. The question of good and evil was very much in
    • feelings fluctuating between love and hate.
    • source in human feelings fluctuating between love and hate.
    • if you have a feeling and sense for these things, you will
    • especially in regard to feeling for and understanding of
    • death — tragic, because he did have a feeling for the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Aspects/Evolution: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • thinking, through feeling, and through the will. In each case
    • experience in the realm of thought, in the realm of feeling,
    • cannot give him any feeling of real security. His inner being
    • causes the greatest difficulty. One often feels as if
    • from that struggle there is the feeling of dissatisfaction
    • get the feeling that their thoughts are too rarefied, too
    • thin, and you are left with a feeling of unreality and
    • death into the spiritual world. But one's life of feeling
    • This feeling is one of the pitfalls that leaves one feeling
    • the I. That is the uncertainty; that is why we feel
    • becomes the feeling that we are growing together with the
    • thoughts, feelings and will impulses cannot be applied to the
    • mental life when tinged with feeling, and when it is somewhat
    • feelings fluctuating between love and hate.
    • are moods and feelings; the will itself remains hidden.
    • or a feeling in so doing, but what actually occurs within the
    • of feeling is concerned that we are — as the
    • present life is that of feeling. Our being is interwoven with
    • works across from the previous incarnation, what we feel now,
    • to a future one. Feeling, on the other hand, we experience
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Aspects/Evolution: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • explained. The impulse must arise from our feeling for what
    • feelings and perceptions. Our mental pictures of the world,
    • body we will always have the feeling that we do not attain
    • contentment we attain only when we can feel ourselves as a
    • parliament. He also retained his strong feelings against
  • Title: Aspects/Evolution: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • essential in our time that a feeling should develop for the
    • learned to cherish the feeling that truth is a living
    • soul easily feels dissatisfied. Let us look at some of the
    • von Hartmann's pessimism is in the realm of feeling. It is
    • to kindle in you a feeling for the fact that whatever we look
    • far. I feel it to be my personal duty, once and for all, to
    • them both. I do not feel obliged to swear by the one or the
    • other when I acknowledge what they have to say. Nor do I feel
    • feelings, lacking every grace, subject to every excess and
  • Title: Lecture: Fall and Redemption
    Matching lines:
    • have seen from these lectures that I feel duty bound to speak at this
    • feeling, and that ultimately expresses itself in the will. I
    • penetrate into a feeling of responsibility for every single
  • Title: Lecture: Fall and Redemption
    Matching lines:
    • have seen from these lectures that I feel duty bound to speak at this
    • feeling, and that ultimately expresses itself in the will. I
    • penetrate into a feeling of responsibility for every single
  • Title: Astronomy Course: Foreword
    Matching lines:
    • An immeasurable feeling of responsibility and duty is aroused by this
  • Title: Astronomy Course: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • with something that I feel is especially important for us to
    • becomes uncertain and nervous when he does not feel the strong
    • feel then as if they had ground under their feet, but the
    • unscientific. From this feeling proceeded such a phrase as
  • Title: Astronomy Course: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • feeling — a ‘feeling knowledge’ I might
    • who has a feeling for such things, will tell us that he has
    • conclusion. One comes to see that ultimately the feeling of
  • Title: Astronomy Course: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • also through our feelings. We retain a memory of the
    • of Kepler. In him a feeling still persisted that behind all
    • It is quite easy to discern in olden times this feeling of
    • consciousness a feeling for this universal life in space Only
  • Title: Astronomy Course: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • us. We do at least feel at home in the arbitrary element we
    • perception. But we do not feel familiar with all that we
    • we see them. But you will have a vivid feeling by
    • mechanical forms of thought in which we feel most secure.
    • Heavens, we feel somewhat foreign to them. We get a strong
    • feeling of our inadequacy. And yet we feel that something
    • acquire a quite definite feeling and must permeate ourselves
    • with this feeling otherwise we can get no further. We must
    • become able to feel that certain modern ways of thought are
    • superficial and external, — to feel this in a
    • proceeded from such a feeling. The impulses must be acquired
    • now outgrown the Yoga system, we must feel impelled towards a
  • Title: Astronomy Course: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • one goes into them deeply enough, one feels that these
    • this feeling was no longer alive in men, did they begin to
    • accurately for what it is. Yet if one has a feeling for the
    • — rather in feeling and direct sensation. It is
    • took hold of the world in simple feeling and sensation (where
    • only a feeling and sensing, — it was a living
    • him, much as my arm, if it were conscious, would feel itself
  • Title: Astronomy Course: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • feeling for the reality in which one lives. A conception of
    • feeling of being given up to, surrendered to the world around
    • feeling of the “I” lit up, and this became ever
  • Title: Astronomy Course: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • had a feeling that in the courses of the planets laws of
    • feeling for the inner harmony of the planetary system. For
    • him it was no mere dry calculation; it was a feeling of
    • same feeling he made a statement about the comets, the deep
    • significance of which one feels if one is able to enter into
    • inspired as he was by a deep feeling for Nature.
  • Title: Astronomy Course: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • yourself if you make yourself aware of the feeling of being
    • compare your feeling of self — that feeling of self
    • relation between this feeling of being in yourself and the
    • feeling of consciousness you have in perceiving the outer
    • earthly feeling of ourselves, — Earth-impulse living in
    • have something by which we feel ourselves, which
    • gives us the feeling of being real. This is not what fills us
  • Title: Astronomy Course: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • still have a feeling that he at least gets nearer to a true
    • feeling for morphology in the higher sense, we can do no
  • Title: Astronomy Course: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • sense we must return. Yet how? Kepler still had a feeling of
    • conception of how the Universe is built. In deed he feels it
    • awareness, an inner feeling of what was living in the
    • world-picture still with a little of the old feeling to begin
  • Title: Astronomy Course: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • experience, the bodily organic feelings of being immersed in
    • you will get a feeling of how very real a thing it is. The
    • Though, I admit, it gets a little uncanny to feel yourself
  • Title: Astronomy Course: Lecture XVI
    Matching lines:
    • acquire a feeling of the fact that you ought not to try and
    • it. It hinges-in, so to speak. We feel more at one with outer
  • Title: Astronomy Course: Lecture XVII
    Matching lines:
    • of you, yet you would feel it to be thoroughly sound if we
  • Title: Lecture: Man's Fall and Redemption
    Matching lines:
    • those who still possessed some feeling for the true nature of man were
    • feeling. But modern man has not the slightest notion of what, for
    • Plato's definitions we can feel what the Greek meant when he wished
  • Title: Lecture: Man's Fall and Redemption
    Matching lines:
    • those who still possessed some feeling for the true nature of man were
    • feeling. But modern man has not the slightest notion of what, for
    • Plato's definitions we can feel what the Greek meant when he wished
  • Title: Lecture: Calendar of the Soul
    Matching lines:
    • feeling and through thinking; fatigue is evidence that we have worn
    • he is capable of feeling it: spring — and summer — forces
    • which we live. In winter the Earth feels as though enwrapped in
    • may then feel reverence which takes the form of a prayer to these
    • to betoken man's feeling of union with what is intimately related to
    • realise what intimate messages the festivals have for us, we feel united
    • expression of the feeling man has of the inter-working of
    • again in a certain way in our own thinking, feeling and impulses of
    • plants with the movements of the planets and then they will feel the
    • definite influence upon the Earth at that time. When we feel how this
  • Title: Lecture: Calendar of the Soul
    Matching lines:
    • feeling and through thinking; fatigue is evidence that we have worn
    • he is capable of feeling it: spring — and summer — forces
    • which we live. In winter the Earth feels as though enwrapped in
    • may then feel reverence which takes the form of a prayer to these
    • to betoken man's feeling of union with what is intimately related to
    • realise what intimate messages the festivals have for us, we feel united
    • expression of the feeling man has of the inter-working of
    • again in a certain way in our own thinking, feeling and impulses of
    • plants with the movements of the planets and then they will feel the
    • definite influence upon the Earth at that time. When we feel how this
  • Title: Lecture: The Spirit in the Realm of Plants
    Matching lines:
    • such a contemplation a person may feel himself in a rather difficult
    • century have been absorbed. Yes, a person feels himself in a rather
    • discovery had a powerful influence on all thinking and feeling in
    • power is experienced by most people who feel fascinated by the
    • plant he feels just as he does regarding a finger, which he can
    • diminishing, we find that all thoughts and feelings that enter our
    • resistance, he again feels his ego, his self-consciousness.
    • approaches, the earth organ ism begins to think and to feel, because
    • the sun with its being lures out the thoughts and feelings. The
    • thinking and feeling can be in the realm of the sun activity. Just as
    • order to look at itself, to feel, to sense, to think by means of this
    • its thoughts and feelings. Just as we can see our nerves emanating
    • from the brain, developing our feeling and conceptual life through
    • thoughts, feelings, and sensations. The spiritual investigator finds
    • thoughts and feelings. For spiritual research the earth is a
    • spiritual being whose thoughts and feelings awaken every spring, and
    • organs through which our earth can think and feel. Woven into the
    • realm where it wants to begin to feel and think. Just as everything
    • not think of how all feelings, sensations, and mental images are
    • feelings of the earth, which recede when winter approaches so that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Spirit in the Realm of Plants
    Matching lines:
    • such a contemplation a person may feel himself in a rather difficult
    • century have been absorbed. Yes, a person feels himself in a rather
    • discovery had a powerful influence on all thinking and feeling in
    • power is experienced by most people who feel fascinated by the
    • plant he feels just as he does regarding a finger, which he can
    • diminishing, we find that all thoughts and feelings that enter our
    • resistance, he again feels his ego, his self-consciousness.
    • approaches, the earth organ ism begins to think and to feel, because
    • the sun with its being lures out the thoughts and feelings. The
    • thinking and feeling can be in the realm of the sun activity. Just as
    • order to look at itself, to feel, to sense, to think by means of this
    • its thoughts and feelings. Just as we can see our nerves emanating
    • from the brain, developing our feeling and conceptual life through
    • thoughts, feelings, and sensations. The spiritual investigator finds
    • thoughts and feelings. For spiritual research the earth is a
    • spiritual being whose thoughts and feelings awaken every spring, and
    • organs through which our earth can think and feel. Woven into the
    • realm where it wants to begin to feel and think. Just as everything
    • not think of how all feelings, sensations, and mental images are
    • feelings of the earth, which recede when winter approaches so that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: On the Mysteries of Ancient and Modern Times: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • is able to think and feel. In his important work, Des
  • Title: On the Mysteries of Ancient and Modern Times: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • this: if you have a sound feeling of such matters, you cannot
    • had healthy human feeling of this fact was Goethe. Goethe
  • Title: On the Mysteries of Ancient and Modern Times: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • — a knowledge whereby Man could feel himself within the
    • Man was indeed able to feel himself within the macrocosm,
    • just as our little finger now feels itself to be part and
    • feel himself a member of the whole.
    • at least for human feeling — that something real will
    • clarity has grown befogged by all manner of feelings which
    • healthy feeling of the truth can only be sought and found
  • Title: Lecture: East and West in the Light of the Christmas Idea
    Matching lines:
    • deeper share in the events of the past years feel as if they had
    • feeling of sorrow upon that part of mankind which is still led by
    • world with a certain feeling of longing and of sorrow, as if the
    • gods had withdrawn from them. This feeling was voiced by many
    • life. This is nothing but the echo of that Oriental feeling,
    • a reality. When submitting to the life of thought we feel as if
    • significant task of the present times. We should feel that first
    • that in the present time we already have Christ. We should feel
    • The festive feeling which we have at Christmas will then ray out
    • cosmic feeling, and this is needed today, if we are to experience
    • the true value and dignity of man. The feelings which we have in
  • Title: Lecture: East and West in the Light of the Christmas Idea
    Matching lines:
    • deeper share in the events of the past years feel as if they had
    • feeling of sorrow upon that part of mankind which is still led by
    • world with a certain feeling of longing and of sorrow, as if the
    • gods had withdrawn from them. This feeling was voiced by many
    • life. This is nothing but the echo of that Oriental feeling,
    • a reality. When submitting to the life of thought we feel as if
    • significant task of the present times. We should feel that first
    • that in the present time we already have Christ. We should feel
    • The festive feeling which we have at Christmas will then ray out
    • cosmic feeling, and this is needed today, if we are to experience
    • the true value and dignity of man. The feelings which we have in
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • so he inquired the next day how the patient was feeling and he
    • it is possible to observe the soul, living in thoughts, feelings,
    • book, we immediately feel that it is written by a man who does
    • in you a feeling for the conscientiousness and for the critical
    • appear in the forces of cognition, of the will and of feeling.
    • feelers of the soul. We then live completely within our own
    • reverence, for I have a deep feeling for all the beauty
    • then notice that we abandoned our body only with our feeling and
    • these bodies with our will and with our feeling. In ordinary life
    • the body as mere feeling and will, we ordinarily become
    • and that he can really experience the organism of feeling and of
    • feeling, which left the body when we fell asleep. Even as the
    • soul now perceives through feeling something which is outside;
    • the moment of waking up is a perception through feeling; we take
    • the body every night with its feeling and with its will, and the
    • but that we can at will draw out of the body our feeling and our
    • with the feeling is above all the physical body. Tomorrow we
    • ceases to exist for us. We feel as if this world had vanished and
    • abandon the body with the feeling and willing part of our soul.
    • But in abandoning our body we feel at the same time that the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • so he inquired the next day how the patient was feeling and he
    • it is possible to observe the soul, living in thoughts, feelings,
    • book, we immediately feel that it is written by a man who does
    • in you a feeling for the conscientiousness and for the critical
    • appear in the forces of cognition, of the will and of feeling.
    • feelers of the soul. We then live completely within our own
    • reverence, for I have a deep feeling for all the beauty
    • then notice that we abandoned our body only with our feeling and
    • these bodies with our will and with our feeling. In ordinary life
    • the body as mere feeling and will, we ordinarily become
    • and that he can really experience the organism of feeling and of
    • feeling, which left the body when we fell asleep. Even as the
    • soul now perceives through feeling something which is outside;
    • the moment of waking up is a perception through feeling; we take
    • the body every night with its feeling and with its will, and the
    • but that we can at will draw out of the body our feeling and our
    • with the feeling is above all the physical body. Tomorrow we
    • ceases to exist for us. We feel as if this world had vanished and
    • abandon the body with the feeling and willing part of our soul.
    • But in abandoning our body we feel at the same time that the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Human Freedom and Its Connection with the Mystery of Golgotha
    Matching lines:
    • as it were. Here on earth, he feels that he is free in regard to
    • so as to feel the freedom of action in the sphere of thought; but
    • between death and a new birth he feels a complete lack of freedom
    • feeling, continued to exist even in more recent epochs; the
    • He should really feel that mankind's historical development is
    • experienced in feeling. The Christianity which Anthroposophy will
  • Title: Lecture: Human Freedom and Its Connection with the Mystery of Golgotha
    Matching lines:
    • as it were. Here on earth, he feels that he is free in regard to
    • so as to feel the freedom of action in the sphere of thought; but
    • between death and a new birth he feels a complete lack of freedom
    • feeling, continued to exist even in more recent epochs; the
    • He should really feel that mankind's historical development is
    • experienced in feeling. The Christianity which Anthroposophy will
  • Title: Lecture: Knowledge Pervaded with the Experience of Love
    Matching lines:
    • feeling soul into the characteristic of the ancient Greeks,
    • Man's feeling attitude towards the universe was quite different
    • centuries, this feeling towards the universe underwent an
    • the feeling that when single phenomena had to be drawn out of the
    • describe to you this change of human feeling in connection with
    • I wish to describe how this change of feeling in human souls
    • truly feeling manner, the state of consciousness of the ancient
    • will also be able to feel what really constituted the true
    • Gods. He did not feel this in connection with his body of flesh
    • something divine. But this Greek feeling was of such a kind that
    • this truth. This explains the fundamental feeling of that epoch
    • was not a clearly outlined idea, but a fundamental feeling of the
    • this fundamental soul feeling in Greek art, which sets forth the
    • feeling. The Greek therefore took back, as it were into the
    • chastity of feeling, his relationship to the Divine.
    • human being feel that he enfolded a divine essence or set forth
    • into life natural science based upon this fundamental feeling,
    • feel quite at home upon the earth. And he does not yet strive
    • life undergoes a change. Man no longer feels so closely connected
    • human being, he feels himself intimately connected with the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Knowledge Pervaded with the Experience of Love
    Matching lines:
    • feeling soul into the characteristic of the ancient Greeks,
    • Man's feeling attitude towards the universe was quite different
    • centuries, this feeling towards the universe underwent an
    • the feeling that when single phenomena had to be drawn out of the
    • describe to you this change of human feeling in connection with
    • I wish to describe how this change of feeling in human souls
    • truly feeling manner, the state of consciousness of the ancient
    • will also be able to feel what really constituted the true
    • Gods. He did not feel this in connection with his body of flesh
    • something divine. But this Greek feeling was of such a kind that
    • this truth. This explains the fundamental feeling of that epoch
    • was not a clearly outlined idea, but a fundamental feeling of the
    • this fundamental soul feeling in Greek art, which sets forth the
    • feeling. The Greek therefore took back, as it were into the
    • chastity of feeling, his relationship to the Divine.
    • human being feel that he enfolded a divine essence or set forth
    • into life natural science based upon this fundamental feeling,
    • feel quite at home upon the earth. And he does not yet strive
    • life undergoes a change. Man no longer feels so closely connected
    • human being, he feels himself intimately connected with the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Man and Cosmos
    Matching lines:
    • eye or organ of touch able to feel into the earth, without our
    • weakened down to feelings.
    • cannot perceive it, for it is dulled down to a life feeling, an
    • inner vital feeling, which cannot even be interpreted, less still
    • general feelings that live in the human being. You may therefore
    • — above all, of metals — and they are met by feeling,
    • impressions they only derive a general life-feeling.
    • and that he has a life of feeling corresponding to these
    • perceptions. Our feelings exist in contrast to everything coming
    • sensory perceptions and thoughts. Our feeling life, on the other
    • whereas our feeling life is the general soul constitution
    • determined by life; that is to say, feeling. But at the
    • foundation of feeling lie the metal influences coming from the
    • feelings and we sleep in our will. But the will which sleeps in
    • dream in our feelings is the counter-activity which meets the
    • used as metal feelers — they feel the presence of metals.
    • But the capacity to feel the presence of special metal substances
    • that of feeling, then one cannot use the expressions which
    • woman who is able to feel the presence of metals. And at the side
  • Title: Lecture: Man and Cosmos
    Matching lines:
    • eye or organ of touch able to feel into the earth, without our
    • weakened down to feelings.
    • cannot perceive it, for it is dulled down to a life feeling, an
    • inner vital feeling, which cannot even be interpreted, less still
    • general feelings that live in the human being. You may therefore
    • — above all, of metals — and they are met by feeling,
    • impressions they only derive a general life-feeling.
    • and that he has a life of feeling corresponding to these
    • perceptions. Our feelings exist in contrast to everything coming
    • sensory perceptions and thoughts. Our feeling life, on the other
    • whereas our feeling life is the general soul constitution
    • determined by life; that is to say, feeling. But at the
    • foundation of feeling lie the metal influences coming from the
    • feelings and we sleep in our will. But the will which sleeps in
    • dream in our feelings is the counter-activity which meets the
    • used as metal feelers — they feel the presence of metals.
    • But the capacity to feel the presence of special metal substances
    • that of feeling, then one cannot use the expressions which
    • woman who is able to feel the presence of metals. And at the side
  • Title: Lecture: The Supersensible in the Human Being and in the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • wakeful mind and heart feels that we are now living in a time
    • to feel himself within the everlasting, spiritual kernel of his
    • it. Although we may feel deep pleasure, profound satisfaction and
    • indeed, in a certain respect, an aesthetic feeling of reverence
    • in connection with Nature, we cannot feel any religious reverence
    • feelings towards powers that cannot speak to us out of the laws
    • moral feelings, his religious feelings of reverence. The human
    • ideals and religious feelings gradually seem to be hanging, as it
    • brain. Just as someone listening to our words can feel our soul's
    • vibration, our soul's feelings through the words, so the Oriental
    • sage could feel in the words vibrating through his body —
    • could feel through this super-sensible experience of the mantric
    • certain religious feelings. Consequently, our moral life and our
    • religious feelings can, in a certain way, be deduced from a
    • men still face these questions unconsciously and more feelingly.
    • handed down to them; nevertheless, they feel instinctively: All
    • which he acquired a feeling of Ego consciousness and the
    • living beings, and we feel particularly satisfied in these
    • kind that we feel ourselves living passively within it — in
    • feelings of well being! This is the result of meditation. But in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Supersensible in the Human Being and in the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • wakeful mind and heart feels that we are now living in a time
    • to feel himself within the everlasting, spiritual kernel of his
    • it. Although we may feel deep pleasure, profound satisfaction and
    • indeed, in a certain respect, an aesthetic feeling of reverence
    • in connection with Nature, we cannot feel any religious reverence
    • feelings towards powers that cannot speak to us out of the laws
    • moral feelings, his religious feelings of reverence. The human
    • ideals and religious feelings gradually seem to be hanging, as it
    • brain. Just as someone listening to our words can feel our soul's
    • vibration, our soul's feelings through the words, so the Oriental
    • sage could feel in the words vibrating through his body —
    • could feel through this super-sensible experience of the mantric
    • certain religious feelings. Consequently, our moral life and our
    • religious feelings can, in a certain way, be deduced from a
    • men still face these questions unconsciously and more feelingly.
    • handed down to them; nevertheless, they feel instinctively: All
    • which he acquired a feeling of Ego consciousness and the
    • living beings, and we feel particularly satisfied in these
    • kind that we feel ourselves living passively within it — in
    • feelings of well being! This is the result of meditation. But in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The World Development in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • ordinary life, man's true inner being, woven out of feeling and
    • instance, how different are the inner feelings with which we
    • our feeling and our will must be drawn in through special
    • circumstances; we must include the feeling and the will which
    • world, the fact that we feel induced to do certain things for
    • feelings and of everything which constitutes our inner being,
    • that in life itself feeling and will must first be drawn into the
    • warmth, through the awakening of feeling and of a subjective
    • worlds with inner feelings, far stronger than those which usually
    • always experience it unconsciously) is therefore the feeling of
    • consciousness we never have the feeling that by dwelling only
    • The feeling of
    • as a reflection of the real feeling, though it is painful enough
    • We grow aware, on the one hand, of a complete feeling of
    • if loneliness would not give us this Ego-feeling in the spiritual
    • gives us our Ego feeling here on earth. To this loneliness we owe
    • know as our physical world, through our feeling and will, the
    • accustomed to a certain feeling of certainty through the gradual
    • sciences of earlier times, based more on feeling. This
    • spiritual-scientific investigator must therefore feel
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The World Development in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • ordinary life, man's true inner being, woven out of feeling and
    • instance, how different are the inner feelings with which we
    • our feeling and our will must be drawn in through special
    • circumstances; we must include the feeling and the will which
    • world, the fact that we feel induced to do certain things for
    • feelings and of everything which constitutes our inner being,
    • that in life itself feeling and will must first be drawn into the
    • warmth, through the awakening of feeling and of a subjective
    • worlds with inner feelings, far stronger than those which usually
    • always experience it unconsciously) is therefore the feeling of
    • consciousness we never have the feeling that by dwelling only
    • The feeling of
    • as a reflection of the real feeling, though it is painful enough
    • We grow aware, on the one hand, of a complete feeling of
    • if loneliness would not give us this Ego-feeling in the spiritual
    • gives us our Ego feeling here on earth. To this loneliness we owe
    • know as our physical world, through our feeling and will, the
    • accustomed to a certain feeling of certainty through the gradual
    • sciences of earlier times, based more on feeling. This
    • spiritual-scientific investigator must therefore feel
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Golden Legend and a German Christmas Play
    Matching lines:
    • ourselves: ‘What are the feelings that unite us with this
    • in which countless men feel the word ‘peace’ resounding,
    • in enmity. Much blood has saturated our earth. We see and feel
    • and feeling around us is interwoven with infinite sorrow. Hate and
    • enmity, aversion and hatred, one and the same feeling may everywhere
    • thought of immeasurable depth of feeling, a thought of infinite
    • We shall feel how much there is that can become strong and powerful
    • he who really feels himself united with Christ Jesus solemnly vows
    • through deeper feeling, or through a deeper knowledge, were to grasp
    • feelings at Christmas: the knowledge of how man, through what remains
    • called a holy life. And thus a feeling prevailed that a certain moral
    • living feeling of the significance of the occurrence.
    • of this quite profane feeling there gradually evolved that holy awe
    • it that thus overcame the feelings, the soul of man? It was the sight
    • Eve, if we feel this Mystery of the sacred Festival aright —
    • development between birth and death, and can feel the child-nature in
    • prophetic feeling, with the prophetic premonition, that such a birth
    • give themselves over to feelings of happiness, or when they must feel
    • sorrow and pain such as we feel to-day, when we think of the great
  • Title: Lecture: The Golden Legend and a German Christmas Play
    Matching lines:
    • ourselves: ‘What are the feelings that unite us with this
    • in which countless men feel the word ‘peace’ resounding,
    • in enmity. Much blood has saturated our earth. We see and feel
    • and feeling around us is interwoven with infinite sorrow. Hate and
    • enmity, aversion and hatred, one and the same feeling may everywhere
    • thought of immeasurable depth of feeling, a thought of infinite
    • We shall feel how much there is that can become strong and powerful
    • he who really feels himself united with Christ Jesus solemnly vows
    • through deeper feeling, or through a deeper knowledge, were to grasp
    • feelings at Christmas: the knowledge of how man, through what remains
    • called a holy life. And thus a feeling prevailed that a certain moral
    • living feeling of the significance of the occurrence.
    • of this quite profane feeling there gradually evolved that holy awe
    • it that thus overcame the feelings, the soul of man? It was the sight
    • Eve, if we feel this Mystery of the sacred Festival aright —
    • development between birth and death, and can feel the child-nature in
    • prophetic feeling, with the prophetic premonition, that such a birth
    • give themselves over to feelings of happiness, or when they must feel
    • sorrow and pain such as we feel to-day, when we think of the great
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Thought and the Secret of the Ego
    Matching lines:
    • year as Christmas approaches, we must think of the kind of feelings
    • witnessed and must feel countless deaths around us in this
    • feeling. Hate and antipathy race through spiritual space and can
    • feeling can impress itself into all human souls everywhere in these
    • greatness, a thought of infinite depth of feeling, this thought of
    • teaches us all over the earth really to feel in the truest sense of
    • us: those who truly feel themselves connected with the Christ Jesus
    • deeper feelings, a deeper knowledge received from their teachers who
    • lived in the feeling. No indeed! In many areas it began by simply
    • spoken in those regions. And finally the people awoke to a feeling
    • conquered human feelings, the human soul? It was the tow of the
    • backward, feeling ourselves back at the child's standpoint?
    • bypass everything super-sensible, if we feel ourselves
    • ourselves with the prophetic feeling, the prophetic intimation,
    • surrender themselves to feelings of joy but also in times in which
    • people have to surrender themselves to the feelings of pain that
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Thought and the Secret of the Ego
    Matching lines:
    • year as Christmas approaches, we must think of the kind of feelings
    • witnessed and must feel countless deaths around us in this
    • feeling. Hate and antipathy race through spiritual space and can
    • feeling can impress itself into all human souls everywhere in these
    • greatness, a thought of infinite depth of feeling, this thought of
    • teaches us all over the earth really to feel in the truest sense of
    • us: those who truly feel themselves connected with the Christ Jesus
    • deeper feelings, a deeper knowledge received from their teachers who
    • lived in the feeling. No indeed! In many areas it began by simply
    • spoken in those regions. And finally the people awoke to a feeling
    • conquered human feelings, the human soul? It was the tow of the
    • backward, feeling ourselves back at the child's standpoint?
    • bypass everything super-sensible, if we feel ourselves
    • ourselves with the prophetic feeling, the prophetic intimation,
    • surrender themselves to feelings of joy but also in times in which
    • people have to surrender themselves to the feelings of pain that
  • Title: Gospel of Matthew: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • this feeling is intensified when we keep in mind the lectures
    • John, we feel overpowered by its spiritual grandeur; and
    • me with a feeling of the infinite.’ The spiritual
    • feelings on reading what was said concerning the Gospel of
    • mainly in the element feeling when we let the
    • soul feels almost shattered. All three elements are present
    • feel more able to stand erect before the Gospel of Matthew,
    • can turn to these three men and divine their feelings. Thus,
    • changed back to what it was.’ This feeling gave this
    • this feeling that dwelt in the typical Iranian into our
    • expressed these feelings in laws or rules. They wished to
  • Title: Gospel of Matthew: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • feelings of reverence towards all we are told concerning the
    • feeling, and could be comprised in a single word: Jahve
  • Title: Gospel of Matthew: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • clairvoyance. The inner life of to-day, our feelings,
    • of feelings and perceptions reflecting the outer world and
    • to feel it streaming to him from the sun; and in his
    • and feel inwardly what in Atlantean times had been seen
    • not to a consciousness, yet to a feeling, for these mighty
  • Title: Gospel of Matthew: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • us a feeling for the grandeur of the idea which lies at the
  • Title: Gospel of Matthew: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • formerly, only a being of inward feeling unable to express
  • Title: Gospel of Matthew: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • initiation into the cosmos could never feel at ease there.
    • methods of thought and feeling that could guide him through
    • He feels Himself to be a part of what is expressed in the
  • Title: Gospel of Matthew: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • this way I will act, perceive, and feel, only from out my own
    • moment in life, a distinct ego-feeling dawns in our everyday
    • old initiations this ego-feeling was, to a certain extent,
    • feeling of self was clouded. In the light of these lectures
    • the external world, are connected with the ego-feeling. To
    • excessive strength, suppression of the ego-feeling was
    • the ego-feeling occurred. More and more effort had to be
    • been reached where the ego-feeling to a high degree is not
    • weakening of the ego-feeling. That which gives man his
    • feeling of self in earthly existence, which enables him to
    • into the old Hebrew feeling for language than is possible
    • can attain. Such a man regards wisdom as an ideal, he feels
    • of the feeling of self which a man has when looking upon
    • Malchut, the Kingdom. This feeling had to be blotted out. On
    • ‘It must not be thought that the same feeling of self
    • such feelings of self. What is experienced as Nezach, Jesod,
    • associated with the ordinary ego-feeling of a man.’
    • able to experience it and yet maintain his ego feeling
    • ordinary man forces me to feel so bitterly my dependence on
    • hatred may be roused by the feeling of dependence on the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Gospel of Matthew: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • looked up to the ancient divine Father Spirit, feeling that
    • feeling of longing in his sentient soul similar to what he
    • return to a being similar to himself. We must try to feel
  • Title: Gospel of Matthew: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • continuation of the Sermon on the Mount, and you will feel
    • one has a feeling for the value of words, and throws light on
    • spoke in accordance with the feeling of those times would
  • Title: Gospel of Matthew: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • to gain an understanding, a feeling for and perception of the
    • feels constrained to keep to the point from which he makes
    • feelings and perceptions of the astral body and the
    • place them in a setting of living feeling — that we do
    • them. Such a thought ought to give us a living feeling, a
    • feelings of our hearts — and there let them live
    • under the impression of the words, ‘O man, feel and
    • experience thou thyself;’ he feels exultingly raised to
    • we are conscious of feeling crushed when comparing what we
  • Title: Lecture: Zarathustra
    Matching lines:
    • man's thought, feeling and will, have undergone great changes in the
    • so deepen our feelings, ideas, and impulses that the powers of soul
    • world with understanding and to feel, behind the outer realm of
    • universe from mere doctrine into real feeling, real vision. And so he
    • in the feeling it called forth in
    • man — a feeling which taught him of his
    • time have a certain feeling for the Spiritual behind the physical
    • a tendency to the mystical way. Many feel drawn towards Indian
    • our thoughts and feelings and so unpleasantly accentuate the chief
  • Title: Lecture: Zarathustra
    Matching lines:
    • man's thought, feeling and will, have undergone great changes in the
    • so deepen our feelings, ideas, and impulses that the powers of soul
    • world with understanding and to feel, behind the outer realm of
    • universe from mere doctrine into real feeling, real vision. And so he
    • in the feeling it called forth in
    • man — a feeling which taught him of his
    • time have a certain feeling for the Spiritual behind the physical
    • a tendency to the mystical way. Many feel drawn towards Indian
    • our thoughts and feelings and so unpleasantly accentuate the chief
  • Title: Lecture: Hermes
    Matching lines:
    • another is that man of the present day feels, whether he likes it or
    • did one of the greatest minds of modern times feel himself related to
    • Egyptian thought and feeling.
    • materialistic consciousness of to-day, but with a true feeling for
    • thought and feeling. And again — what a curious impression is
    • ask ourselves: of what nature was the life of feeling and ideas among
    • be used as a means whereby we are led into the whole world of feeling
    • must we go back to the feelings living in the ancient Egyptians and
    • male, active — filling the soul with thoughts and feelings. The
    • super-sensible forces I feel within my soul.
    • Such were the feelings in regard to this
    • higher world, feelings which had been handed down to the Egyptians by
    • one dominating feeling in the soul of the old Egyptian; it filled his
    • nature without feeling any need to concern himself at the same time
    • with problems of destiny. Now the feeling of kinship with Osiris and
    • dead man feels that in the spiritual world he may himself be called
    • instrument for the soul-activities of Feeling, Willing and Thinking
    • Only when the pupil reached this stage did he feel that he had really
    • Being to whom the old Egyptians looked up with feelings of deepest
    • Egyptians, but their souls were filled with a deep moral feeling, a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Hermes
    Matching lines:
    • another is that man of the present day feels, whether he likes it or
    • did one of the greatest minds of modern times feel himself related to
    • Egyptian thought and feeling.
    • materialistic consciousness of to-day, but with a true feeling for
    • thought and feeling. And again — what a curious impression is
    • ask ourselves: of what nature was the life of feeling and ideas among
    • be used as a means whereby we are led into the whole world of feeling
    • must we go back to the feelings living in the ancient Egyptians and
    • male, active — filling the soul with thoughts and feelings. The
    • super-sensible forces I feel within my soul.
    • Such were the feelings in regard to this
    • higher world, feelings which had been handed down to the Egyptians by
    • one dominating feeling in the soul of the old Egyptian; it filled his
    • nature without feeling any need to concern himself at the same time
    • with problems of destiny. Now the feeling of kinship with Osiris and
    • dead man feels that in the spiritual world he may himself be called
    • instrument for the soul-activities of Feeling, Willing and Thinking
    • Only when the pupil reached this stage did he feel that he had really
    • Being to whom the old Egyptians looked up with feelings of deepest
    • Egyptians, but their souls were filled with a deep moral feeling, a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: On the Nature of Butterflies
    Matching lines:
    • has been lit that all sorts of insects flutter around in the room, feel
    • know that he had not spoken with true inner feeling. But when he
    • pronounced the word with right inner feeling he saw actual butterflies.
    • the down any further. I cannot reach the desk but can feel pressure when
    • Instead, you feel the resistance just as I do when I press forward. This
    • impulse works upon us when with the right inner feeling we say
    • scientist has little feeling for the butterfly fluttering in the light.
  • Title: Lecture: On the Nature of Butterflies
    Matching lines:
    • has been lit that all sorts of insects flutter around in the room, feel
    • know that he had not spoken with true inner feeling. But when he
    • pronounced the word with right inner feeling he saw actual butterflies.
    • the down any further. I cannot reach the desk but can feel pressure when
    • Instead, you feel the resistance just as I do when I press forward. This
    • impulse works upon us when with the right inner feeling we say
    • scientist has little feeling for the butterfly fluttering in the light.
  • Title: Memory and Love
    Matching lines:
    • rebirth we feel ourselves actually to be the whole world — when I
    • — at times we each of us feel ourselves to be the whole world. And
    • and a new birth we feel within us and experience the world of spiritual
    • world. For we do then feel lonely when we, as it were, breathe out.
    • like an experience of our self. But feeling lonely — well, this
    • feeling lonely has its echo here on earth as our capacity for
    • were it not an echo of what we have described as a feeling of
    • world fades out, and we feel how through the forces of the moon we
    • approach ever nearer to the earth. We feel ourselves as a self, but
    • have a growing feeling that faintness may overcome us in the spiritual
    • us, the feeling of self, to be supported by something outside, namely
    • body. The feeling of loneliness finds a refuge in the body and becomes
    • the faculty of remembering, and we have to win through to a new feeling
    • be quite outside himself. If a man is a loveless being, a feeling arises
    • feeling — particularly if he is artistically inclined — that
  • Title: Memory and Love
    Matching lines:
    • rebirth we feel ourselves actually to be the whole world — when I
    • — at times we each of us feel ourselves to be the whole world. And
    • and a new birth we feel within us and experience the world of spiritual
    • world. For we do then feel lonely when we, as it were, breathe out.
    • like an experience of our self. But feeling lonely — well, this
    • feeling lonely has its echo here on earth as our capacity for
    • were it not an echo of what we have described as a feeling of
    • world fades out, and we feel how through the forces of the moon we
    • approach ever nearer to the earth. We feel ourselves as a self, but
    • have a growing feeling that faintness may overcome us in the spiritual
    • us, the feeling of self, to be supported by something outside, namely
    • body. The feeling of loneliness finds a refuge in the body and becomes
    • the faculty of remembering, and we have to win through to a new feeling
    • be quite outside himself. If a man is a loveless being, a feeling arises
    • feeling — particularly if he is artistically inclined — that
  • Title: Lecture: The Experiences of Sleep and their Spiritual Background
    Matching lines:
    • manner of manifestations — thoughts, feelings, impulses of will,
    • of the soul any further than that during waking life, ideas, feelings,
    • knowledge, that all thinking, feeling and willing, as they are present
    • or feelings or acts of will to flow forth from it. When such a statement
    • experience a strong sense of time is present, but all feeling of space
    • the soul goes through at this stage. One might say, the soul feels as if
    • itself and yet feels itself surrounded on every hand by the sea and
    • you feel yourself as a human being enclosed within your skin, and having
    • sleep, you feel — I say you ‘feel,’ I describe it all
    • consciousness of the fact that is lacking — you feel like a wave
    • in a universal sea; you feel yourself now here, now there; as I said,
    • and live merely in a general, universal feeling of time, to feel himself
    • in which one is swimming, one has, as it were, lost that feeling of
    • the world of our waking hours. Hence one feels — one would
    • feel, that is, if the condition were conscious — a deep yearning
    • is a simple fact. Let us say, for example, you feel joy. When you feel
    • we feel a need to relate the world of the senses to a divine existence
    • described; nor would he ever in the waking state come to a feeling of
    • experience other feelings in addition to those aroused by contact with
    • feelings in the souls of men by giving them ideas and conceptions of God
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Experiences of Sleep and their Spiritual Background
    Matching lines:
    • manner of manifestations — thoughts, feelings, impulses of will,
    • of the soul any further than that during waking life, ideas, feelings,
    • knowledge, that all thinking, feeling and willing, as they are present
    • or feelings or acts of will to flow forth from it. When such a statement
    • experience a strong sense of time is present, but all feeling of space
    • the soul goes through at this stage. One might say, the soul feels as if
    • itself and yet feels itself surrounded on every hand by the sea and
    • you feel yourself as a human being enclosed within your skin, and having
    • sleep, you feel — I say you ‘feel,’ I describe it all
    • consciousness of the fact that is lacking — you feel like a wave
    • in a universal sea; you feel yourself now here, now there; as I said,
    • and live merely in a general, universal feeling of time, to feel himself
    • in which one is swimming, one has, as it were, lost that feeling of
    • the world of our waking hours. Hence one feels — one would
    • feel, that is, if the condition were conscious — a deep yearning
    • is a simple fact. Let us say, for example, you feel joy. When you feel
    • we feel a need to relate the world of the senses to a divine existence
    • described; nor would he ever in the waking state come to a feeling of
    • experience other feelings in addition to those aroused by contact with
    • feelings in the souls of men by giving them ideas and conceptions of God
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Reincarnation and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • feeling lives in those words. And all those who feel like
    • and if he feels so, then he denies the whole basis on which he
    • knowledge were to be a light on his path. The feeling of
    • feeling of responsibility in himself then he denies, in the
  • Title: Lecture: Reincarnation and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • feeling lives in those words. And all those who feel like
    • and if he feels so, then he denies the whole basis on which he
    • knowledge were to be a light on his path. The feeling of
    • feeling of responsibility in himself then he denies, in the
  • Title: Lecture: Life and Death
    Matching lines:
    • natural science, and who, might feel himself moved to follow
    • which compose the human body. He might feel himself justified
    • called forth at that time a storm of anger. Those who feel
    • to a certain age, but only showed itself later as a feeling
    • of power, as a feeling of life, as a content of life which
    • in progress consists in feeling on awaking, enriched through
    • sleep; he feels that what he had taken up before going to
    • will often come near to developing certain feelings. The
    • nature or these feelings will also show the nature of the
    • conception, but must make it part of our innermost feeling.
    • into the Ego this absolute balance as regards feeling and
    • knowledge of the inner kernel of man's being, on the feelings
    • experience the future in our feelings and sensations and are
    • regards feelings and sensations towards the future life, but
  • Title: Lecture: Life and Death
    Matching lines:
    • natural science, and who, might feel himself moved to follow
    • which compose the human body. He might feel himself justified
    • called forth at that time a storm of anger. Those who feel
    • to a certain age, but only showed itself later as a feeling
    • of power, as a feeling of life, as a content of life which
    • in progress consists in feeling on awaking, enriched through
    • sleep; he feels that what he had taken up before going to
    • will often come near to developing certain feelings. The
    • nature or these feelings will also show the nature of the
    • conception, but must make it part of our innermost feeling.
    • into the Ego this absolute balance as regards feeling and
    • knowledge of the inner kernel of man's being, on the feelings
    • experience the future in our feelings and sensations and are
    • regards feelings and sensations towards the future life, but
  • Title: Apocalypse of John: Summary of Contents
    Matching lines:
    • thinking-forces (pre-Christian time), the feeling-forces
    • the spirituality of the Group-soul; now he learnt to feel the
    • the others will feel it as a second dying in each successive
  • Title: Apocalypse of John: Introductory Lecture
    Matching lines:
    • content of the human heart, that sum of feelings and emotions
    • these feelings, the strength of his sensitivity, just as it
    • feeling for beauty how a man will stand before a picture.
    • as an aesthetic feeling for art is the same as an inner grasp
    • religious feeling more earnest, worthier, broader, but it
    • from a certain feeling, or because he felt that his will
    • Christ-principle of man — the Being of whom man feels
    • “I-am.” Human beings did not feel themselves as
    • Testament, these men did not as yet feel individual. Even the
    • Christian Church, did not feel themselves to be
    • every human being, of which each human soul can directly feel
    • actually only begun after 2,000 years to feel the force of
    • which I find myself, wouldst Thou feel as I do? Wouldst Thou
    • wisdom, or in feelings but in his will. For then he knows
    • simplest heart can have some feeling of what truths lie
  • Title: Apocalypse of John: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • feel that everything he sees in the outer world in his
    • expression of beautiful karmic connections. One feels oneself
    • were filled with a feeling of tragedy when it was made clear
    • able to feel such a thing symptomatically feels: That is the
    • that this is the case, and may the spirit and feelings which
    • certain forms of life, certain feelings, a certain way of
  • Title: Apocalypse of John: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • train the forces of feeling; and the nearer we come to modern
    • then feel themselves as separate human egos, but as members
    • of the tribe. Just as a finger does not feel itself to be
    • feel that he could unconditionally say “I” to
    • there is a clairvoyant feeling that it is surrounded by
  • Title: Apocalypse of John: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • intercourse with gods and spirits. Such was the feeling of
    • write.” (We must feel that we ourselves are spoken to
  • Title: Apocalypse of John: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • the horse originate from a feeling which may be compared with
    • the mysterious feeling of love between the two sexes, from a
    • certain feeling of what one owes to this animal. Hence when
    • feelings. So step by step, after the great war, will issue
  • Title: Apocalypse of John: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • can therefore feel and experience what man experiences upon
    • can approach hire with hostile feelings. Hence also the god
  • Title: Apocalypse of John: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • developed out of entirely different forms, will he feel that
    • attains to true and real feelings and advances to a true
    • feeling was also different in the Atlantean epoch. At that
    • he did not feel fatigue and the need for rest. Neither did he
    • shell did he feel that he possessed something of his own. For
    • environment, he learned to feel himself as “I,”
    • he learned to feel within himself the divine power which
    • previously was poured into him, he learned to feel God within
  • Title: Apocalypse of John: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • “I,” during this time, to feel himself within his skin as a
    • body and love it so much that he would only feel himself at
    • feeling himself as an individual being, and this was also the
    • they wished to feel it aright — by no means in their
    • “I feel that I am not a lost member when I realize that my
  • Title: Apocalypse of John: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • important to develop a feeling in our souls about this
    • Here we have the feeling arising in the seer when he directs
    • and in spirit is able to feel the bliss sweet as honey, yet
  • Title: Apocalypse of John: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • not only the feelings, desires, impulses, etc., of the soul,
    • feeling — that is a misuse of the word. In the schools of
    • learning to comprehend how an animal can feel — at the
    • he can work with unholy feelings the same as with holy ones,
    • kingdom when he understands feelings in such a way that he
    • is certainly quite possible for one person to feel happy in
    • which it will be impossible to feel happy as an individual if
    • plant kingdom. No man could then feel happy in any way if his
  • Title: Apocalypse of John: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • come over one who enters with feelings into the thoughts
    • is his feeling: It is extremely wise that Providence has
    • also experiences it in his feeling. Seldom does man now rise
    • to rise to this feeling if he wishes really to feel this
    • which have the heart to hear and feel Anthroposophy, are now
    • fellow-creatures, who up to that time had been unable to feel
    • feelings, then there will live in us a very different feeling
    • in doing so to cause as much pain as possible and to feel a
    • cut into a living being with the intention of feeling
    • to feel the pain he has caused his victims, and for this
    • systematically cuts into flesh, and feels satisfaction in it
    • periods and will feel deep satisfaction when it meets with
    • feel happy. The pictures of sorrow and suffering would
    • not be possible for one to feel pleasure or pain without
    • others also feeling it.
    • thoughts, feelings and pictures, and they form forces in his
    • feelings of John's Gospel has produced something in his
    • physical body. They are the souls who will feel hot fires of
    • feel unappeasable, burning desire by reason of what they have
    • astral body which is filled with the Christ-Being. They feel
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Three Streams: Lecture I: The Lower Three Human Members and the Spirits of Form
    Matching lines:
    • It is in this ego that are really enacted all the thinking, feeling
    • forces that truly belong to us, we should feel an interest in our
    • meagre interest in what other people think and feel and will.
    • Rhine, perhaps feeling impelled to say: “This Rhine, it flows on,
  • Title: Three Streams: Lecture II: The Fifth Epoch, Semitic and Greek Cultures, the Christ Impulse
    Matching lines:
    • ever more and more of a riddle. We must feel the full implications of
    • is still widespread. The same feelings that people still have in
    • they themselves think and feel, and they are not accessible to
  • Title: Three Streams: Lecture III: The Mystery of Golgotha Must Be Approached Supersensibly
    Matching lines:
    • he brings temperament, brings movement; he brings feeling
    • familiar sayings; very often you say out of immediate feeling in your
    • upon what you are able to feel about true piety. I ask you whether
    • Tertullian to the Romans. He was a man of independent feeling. And
  • Title: Three Streams: Lecture IV: Consciousness Soul and Scientific Thinking, Sorat and 666
    Matching lines:
    • to be pious or believe they should be. The religious feelings
    • what feelings, what narrow-minded, self-satisfied feelings, the thoroughly
    • attention not so much to the idea it expresses as to the feeling it
    • arouses in us — the feeling we have when we see how the present
    • modern men to form conceptions about nature makes them feel
    • feeling and understanding between peoples! From the beginning of the
  • Title: Three Streams: Lecture V: Free Human Personality by Self Training, Justinian and the Schools
    Matching lines:
    • action of the Christ, he would in his own way get some feeling for
    • Christ; all the passionate feeling about the Arabian learning
    • the ghost of nature, we feel impelled to press on to the true reality
    • feeling. For with a knowledge of this force — which is
  • Title: Three Streams: Lecture VI: Augustus and the Roman Catholic Church, Rhetoric, Intellectual Soul and Consciousness Soul
    Matching lines:
    • must repeatedly feel our way back in imagination to the culture of
    • a feeling for the meaning of the old cults, those cults which
    • feeling, which the Emperor Augustus in
    • feel at one with. And if the Christian impulse had not come at
    • only people had a feeling for such distinctions — between
    • a real renewal of the old religious feeling of the Sentient Soul. The
    • only by those who feel
    • time can feel it — how like our age is, in terms of what lives
    • feeling. In face of various external phenomena that have come about,
    • and have finally led to this terrible world-catastrophe, we must feel
    • who were able to feel something of the whole significance of ritual
    • express if it is to be healthy — the endeavour to feel once
    • contemplation of nature in this light there will spring a feeling for
    • feel impelled in one way or another to wake up to what is here
  • Title: An Impulse for the Future
    Matching lines:
    • was a peculiar experience to feel the cool ripple of the stones on
    • feeling the way to lost words.
  • Title: An Impulse for the Future
    Matching lines:
    • was a peculiar experience to feel the cool ripple of the stones on
    • feeling the way to lost words.
  • Title: Lecture: The Elementary Kingdoms
    Matching lines:
    • feels pain when we hammer it and break it into pieces. When
    • a feeling of pleasure upon the Devachanic plane — it is
    • merely by the etheric body; for this reason they feel no
    • flower, the earth will have a feeling of well-being, as a cow
    • has a feeling of well-being when her calf sucks her milk. It
    • gives us pictures which we should unite with our feelings.
    • feelings for the profundity of the world around us. All the
  • Title: Lecture: The Elementary Kingdoms
    Matching lines:
    • feels pain when we hammer it and break it into pieces. When
    • a feeling of pleasure upon the Devachanic plane — it is
    • merely by the etheric body; for this reason they feel no
    • flower, the earth will have a feeling of well-being, as a cow
    • has a feeling of well-being when her calf sucks her milk. It
    • gives us pictures which we should unite with our feelings.
    • feelings for the profundity of the world around us. All the
  • Title: Lecture: 'Goethe's Faust' from the Point of View of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • facts shall have been named and described, a feeling, quite
    • pious feelings to the great God of nature Who speaks through
    • he feels himself in the world as in a great, beautiful,
    • could it perceive itself, feel itself at its goal and admire,
    • that filled his longing and feeling soul; and as aged man, in
    • towards which we gaze with uncertain feelings and which shuts
    • feels that they represent something. They do not express
    • something highly peculiar — we feel that the soul
    • or feeling; something within me becomes active, compelling me
    • of spirit. But simultaneously he feels his powerlessness to
    • feels himself encompassed by spiritual world, but lacks the
    • that he is not yet ripe to really feel this spiritual
    • And also power to feel her and enjoy;
    • personal, egotistical feelings; he is repelled like Faust. He
    • grasp vitally with one's whole heart, and one feels how
    • power of really feeling her relationship to this spiritual
    • shall become alienated from this world — feel any
    • and not from the anxiety itself; from that feeling awake and
    • come to know this trouble — not merely feel, but learn
  • Title: Lecture: 'Goethe's Faust' from the Point of View of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • facts shall have been named and described, a feeling, quite
    • pious feelings to the great God of nature Who speaks through
    • he feels himself in the world as in a great, beautiful,
    • could it perceive itself, feel itself at its goal and admire,
    • that filled his longing and feeling soul; and as aged man, in
    • towards which we gaze with uncertain feelings and which shuts
    • feels that they represent something. They do not express
    • something highly peculiar — we feel that the soul
    • or feeling; something within me becomes active, compelling me
    • of spirit. But simultaneously he feels his powerlessness to
    • feels himself encompassed by spiritual world, but lacks the
    • that he is not yet ripe to really feel this spiritual
    • And also power to feel her and enjoy;
    • personal, egotistical feelings; he is repelled like Faust. He
    • grasp vitally with one's whole heart, and one feels how
    • power of really feeling her relationship to this spiritual
    • shall become alienated from this world — feel any
    • and not from the anxiety itself; from that feeling awake and
    • come to know this trouble — not merely feel, but learn
  • Title: Challenge/Times: Lecture I: East and West from a Spiritual Point of View
    Matching lines:
    • different conceptions regarding what man feels and must
    • inevitably feel as a necessity of his human dignity and his
    • of the earth feel the meaning of human dignity, of an
    • oppressive feeling or the aftereffects in the form of a
    • instinctively as the feeling of human dignity, as the image
    • case of America, to describe what he feels to be the image of
  • Title: Challenge/Times: Lecture II: The Present from the Viewpoint of the Present
    Matching lines:
    • research in the spiritual worlds. Whoever has a feeling for
    • than through an increase in the interest that a person feels
    • tendencies and feelings of the modern proletariat. Like the
    • custodians of the religious feelings of humanity for a long
    • have been the custodians of the religious feelings of people
    • give ourselves a comfortable feeling by saying, “I love
    • has been done for us. We feel an interest in our fellow men
    • only when we are led to feel obligated to recompense in some
    • demand for their lives? The feeling of obligation to the
    • the situation is such that this matter causes people to feel
  • Title: Challenge/Times: Lecture III: The Mechanistic, Eugenic and Hygienic Aspects of the Future
    Matching lines:
    • feel any need to seek things in external reflection in the
    • feel impelled to look beyond the ordinary external reality,
    • feeling for reality should be awakened.
    • powerfully than by the development of feelings that are
    • America. This consists in the feeling that America is called
  • Title: Challenge/Times: Lecture IV: Social and Antisocial Instincts
    Matching lines:
    • his soul, according to thinking, or conceiving, feeling and
    • we shall speak later about feeling and willing. From the
    • point of view of feeling and willing some objection might be
    • your thinking to sleep, not your feeling and willing. Now, if
    • man is a feeling being, and there is something peculiar, in
    • turn, as regards his feelings. In respect to feeling man is
    • also not so simple as he would like to think. Feeling between
    • peculiarity. Feeling has the peculiar characteristic of being
    • subconscious in the feelings is governed by sympathy and
    • relationship in feeling with other individuals we must simply
    • it is of special importance to study the feeling life of man
    • falling asleep, the feeling life is antisocial because he
    • currents of feeling into society. What comes from people
    • we are feeling beings — but that here inclinations and
    • feeling of love, people are subject in preeminent degree to a
    • their feelings. However strange it may seem to the ordinary
    • feels toward another is for the most part nothing but
    • person at all. What he feels as a state of rapture in his own
    • differentiate again, he is fond of his thinking, his feeling,
  • Title: Challenge/Times: Lecture V: Specters of the Old Testament in the Nationalism of the Present
    Matching lines:
    • the feeling, the sentiment, of human beings who take one
  • Title: Challenge/Times: Lecture VI: The Innate Capacities of the Nations of the World
    Matching lines:
    • social feeling. In other words, I have wished to acquaint you
    • direction to social judgment and a social feeling. I wanted
  • Title: Lecture: Birth of the Light
    Matching lines:
    • the feeling that we may have on this Christmas night?
    • fundamental human feeling of love — the fundamental
    • feeling that says: compared with all other forces and powers
    • the feeling that wisdom is a great thing — that love is
    • yet greater. And this feeling of the power and force and
    • feelings during the rest of the year, so that we may
    • we need not be ashamed of them in the light of the feeling that
    • such can be our feeling, then we are feeling together with all
    • which human wickedness feels itself challenged to battle. Thus
    • which must be enmity against the Spirit-King feels itself
    • prevents men from feeling the full greatness and power of this
    • short-sightedness which does not feel the whole significance of
    • penetrated into the whole earthly evolution. Let us feel this
    • more and more have a feeling for such a figure as Faust. We
    • feel this figure, which a more modern poet — Goethe
    • — has, so to speak, reawakened. We feel how this figure
    • of a modern poet, we can feel deep and significant things of
    • the Christian world. In Cyprian we see a man who feels himself
    • showing how Cyprian feels towards the magic forces of
    • we can feel ourselves united with all that is human. This is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Birth of the Light
    Matching lines:
    • the feeling that we may have on this Christmas night?
    • fundamental human feeling of love — the fundamental
    • feeling that says: compared with all other forces and powers
    • the feeling that wisdom is a great thing — that love is
    • yet greater. And this feeling of the power and force and
    • feelings during the rest of the year, so that we may
    • we need not be ashamed of them in the light of the feeling that
    • such can be our feeling, then we are feeling together with all
    • which human wickedness feels itself challenged to battle. Thus
    • which must be enmity against the Spirit-King feels itself
    • prevents men from feeling the full greatness and power of this
    • short-sightedness which does not feel the whole significance of
    • penetrated into the whole earthly evolution. Let us feel this
    • more and more have a feeling for such a figure as Faust. We
    • feel this figure, which a more modern poet — Goethe
    • — has, so to speak, reawakened. We feel how this figure
    • of a modern poet, we can feel deep and significant things of
    • the Christian world. In Cyprian we see a man who feels himself
    • showing how Cyprian feels towards the magic forces of
    • we can feel ourselves united with all that is human. This is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Galileo, Giordano Bruno, and Goethe
    Matching lines:
    • survey of the lines of thought and feeling of the men of that
    • himself a child of his age. The feelings which possessed
    • existence man now learned to feel in Nature herself. In
  • Title: Lecture: Galileo, Giordano Bruno, and Goethe
    Matching lines:
    • survey of the lines of thought and feeling of the men of that
    • himself a child of his age. The feelings which possessed
    • existence man now learned to feel in Nature herself. In
  • Title: Dead Are With Us: Lecture
    Matching lines:
    • times feel that it is all rather remote. But the remoteness is
    • them here, namely, as realms devoid of feeling.
    • earth of our own finger, head or ear — we feel ourselves
    • feeling at one with them, being within them; to be outside them
    • more intensely does man feel bound to them after death; he feels
    • element in which the Dead live. For consider this: what we feel
    • unfamiliar. He feels that what he says comes out of his own
    • feeling with our thoughts and ideas. Suppose a person
    • merely be a thought or an idea, it must be imbued with feeling
    • him with real warmth of heart, not abstractly. This feeling can
    • to him — if you develop the feeling with purity of heart
    • this knowledge would engender a feeling of reverence and
    • and feel pain. When good friends pass away, I have often said
    • them they convey their pain to our souls; we feel their pain
    • when we bear it with them. The child feels in us, shares his
    • feeling with us, and it is good that it should be so; his pain
    • the other hand, the pain we feel at the death of elderly people
    • us and the feeling he has is therefore different from the
    • feeling present in a child. One who dies in later life does not
    • lose us. We here in life feel that we have lost him — the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: On the Occasion of Goethe's Birthday
    Matching lines:
    • theories have been relinquished in their turn; a feeling of
    • feel into” (an object) (Einfühlen). There
    • As if it were of any importance that we should feel something
    • within ourselves, and we shall feel something of that which
    • it lives itself out in our feelings and sensations, in our
    • and of the Harmony of Feelings. And we have grasped the true
    • only in your thoughts, but also in your feelings, your
  • Title: Lecture: On the Occasion of Goethe's Birthday
    Matching lines:
    • theories have been relinquished in their turn; a feeling of
    • feel into” (an object) (Einfühlen). There
    • As if it were of any importance that we should feel something
    • within ourselves, and we shall feel something of that which
    • it lives itself out in our feelings and sensations, in our
    • and of the Harmony of Feelings. And we have grasped the true
    • only in your thoughts, but also in your feelings, your
  • Title: Lecture: The Errors of Spiritual Investigation
    Matching lines:
    • soul, feeling herself capable of letting Imaginations arise
    • that the usual life of thought and feeling ceases. A
    • former feels spiritual beings as he is accustomed to imagine
    • definite symptoms. One feels changes in the soul, has the
    • uncomfortable feeling of weariness and disgust with himself.
    • feelings are so gradually intensified, and experienced in
    • spiritual investigation, such feelings must appear very
    • of feeling THAT outside of one, which formerly was
    • feel very soon experiences appear in imaginative cognition,
    • alongside, who now perceive and feel all that man is, who lie
    • in wait for him. One then feels his own being as divided up
    • the qualities and prejudices of his feeling. He will not
    • feeling, by which one can recognise the conscientious
  • Title: Lecture: The Errors of Spiritual Investigation
    Matching lines:
    • soul, feeling herself capable of letting Imaginations arise
    • that the usual life of thought and feeling ceases. A
    • former feels spiritual beings as he is accustomed to imagine
    • definite symptoms. One feels changes in the soul, has the
    • uncomfortable feeling of weariness and disgust with himself.
    • feelings are so gradually intensified, and experienced in
    • spiritual investigation, such feelings must appear very
    • of feeling THAT outside of one, which formerly was
    • feel very soon experiences appear in imaginative cognition,
    • alongside, who now perceive and feel all that man is, who lie
    • in wait for him. One then feels his own being as divided up
    • the qualities and prejudices of his feeling. He will not
    • feeling, by which one can recognise the conscientious
  • Title: Lecture: Factors of Karma, Deficiencies in Psychoanalysis
    Matching lines:
    • from the belief that what a soul feels and wills, wherewith it
    • daily thoughts and feelings it is long forgotten. But the
    • that he daily feels and thinks and wills, he has apparently
    • been reconciled to the change. But what a man consciously feels
  • Title: Lecture: Factors of Karma, Deficiencies in Psychoanalysis
    Matching lines:
    • from the belief that what a soul feels and wills, wherewith it
    • daily thoughts and feelings it is long forgotten. But the
    • that he daily feels and thinks and wills, he has apparently
    • been reconciled to the change. But what a man consciously feels
  • Title: Lecture: Matter Incidental to the Question of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • feel this latent cruelty in the whole manner of exposition. In
  • Title: Lecture: Matter Incidental to the Question of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • feel this latent cruelty in the whole manner of exposition. In
  • Title: Lecture: Hereditary Impulses and Impulses from Previous Earth Lives
    Matching lines:
    • feeling for the things which are emerging, but are unable
    • feel such things in different ways, however, according as they
    • Herzen only confirms it with a more tragic feeling:
    • says, out of deep tragical feeling: The time will come in
    • These things are very serious. I want to let you feel, as I
    • to ‘have on toast’ people who feel a certain need to satisfy
    • feel obliged (from the standpoint which must always be
  • Title: Lecture: Hereditary Impulses and Impulses from Previous Earth Lives
    Matching lines:
    • feeling for the things which are emerging, but are unable
    • feel such things in different ways, however, according as they
    • Herzen only confirms it with a more tragic feeling:
    • says, out of deep tragical feeling: The time will come in
    • These things are very serious. I want to let you feel, as I
    • to ‘have on toast’ people who feel a certain need to satisfy
    • feel obliged (from the standpoint which must always be
  • Title: Lecture: The Relation of Man to the Hierarchies
    Matching lines:
    • inclinations of the feeling life. In the nineteenth century
    • their sentiment and feeling, inasmuch as they declare their
  • Title: Lecture: The Relation of Man to the Hierarchies
    Matching lines:
    • inclinations of the feeling life. In the nineteenth century
    • their sentiment and feeling, inasmuch as they declare their
  • Title: Lecture: The Birth of Christ in the Human Soul
    Matching lines:
    • the Christian cosmic feeling within the course of the year,
    • judgments, through the content of feeling and will. But this
    • feeling undertakes to symbolize it in the festival of
    • the earliest Christian centuries to feel in the Crucified One
    • since the modern age began, Christian feeling — adapting
    • can certainly say that a sensitive feeling will find in the way
    • to reveal to one's feeling the after effects of
    • Christian cosmic feeling. This thought, as a Christmas thought,
    • men, nothing that so organizes men that they feel themselves
    • by the new Christian feeling. Most particularly will it be
    • can feel in connection with the Christ impulse, not
    • to feel these thoughts so intensely that they shall become to
    • guided by Anthroposophy, or to lack all feeling for mere
    • will feel in the thoughts of the new revelation of the Christ.
    • the third place, when you feel that something streams from
    • thoughts of spiritual science, you then come to feel the
    • desired to bring in brief outline before our minds. We can feel
    • that it gives strength and support to our lives. We can feel
    • no matter what may befall, so that we can feel ourselves in
    • feeling should be such that the power and the light of this
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Birth of Christ in the Human Soul
    Matching lines:
    • the Christian cosmic feeling within the course of the year,
    • judgments, through the content of feeling and will. But this
    • feeling undertakes to symbolize it in the festival of
    • the earliest Christian centuries to feel in the Crucified One
    • since the modern age began, Christian feeling — adapting
    • can certainly say that a sensitive feeling will find in the way
    • to reveal to one's feeling the after effects of
    • Christian cosmic feeling. This thought, as a Christmas thought,
    • men, nothing that so organizes men that they feel themselves
    • by the new Christian feeling. Most particularly will it be
    • can feel in connection with the Christ impulse, not
    • to feel these thoughts so intensely that they shall become to
    • guided by Anthroposophy, or to lack all feeling for mere
    • will feel in the thoughts of the new revelation of the Christ.
    • the third place, when you feel that something streams from
    • thoughts of spiritual science, you then come to feel the
    • desired to bring in brief outline before our minds. We can feel
    • that it gives strength and support to our lives. We can feel
    • no matter what may befall, so that we can feel ourselves in
    • feeling should be such that the power and the light of this
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Mysteries (Die Geheimnisse)
    Matching lines:
    • imbue his feeling, thinking and his will-impulses in gazing
    • penetrated and convinced by the feelings and ideas that I have
    • these ideas live, transformed into feeling. It is not easy to
    • thoughts and conceptions are transformed into feelings and
    • feeling are in accord with our earlier incarnations.
    • transformed this knowledge into feeling and experience and is
    • which has transformed into direct feeling and experience much
    • He feels anew the faith of all on earth,
    • But as he looks, he feels his very soul
    • They feel by a mysterious power stirred,
    • And if thou feelst the call, O friend, prevail!
  • Title: Lecture: The Mysteries (Die Geheimnisse)
    Matching lines:
    • imbue his feeling, thinking and his will-impulses in gazing
    • penetrated and convinced by the feelings and ideas that I have
    • these ideas live, transformed into feeling. It is not easy to
    • thoughts and conceptions are transformed into feelings and
    • feeling are in accord with our earlier incarnations.
    • transformed this knowledge into feeling and experience and is
    • which has transformed into direct feeling and experience much
    • He feels anew the faith of all on earth,
    • But as he looks, he feels his very soul
    • They feel by a mysterious power stirred,
    • And if thou feelst the call, O friend, prevail!
  • Title: Cosmic Christianity: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • Haroun al Raschid was happy to have this man at his side, feeling
    • to you. In one way or another, those who with deep sincerity feel the
    • place in the Anthroposophical Movement and to feel that your
  • Title: Cosmic Christianity: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • did not feel that they themselves were forming their thoughts but
    • the mood and feeling prevailing in the Michael-community on the Sun.
    • and feeling to the manifold spiritual beings working in the processes
    • their feeling that they were bringing the heavens down to the earth,
    • them very many who now feel the urge to come to the Anthroposophical
  • Title: Cosmic Christianity: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • sub-consciousness there is a feeling that in itself it is of no
    • especially where the earth begins to grow green, and feels so fresh
  • Title: Cosmic Christianity: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • because those persons who feel an honest and sincere urge towards
    • have placed us, this urge that we feel to enter a stream of thought
    • who now, out of their karma, feel the urge to enter the
    • souls who now in this later incarnation feel themselves drawn to
    • Michael Age, feel drawn to the Anthroposophical Movement.
    • are Anthroposophists to-day in the true sense will feel a strong urge
  • Title: Cosmic Christianity: Appendix
    Matching lines:
    • Goetheanum feels itself responsible only to the spiritual world and
    • every individual in the Society will feel united with this
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): Preface
    Matching lines:
    • we speak of the reality of thinking, feeling and willing in
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): Synopses
    Matching lines:
    • pure thought and moral feeling, i.e. in the Spiritual Soul and higher
    • Saturn, his etheric body and life of Feeling to Old Sun, astral body
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 1. Angels, Folk Spirits, Time Spirits: their part in the Evolution of Mankind.
    Matching lines:
    • which are really somewhat remote from the thinking, feeling and
    • of human evolution without allowing the particular shades of feeling
    • man's impression of himself! At one moment he would feel: “Here
    • in the evolution of man. We shall then feel that we can direct
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 2. Normal and abnormal Archangels and Time Spirits.
    Matching lines:
    • certain respects man should feel deep affection for his native
    • destined to appear; we feel certain that their activities were
    • understand a people when we feel intuitively the activity of these
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 3. The inner Life of the Folk Spirits. Formation of the Races.
    Matching lines:
    • to reflect. The person who only feels and does not think may well be
    • feels an object to be warm or cold when he takes hold of it. The
    • and psychically empty. He feels them as warm or cold respectively,
    • centres within him, he feels that this, experience does, in effect,
    • youth and age upon man. In youth man feels his limbs to be young and
    • and atrophy That is something which man feels to be an expression of
    • his organic life. Now the Archangel, it is true, feels everything to
    • feels to be independent of him and for which he is not directly
    • senses his impending death, feels the need to withdraw from the
    • For man, however, it is something very real, something that he feels
    • feel more drawn to the astral body. Hence they have the fullest
    • locality ordained for him, so that the feelings of the people should
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 4. The Evolution of Races and Civilization.
    Matching lines:
    • specific human attributes of thinking, feeling and willing. The
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 5. Manifestation of the Hierarchies in the Elements of Nature.
    Matching lines:
    • life consists of thinking, feeling and willing; his outer vehicles
    • outer envelope — thinking, feeling and willing.
    • inner life of feeling. Finally, we find that the Old Moon condition
    • body, etheric body and astral body; thinking, feeling and willing —
    • Feeling, the inner element of Wisdom. The mission of Old Moon is
    • endow us with the etheric body and the element of Feeling, the inner
    • with the endowment of the element of Feeling, and the Moon mission
    • between thinking, feeling and willing, first of all in his own inner
    • patchwork of thought, feeling and will. Everyone who possesses a
    • little self-knowledge can feel that the man of today has not yet
    • thought, feeling and will within himself by means of which he himself
    • correspondence between the elements of thinking, feeling and willing
    • feeling and willing and the working of Love outside our Earth planet
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 6. The Five Root Races of Mankind.
    Matching lines:
    • extent you will also feel that the field of knowledge must be
    • decline. One feels something of this truly occult activity if one
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 8. The Five Post-Atlantean Civilizations.
    Matching lines:
    • retained this feeling, this understanding of how the forces of the
    • human soul, feels itself to be intimately related to an abnormal
    • immediate feeling that Thor is related to the individual human ego is
    • as we feel within ourselves the power of Odin in the transformation
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 9. Loki - Hodur and Baldur - Twilight of the Gods.
    Matching lines:
    • that the whole of this post-Atlantean age was pervaded by the feeling
    • for what he thinks, feels and wills, whereas in relation to his own
    • even in the broad outline I have presented to you, you can feel the
    • received as a gift from Odin, whilst feeling that he himself has
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 10. The Mission of Individual Peoples and Cultures in the Past, Present and Future.
    Matching lines:
    • subjectively such a high degree of perfection that he did not feel
    • occult, poetic feeling steals over one if one compares the Wall of
    • all-embracing feeling. Just as we think of the Devachanic world as
    • two worlds as a third world is that which we feel to be the Blessed
    • being, not an emotional feeling, but something that is the creation
    • different, of course, in conception and feeling — which we have
    • European feels the spiritual world underlying all the forces of
    • gradations of feelings of the Slavonic peoples and that the concepts
    • that in the sixth epoch of civilization man will feel himself to be a
    • in His three bodies the capacities of feeling, thinking and willing.
    • It is a human feeling, thinking and willing into which the Divine
    • feeling, thinking and willing descends. The European man will only
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 11. Nerthus, Freyja and Gerda.
    Matching lines:
    • A man performs some act and at the same time feels himself impelled
    • recognize intuitively — which was a kind of spiritual feeling —
    • feeling or whether they are only a disguised form of materialism. It
    • recognizes the significance of Vidar and feels him in his soul, will
    • future hope. We feel ourselves to be inwardly related to the figure
    • members of the Nordic peoples who feel within them the elemental and
    • feel in their relations with the people of the Scandinavian North. It
    • North, South, East, West and Centre of Europe feel that this theme is
    • united under the banner of Anthroposophical thought and feeling and
    • feelings and our thinking and in the Anthroposophical goal we set
    • the words, “how much at home we feel here in the North!”
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • in feeling to the very first beginnings of European cultural
    • kinship with her mother. No religious feeling in our own day has the
    • knowledge. When feeling became more intense, became filled with
    • the soul, fired by feeling, strengthened by the best in our will,
    • feeling, which simply must enliven us if the truths of Spiritual
    • according as their sentiments and feelings incline them this way or
    • form their opinions out of feelings and personal motives, but
    • personal feeling as the standard of measurement. As persons we are
    • personal feelings about the ideal, and no longer ask what we
    • think and to feel during recent centuries, and what it is that they
    • may be allowed to say something which is as much a matter of feeling
    • for making armaments. But men no longer feel that this kind of mental
    • culture requires a sacrifice — they no longer feel that in
    • away. It is only because mankind retained the feeling that it should
    • indeed feel that his soul was enlightened by the spiritual inspirers
    • climax in the description of the Mystery of Eleusis, one again feels
    • is only partly a matter of feeling. From another aspect it is a
    • human feeling, the whole marvel of human nature is immediately
    • human nature. When Demeter is on the stage we feel it streaming
    • before you the feelings which prompted us to give pride of place, at
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • you feel that this civilisation calls for a continual sacrifice. Thus
    • the finest feelings and sentiments of which the human soul is
    • organisation.’ Thus Atlantean man feels that he too has his
    • place among the wonders of Nature. He feels this clairvoyant capacity
    • born in him as the birth of Persephone, he feels that he owes this
    • densification of the human body. And when the ancient Greek feels the
    • in the astral body. We cannot help feeling that the way in which this
    • can become for us living feeling if we permeate ourselves with the
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • the immediate future. To evoke a feeling that we must change our very
    • unity. We still feel the unity when we make a gesture which our mind
    • learn to feel again that the spiritual is active in everyday events
    • lightning. And out of this feeling, which, as I said before, had not
    • become intellectual knowledge, but was elemental feeling, there arose
    • as Zeus, if one does not approach this experience and this feeling by
    • the feeling that the forces which cause thought to light up in us are
    • idea, as feeling, we have our enduring life of soul, with its
    • emotions and passions, with its fluctuating life of feeling,
    • self-knowledge works in such a way that man feels himself completely
    • into a wood, where you feel, ‘Ah, how delicious it is here, I
    • inwardness, when you can feel yourself so united with your
    • this, when as a practising occultist he feels himself in this etheric
    • feeling of breathlessness. When the etheric and physical bodies are
    • there comes a feeling of oppression rather like breathlessness. Hence
    • himself, feels a mixture, a harmonious or inharmonious working
    • occult sign and acquire a certain feeling for the proportional
    • the weakest impression. If you can acquire a feeling of the relative
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • feeling associated with the name Zeus. Similarly, if we think of the
    • to feel that the forces of our ego must be very different from the
    • environment! How different our ego feels if we raise our eyes and
    • really feel this yearning for a star outside in the cosmos which they
    • lived in their sensations and feelings. When a Greek turned to the
    • stars. All these sensations and feelings which the Greeks derived
    • feelings, the impulses of soul which awoke in the informed Greek when
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • without, towards which he is focused, and he feels himself, together
    • death has taken place, he at once feels himself to be poured out into
    • the macrocosm, he feels himself to be one with the macrocosm, because
    • of the stuff of his own soul! Capesius does actually feel as if what
    • stuff of his own soul. It is very strange to feel oneself to be part
    • of other things, to feel expanded to a cosmos, to feel completely
    • to their feeling that an old clairvoyant consciousness had preceded
    • was entirely a matter of feeling. This old clairvoyant consciousness
    • had a peculiar feeling towards what the elder Dionysos could give
    • feel himself enclosed in the space bounded by his skin.’
    • as their property, to feel themselves shut up within their bodies as
    • in a house; possibly they would have been able to feel the
    • environment in their closest proximity as their own, as a snail feels
    • when our hearts are afire for things of the mind, when we feel as
    • much warmth for the spiritual world as a man feels in his lower
    • the lower instincts, that they can feel the super-sensible world to be
    • feeling is to be in accordance with the truth, it will have to think
    • Dionysos ... you will feel of him that — although the son of
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • the thought and feeling of ancient Greece was really like, we find
    • progress in Spiritual Science we must acquire a feeling that it is
    • possible to think and feel in an entirely different manner from the
    • What then did Adam and Eve feel when their relation to each other was
    • another example of the unerring wisdom of Greek feeling for the true
    • moved by unutterable depth of feeling — even put to himself the
    • We must come to feel
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • soul.’ When the ancient Greek was directing his feeling upon
    • if the man of today is to feel them.
    • attainment of knowledge as a matter of life itself, that one feels
    • If an undefined feeling challenges us to know ourselves, we have to
    • developed into feeling, and then the soul is faced with a hard task
    • Masters of Wisdom and of the Harmony of Feelings’ people would
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • feeling, a man is only allowing Spiritual or Occult Science to work
    • itself. Something like that is what Capesius is depicted as feeling
    • reading, but he feels the spiritual world break in upon him in a way
    • him out of their own body, their own substance. We come to feel:
    • springs from this. In the first scene of the second Play he feels it
    • his duty not to stick fast in doubt, not to persist in the feeling
    • that one can know nothing; he feels that it would be a violation of
    • to waste. Only he feels to begin with incapable of using the
    • not surrender to the feeling which overtakes you when you think how
    • which it feels as yet to be inadequate is bound to become ever
    • feel afraid, not knowing what to do; when it seems: ‘You must,
    • are like this. From this fear, this feeling of impotence, we at first
    • incurred towards them, we feel that we have a heavy burden of debt to
    • him, is absolutely shattering. Contrast this crushing feeling in the
    • shock us that we probably shrink back in terror, feeling completely
    • when we examine closely our own life of ideation we feel that the
    • youngest daughter, so to say, of a line of gods; we feel the
    • of feeling and activity, steeped in occult forces.
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • the heart to the brain, only ideas, concepts, feelings connected with
    • and more feel the truth of St. Paul's words ‘Not I, but
    • ask why the human being no longer sees or feels anything at all of
    • of modern clairvoyance, modern occult science? We may perhaps feel
    • into you and is reflected, is your thought, your conscious feeling,
    • superficial expression of your true being.’ When a man feels
    • all the ideas and feelings which our soul has acquired about them,
    • can begin to feel that we have pressed on too fast — as
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • concepts, by acquiring definite sentiments and feelings about what
    • was expressed by dwelling upon the feeling which men have in face of
    • that the human being starts out from a feeling of wonder about things
    • and Beings and that from this feeling of wonder all philosophy, all
    • its way out of this feeling of wonder to something which reduces it.
    • Beings of Greek mythology, his feeling of wonder transformed itself
    • fashion. Today when we deem it necessary to reduce the feeling of
    • something which the soul can feel if it is not preocccupied with the
    • abstractions will not succeed in feeling this great impoverishment as
    • regards true reality. But anyone who feels within him a thirst to
    • there comes over him the feeling: ‘How hopelessly cut off from
    • true reality one feels by all the ideas of today, and what phantom
    • philosophy it may sound incomprehensible; whereas the feeling I have
    • reason can provide. If the soul feels that with the normal
    • feels itself empty in face of the real world. It certainly feels able
    • involve a feeling of being spread out, with a set of weak ideas,
    • not sufficiently advanced to feel the truth about present-day
    • experience and any other feeling is but a variation of this
    • expand to the limits of the universe, it were not to feel its
    • passions. Just as we feel the matter of our consciousness scatter and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Mission of Raphael in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • there making us feel that they emerge suddenly out of dark depths of
    • pictures we feel that something would be lacking if the creative, formative
    • We feel the desire to
    • on in a work of Raphael we feel the scene as described by the historian
    • Himself. Feelings arise which, when we permeate them with the soul,
    • but in order to characterize as fully as may be the feelings that arise
    • feel how something wafts towards the Earthly when, for instance, we
    • Above all in Perugia we may feel that the eye is beholding the very
    • only proceed from the Earthly. Our perception may feel itself raised
    • natural feeling may arise before the world-famous picture in Dresden.
    • of man. And then we feel the uniqueness of the soul of Raphael, realizing
    • into the kind of feelings and perceptions which Raphael himself must
    • the feelings of a soul able to create like this? We cannot compare them
    • to the feelings of a Savonarola, who when he uttered his words of scorn
    • different Christian feeling must have flowed into the soul. And yet
    • already feels the existence of something that in an earlier life might have
    • again to feel in the Greek sense of the material is the manifestation
    • of the Spiritual. They began to feel all that Plato and Aristotle had
    • urge of the human soul may signify, cannot but feel security and hope that
    • is remarkable, and moreover, deeply characteristic of the feeling living
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Mission of Raphael in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • there making us feel that they emerge suddenly out of dark depths of
    • pictures we feel that something would be lacking if the creative, formative
    • We feel the desire to
    • on in a work of Raphael we feel the scene as described by the historian
    • Himself. Feelings arise which, when we permeate them with the soul,
    • but in order to characterize as fully as may be the feelings that arise
    • feel how something wafts towards the Earthly when, for instance, we
    • Above all in Perugia we may feel that the eye is beholding the very
    • only proceed from the Earthly. Our perception may feel itself raised
    • natural feeling may arise before the world-famous picture in Dresden.
    • of man. And then we feel the uniqueness of the soul of Raphael, realizing
    • into the kind of feelings and perceptions which Raphael himself must
    • the feelings of a soul able to create like this? We cannot compare them
    • to the feelings of a Savonarola, who when he uttered his words of scorn
    • different Christian feeling must have flowed into the soul. And yet
    • already feels the existence of something that in an earlier life might have
    • again to feel in the Greek sense of the material is the manifestation
    • of the Spiritual. They began to feel all that Plato and Aristotle had
    • urge of the human soul may signify, cannot but feel security and hope that
    • is remarkable, and moreover, deeply characteristic of the feeling living
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: About Horses That Can Count and Calculate
    Matching lines:
    • at work with his horse. I feel sure that later on this hypothesis will
    • of mathematics that we really feel impelled to develop it as it were
    • to the delight it feels in munching constantly at the sugar, it has
  • Title: Lecture: About Horses That Can Count and Calculate
    Matching lines:
    • at work with his horse. I feel sure that later on this hypothesis will
    • of mathematics that we really feel impelled to develop it as it were
    • to the delight it feels in munching constantly at the sugar, it has
  • Title: Lecture: The National Epics With Especial Attention to the Kalevala
    Matching lines:
    • quite accurately in all their details. We at once feel that there is
    • read any modern work of art, a modern novel, or such-like. We feel even
    • Iliad continues, we very soon feel that in Achilles we have before us
    • a personality who feels himself unable to discuss his inner life with
    • how strange it is, that when we focus all our human feelings in the
    • reasoning sense-perception, the ordinary feelings; something which was
    • stands before our eyes, so that in nowise have we any feeling that the
    • monstrosity is grotesque, or a paradox; everywhere we have the feeling
    • ending is perhaps, a later addition. I feel that this ending of Mariata
    • soul-forces, the forces of intellect feeling and will, which we have
    • — has the same forces, the forces of feeling, intellect and will,
    • the present-day feelings and thoughts does not actually reach back further
    • and feeling. Those soul-forces which we have to describe as clairvoyant
    • which thinks in me, feels in me. Man felt as if entirely subjected physically
  • Title: Lecture: The National Epics With Especial Attention to the Kalevala
    Matching lines:
    • quite accurately in all their details. We at once feel that there is
    • read any modern work of art, a modern novel, or such-like. We feel even
    • Iliad continues, we very soon feel that in Achilles we have before us
    • a personality who feels himself unable to discuss his inner life with
    • how strange it is, that when we focus all our human feelings in the
    • reasoning sense-perception, the ordinary feelings; something which was
    • stands before our eyes, so that in nowise have we any feeling that the
    • monstrosity is grotesque, or a paradox; everywhere we have the feeling
    • ending is perhaps, a later addition. I feel that this ending of Mariata
    • soul-forces, the forces of intellect feeling and will, which we have
    • — has the same forces, the forces of feeling, intellect and will,
    • the present-day feelings and thoughts does not actually reach back further
    • and feeling. Those soul-forces which we have to describe as clairvoyant
    • which thinks in me, feels in me. Man felt as if entirely subjected physically
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture I: The Michael Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • the year feels that his whole human life is wonderfully enriched.
    • we can enrich our experience so that we feel ourselves living in the
    • generally speaking, people feel they
    • and they will bring mind and feeling and will to meet the autumn in
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture II: The Christmas Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • nothing else than a reflection of what human beings feel in relation
    • art only when it expresses human feeling in such a way that through
    • the feeling that all our thoughts wished to take a rounded shape. In
    • old Germanic belief. For these people had an instinctive feeling that
    • the same way, everything we feel at Christmas-time flows together
    • blended with it, so out of all that we can feel at Christmas time,
    • form, so that here one has a feeling of inward enclosure. Here the
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture III: The Easter Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • important problem and feels happy to have the thoughts which point to
    • feeling — an inner contentment in the whole neighbourhood of
    • Earth would feel pain at every footfall on its surface.
    • think and feel depend entirely on the food he digests. This Ahrimanic
    • feeling only what material substance thinks and feels in
    • could be born at any season, this brought a feeling of freedom into
    • in a sense renewed for human beings every year. We can learn to feel
    • etheric. You will find that because these wings are actually feeling
    • that rays out from the Christ. But a living feeling for all this will
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture IV: The St. John Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • feeling for it, he becomes one with all that is growing and
    • with Nature, but, if he has the right feeling and perception for it,
    • such a way that one really feels oneself dissolved into the plastic
    • design, and feels every silver-gleaming line down there to be within
    • oneself, part of oneself. One feels that as a human form one has
    • grown out of the blue depths of the earth's crust, and one feels
    • lines. All this one feels as part of one's own being. And if one
    • the feeling of standing upon cosmic Will.
    • one the feeling that cosmic Intelligence is alive everywhere —
    • Will. And while down below we feel — in that blue
    • feel — everything is such that in perceiving it we are
    • illumined, permeated, with a feeling of intelligence.
    • feeling comes: You clouds of summer, radiant with Intelligence, in
    • immediate feeling that the gleaming silver, streaming up from
    • human measure. Then you will come to feel that all this is a kind of
    • feel a deep longing to
    • concentrated in the flowing form above we feel and experience the
    • plays through our souls when we feel our way into great Uriel, active
    • heavenly motif through which a man can feel himself united, on one
    • below, he feels himself united with the tendency to fixed form; with
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture V: The Working Together of the Four Archangels
    Matching lines:
    • feelings. For what Goethe has evidently drawn from his reading
    • of old traditions and his feeling for them — all this stands in
    • feeling a spirit such as Goethe's takes hold of something handed down
    • within his skin, with his organs embedded in his body, feels
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • Christ with feelings of immeasurably greater fervour than is to
    • West. In earlier times these feelings of devotion were
    • the impression that enthusiasm and warmth of feeling for the
    • Christ. On the other scale let us lay all the deep feelings,
    • the scale upon which have been laid all the deep feelings and
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • awakened, feeling at the moment of waking that they had been
    • Frankly, it is with a feeling altogether unparalleled
    • modern science. Nevertheless I feel compelled to put into
    • earth. And one feels, as it were in aftermath, that deeply
    • an ordinary night. During an eclipse of the sun one feels the
    • reading the script ... one feels when this event is there
    • one feels the higher, truly spiritual regions of the world
    • eclipse. In that eclipse of the sun one feels the darkening of
    • additional and necessary words. In an occult sense I feel
    • as it has now become — we must feel ourselves as those in
    • I was young, I feel all the freer from bias in regard to it; I
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • — as very life, as vivid experience, as feeling, as power
    • within them as power of soul and of feeling — all this
    • then associate with it the feeling of what came to pass through
    • feeling of what Christ's sacrifice really signified. It was the
    • also contained in this book. All healthy feeling must —
    • feel how the Divine power steadily waned in this process of
    • feel anguish like a man. This is also described in the other
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • twenty-second, twenty-fourth years. It was always with feelings
    • none had been capable of such infinite depth of feeling when
    • also very soon feels that human thoughts cannot fathom their
    • very life. One feels bound up as it were with the part of the
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • feelings, tenderness, an angelic quality of being. Then, in his
    • these feelings led to a memorable conversation between Jesus of
    • feelings in her heart the mother listened to what Jesus was
    • us try to feel it deeply and also to realise that an absolutely
    • — followed Him because of the feeling and conviction I
    • also in our feeling, what the communication of this Fifth
    • nevertheless we will remain together and feel together what we
  • Title: Lecture: The (Four) Great Virtues
    Matching lines:
    • way there comes the moment after death when the soul feels: that
    • And this soul then feels how this will is really received through the
    • wonderfully clear feeling about the need for our spiritual movement.
    • feel more and more, when they have lost people dear to them. For them
    • thought, in feeling and perception to live in accordance with wisdom,
    • connected with a healthy life of feeling, which develops bravery at
    • feeling has had a wonderful inkling of such things. It is because of
    • this that it is so much concerned with the feeling of the heart-beat,
    • condition, in a condition in which the life of her feeling was not
    • of the stream, where they are active, feeling ourselves united with
    • with whom we feel ourselves connected, those with whom we become united.
    • those who feel themselves as members of this movement, and reckon
  • Title: Lecture: The (Four) Great Virtues
    Matching lines:
    • way there comes the moment after death when the soul feels: that
    • And this soul then feels how this will is really received through the
    • wonderfully clear feeling about the need for our spiritual movement.
    • feel more and more, when they have lost people dear to them. For them
    • thought, in feeling and perception to live in accordance with wisdom,
    • connected with a healthy life of feeling, which develops bravery at
    • feeling has had a wonderful inkling of such things. It is because of
    • this that it is so much concerned with the feeling of the heart-beat,
    • condition, in a condition in which the life of her feeling was not
    • of the stream, where they are active, feeling ourselves united with
    • with whom we feel ourselves connected, those with whom we become united.
    • those who feel themselves as members of this movement, and reckon
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 1: Natural Science
    Matching lines:
    • pointing to what is noblest in our human nature, we feel
    • true; but they flow down into the feelings. Anyone who is able
    • Whether the doubt is driven down into our feelings or not
    • feel themselves linked, as the men of earlier epochs did, to
    • thinking to a vital thinking which we clearly feel is capable
    • the feeling of self.
    • faculty. Science today seeks exactness and feels particularly
    • with what we see outside. In this way we feel satisfied.
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 2: Psychology
    Matching lines:
    • feel it informing our senses, feel too that our psychic
    • physiological. We feel the spiritual element descending further
    • mental life and by the darkness into which we feel our spirit
    • characteristics of thinking and feeling (volition is
    • will as of thinking and feeling) — anyone who looks at
    • thinking and feeling with the tools of psychology finds them
    • feeling. But the disputes of philosophers and the changing
    • from the soul those powers of thinking, feeling and volition
    • life does he feel his thinking, in contrast to abstract
    • do we have the right attitude to this experience and feel
    • ourselves as spiritual beings outside the body, and yet feel
    • here on this earth as thinking, feeling, willing beings, but in
    • such a way that thinking, feeling and willing now densify and
    • where we feel our spiritual element flowing into our body. In
    • willing and in what lies between, feeling. In an imaginally
    • true psychology culminates in this religious feeling and
    • to be a painter to feel the beauty of a picture, so too one
    • feel the beauty of a picture without being a painter oneself,
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 3: East and West in History
    Matching lines:
    • thoughts, together with his feelings and impulses of will; and
    • thinking, too, you feel equipped to comprehend, in what I will
    • things. With vital thinking you feel yourself equipped to
    • feel entirely at home in it, indeed that the artistic tradition
    • together. And the feeling when we do look at them
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 4: Spiritual Geography
    Matching lines:
    • down to the present), we feel a spiritual need to go beyond
    • outside world. Europeans may feel that such things cannot be
    • “It is,” because he feels its existence as if it
    • temper to the life of the soul in the East: the soul feels a
    • that expresses many unconscious feelings, unconscious
    • we do not just take it at its face value, but can feel what
    • When man feels closely linked to the spiritual world, he feels
    • civilization. It was necessary that man should first feel
    • prevails here; Burckhardt describes how men feel, what their
    • and feels.
    • feels; in the East, as he preaches and sacrifices. In this
    • Centre, where man is presented as he thinks and feels, the two
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 5: Cosmic Memory
    Matching lines:
    • subconscious depths, is permeated by feeling and will and
    • consciousness, we feel, in a super-sensible act of cognition of
    • the ego is repulsed. We feel surrounded on all sides by
    • with this feeling of something like confinement, there is
    • us when we visualize our thinking, feeling and volition, and we
    • our memory is well ordered, we shall not, in feeling some
    • with our thinking, feeling and volition, are moral
    • soul. And in their unconscious minds, serious people today feel
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 6: Individual and Society
    Matching lines:
    • really mean something different; they mean man's feeling that
    • life, but are instincts, unconscious feelings. And if we were
    • of feeling. To perceive something as clearly as is possible
    • feel, if only instinctively, as if our life still had to
    • sense; but we came to feel at home in what we thus
    • take up a position in social life in line with our feelings,
    • certain dryness of feeling and yet call forth, for all its
    • gifted; we can say this without hurting anyone's feelings. But
    • Sometimes, today, people feel that the immediate distress of
    • feeling and experience, simply by continuing the old
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 7: The Individual Spirit and the Social Structure
    Matching lines:
    • impulse: men therefore feel that what they do on earth is
    • feelings.
    • man with his whole thinking and feeling is bound up in the
    • religious feelings appropriate to this relationship were more
    • linked at the same time, however, to a particular feeling that
    • permeates religious feeling with a legal element —
    • he later absorbed from juridical thinking and feeling. Even so,
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 8: The Problem (Asia-Europe)
    Matching lines:
    • conflicts, then we feel ready to set a date for mass suicide,
    • civilization was dominated by a feeling of universal
    • human guilt. This feeling introduces something pathological
    • feeling that takes him out of himself; that he is
    • conclusion: We have certainly managed to develop the feeling of
    • everywhere we feel a need to find a way out of the self into
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 9: Prospects of its Solution (Europe-America)
    Matching lines:
    • particularly in circles where they feel the social
    • feel you are saying something to them that reaches into their
    • today a feeling that enlightenment — not in any party
    • that makes men feel: This touches my humanity.
    • atavistically, many of the feelings that developed under
    • the feelings that spring from this current in human
    • too, he feels in his own being, which has not advanced to a
    • indefinite in man's feelings and expressions of will. People
    • the spiritual sphere — instinctively feels: Don't talk to
    • you have a feeling for society, you will rejoice over
    • drily, in abstract concepts, they may feel: There's nothing
    • their eyes light up, because they feel that here is something
    • instincts and the like become spiritualized, and you feel
    • feel and will together, so as to establish, in the present,
    • is still the feeling: Your machines do not impress us! With
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 10: From Monolithic to Threefold Unity
    Matching lines:
    • feeling and a social will, I gave as an example the way the
    • democratic feeling that something is really valuable in the
    • alongside the prejudices, feelings and impulses of class
    • derive from certain dogmatic teachings and feelings about life.
    • powerlessness to reach a concept or feeling of law from within
    • into men's habits of thought and feeling a kind of abstraction.
    • You must have a feeling for these personalities. You will need
    • contemporary abstraction; for that is how men do feel. Men
  • Title: Lecture: Pythic, Prophetic and Spiritual-Scientific Clairvoyance
    Matching lines:
    • as regards our powers of desire, for instance and the feeling-impulses
    • the feelings attached to it, for example, you would see inwardly the
    • feel the greatest reverence.
    • ones nerves and blood — to feel satisfaction in oneself —
    • it has extinguished what was formerly a general feeling — the
    • feelings which are held to be an accompaniment of the phenomenon of
    • such imaginative clairvoyance. These feelings are no conquest of egoism,
    • within such societies. Nevertheless a certain bitter feeling is evoked
  • Title: Lecture: Pythic, Prophetic and Spiritual-Scientific Clairvoyance
    Matching lines:
    • as regards our powers of desire, for instance and the feeling-impulses
    • the feelings attached to it, for example, you would see inwardly the
    • feel the greatest reverence.
    • ones nerves and blood — to feel satisfaction in oneself —
    • it has extinguished what was formerly a general feeling — the
    • feelings which are held to be an accompaniment of the phenomenon of
    • such imaginative clairvoyance. These feelings are no conquest of egoism,
    • within such societies. Nevertheless a certain bitter feeling is evoked
  • Title: Lecture: Pythic, Prophetic and Spiritual-Scientific Clairvoyance
    Matching lines:
    • regards our powers of desire and the feeling impulses connected
    • activity of the blood and the feelings attached to it, for example,
    • which we should always feel the greatest reverence.
    • learning to live inwardly in ones nerves and blood — to feel
    • extinguished what was formerly a general feeling — the passing of
    • or perhaps they do not attain to it, but merely to the feelings
    • Imaginative clairvoyance. These feelings are not a conquest of
    • within such societies. Nevertheless a certain bitter feeling is
  • Title: Lecture: Pythic, Prophetic and Spiritual-Scientific Clairvoyance
    Matching lines:
    • regards our powers of desire and the feeling impulses connected
    • activity of the blood and the feelings attached to it, for example,
    • which we should always feel the greatest reverence.
    • learning to live inwardly in ones nerves and blood — to feel
    • extinguished what was formerly a general feeling — the passing of
    • or perhaps they do not attain to it, but merely to the feelings
    • Imaginative clairvoyance. These feelings are not a conquest of
    • within such societies. Nevertheless a certain bitter feeling is
  • Title: St. Augustine, St. Simon and Auguste Comte
    Matching lines:
    • experiences those ideas and feelings in his inner being. He
    • experiences in one's inner being, as one's ideas and feelings,
    • was a time in which all that they had as ideas, as feelings
    • feel to-day in our present life on Earth, has not as yet any
    • scientifically-thinking men. What we think and feel in our
    • everything which human beings can Think and Feel and Will is
    • been impossible in an earlier age. Auguste Comte feels it
  • Title: St. Augustine, St. Simon and Auguste Comte
    Matching lines:
    • experiences those ideas and feelings in his inner being. He
    • experiences in one's inner being, as one's ideas and feelings,
    • was a time in which all that they had as ideas, as feelings
    • feel to-day in our present life on Earth, has not as yet any
    • scientifically-thinking men. What we think and feel in our
    • everything which human beings can Think and Feel and Will is
    • been impossible in an earlier age. Auguste Comte feels it
  • Title: The Social Question and Theosophy
    Matching lines:
    • if in our emotions and perceptions we are able to feel a
    • feels committed to physical existence. Through this he
    • perceptions and feelings that we put out
    • feeling for the surrounding world, then the actual social is
  • Title: The Social Question and Theosophy
    Matching lines:
    • if in our emotions and perceptions we are able to feel a
    • feels committed to physical existence. Through this he
    • perceptions and feelings that we put out
    • feeling for the surrounding world, then the actual social is
  • Title: Architectural Forms
    Matching lines:
    • life. Three years ago we held this celebration, feeling that we
    • all that the human heart can feel as the progress of mankind.
    • cannot think of Greek architecture without feeling that its
    • with his way of seeing the world in its substance, we feel how
    • feelings. We see introduced into the pillars, into the element
    • perpetuate its whims and fancies, its everyday feelings and
    • completely foreign to their feeling and perception. Thus we
    • can feel: these were built by people who are really far removed
    • feelings, common in the times when the Host was elevated for
    • or of the tremor of emotion in the human soul. One often feels
    • soul towards the feelings for a Madonna. People to-day cannot
    • feel this impulse in their soul to the extent that they can
    • beginning in our building shall we develop the right feeling,
    • He feels so much. “In and with man” (he goes on)
    • feels himself incapable of thinking out guiding principles,
    • spiritual scientific ideals. Let us feel this particularly in
    • feel how one thing is connected with another: we shall see that
    • we can feel this if we will. Much, indeed, has not yet been
  • Title: Architectural Forms
    Matching lines:
    • life. Three years ago we held this celebration, feeling that we
    • all that the human heart can feel as the progress of mankind.
    • cannot think of Greek architecture without feeling that its
    • with his way of seeing the world in its substance, we feel how
    • feelings. We see introduced into the pillars, into the element
    • perpetuate its whims and fancies, its everyday feelings and
    • completely foreign to their feeling and perception. Thus we
    • can feel: these were built by people who are really far removed
    • feelings, common in the times when the Host was elevated for
    • or of the tremor of emotion in the human soul. One often feels
    • soul towards the feelings for a Madonna. People to-day cannot
    • feel this impulse in their soul to the extent that they can
    • beginning in our building shall we develop the right feeling,
    • He feels so much. “In and with man” (he goes on)
    • feels himself incapable of thinking out guiding principles,
    • spiritual scientific ideals. Let us feel this particularly in
    • feel how one thing is connected with another: we shall see that
    • we can feel this if we will. Much, indeed, has not yet been
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • the spirituality of feeling. To your feeling therefore, philosophy
    • rightly turns. The spirituality of your feeling is the normal
    • and if in plunging deep into Goethe we get the feeling that he
    • consider how far Goethe coincides with the deepest feelings of
    • shall choose a feeling many of you know, which can be described by
    • overboard old traditions, and create feelings, thoughts and ideas
    • its creator, but also in those who would enjoy it; they feel the
    • indicate the feeling which many have towards this picture.
    • to get Goethe's world-conception, will get the feeling that Goethe
    • feel pillars and also shapes like human beings, but till then she
    • also feels a longing: she feels herself cut off from all living
    • Youth is filled with the feeling of the soul, which expresses
    • go deeper into him will feel this. You will feel that there is
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • idea-conception and as if he who, as it were, feels himself called
    • capacities of the soul are our feeling and our will. Thus, even with
    • ideating, but also a feeling and willing being. Now those who
    • never human feeling, never what we know as will-impulses, for
    • It is correct enough that when a man introduces his feeling,
    • influences of the world of feeling and will.’ Perhaps some of
    • of thought, and because you have not the habit of thought and feeling
    • when the objection is raised that feeling and will are qualities
    • the microscope shows, but also what feeling and will dictate
    • given the average feeling and will in man to-day, they cannot be
    • this, the other that, according to the subjective needs of feeling
    • representation, feeling, will — the capacity to construct
    • most in what they say. Feeling and will have not had the chance
    • It is not only with regard to feeling and the will that people are
    • eliminate all the personal factor from feeling, so that the appeal of
    • things to the feelings has no longer any say, to the Personal, or to
    • our feelings, and which therefore lead to inner knowledge, and
    • personal element as well as thought, so that feeling can transmit the
    • feelings is called in all esoteric doctrine
    • feeling, and indeed only to purified feeling or to feeling which has
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    •  Thou feelest
    • which he had poured the feelings, the degrees of knowledge and also
    • knowledge, striving to feel himself into life, experiencing every
    • Frankfort he had the feeling, ‘Away from the mere striving
    • other, for feeling in the deepest way the sorrow attached to an
    • feeling of guilt! He felt guilty in respect of the simple country
    • these feelings there grew within him a poetic figure, which had its
    • own sorrow and his own feelings with this figure of Faust?
    • and then added to these words a description of feeling, a kind of
    • place the fact before our souls so that any feeling for such things
    • deeply into Goethe's life. We see the echo of his feeling in
    • these words, but a shade of that feeling already lived in his soul,
    • depth of feeling on perceiving other signs closely connected
    • with man's life. This feeling is expressed by Faust: — The
    • feel himself and cannot feel himself as developed to what thus
    • grasp.’ If only people could once feel this sentence! That it
    •  With strength to feel it and to enjoy it. Not
    •  Their applause e'en makes my heart feel heavy,
    •  Feels an interest in him,
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • at the sun, and feeling the world full of spirit, spoke the great
    • Faust now feels also that he has awakened in that world, into
    • beginning of the journey. He feels that he is at the gate of
    • facts — as well as with the perceptions and feeling which
    • — all that exists of this world of feeling when the seed for
    • he feels his soul to be the mother of what was born from the
    • already a feeling and an experience of the spiritual world, they
    • give him false feelings and sensations concerning what he
    • darker all round. Now his soul feels the last remnant of egoism
    • that is its original home; when it feels itself possessed, not of
  • Title: World History: Lecture I: Evolution of the Soul and of Memory
    Matching lines:
    • Science, but according to a general feeling, — which is,
    • to this general feeling man localises such a memory-concept
    • have undergone, in external life.’ He had no such inner feeling
    • it, as it were, into our vision of things, we feel this air
    • would feel some portion of the surface of the Earth as his own;
    • it was of special importance for the man of olden time to feel
    • And as he had to feel the
    • my head I feel the whole Earth. But this Earth opens to my
    • attain what corresponds to our life of feeling.
    • have the abstract life of feeling still. But who of us knows
    • feeling-experience of the world, that the man of olden times
    • heart. Just as we relate our feeling to the world in which we
    • live, just as we feel whether we love a man or meet him with
    • incline towards this or that, just as we relate our feelings to
    • thinking, feeling and willing were present among the ancient
    • heart experience. Then they had a further experience, a feeling
    • Grasping hold of something, feeling and touching with the
    • which people are again beginning to feel the need to-day. For a
    • children still feel the need of these repetitions. We have here
    • unhappy in their soul-life, they would have felt as we feel
  • Title: World History: Lecture II: Mysteries of 'Asia'
    Matching lines:
    • feeling, such as we have to-day was unknown. A thinking that
    • does not feel itself to be connected with the inner processes
    • of the human head, was unknown. So too was the abstract feeling
    • a “happening” in the head, a feeling that was
    • thought and feeling. Thus these Eastern peoples had first their
    • There were however moments when the sleeper would feel: An
    • not feel this while immersed in the Beings of the Third
    • And the experience remained in man's feeling when he awoke. He
    • feel how God works in his hand, in his very fingers, works in
    • someone had been able to write in the feeling and attitude of
    • over-strong life forces, and continually had the feeling: I
    • feel my blood beating perpetually against the walls of my body.
    • how did man feel towards such knowledge? He did not by any
    • feeling: consider the man with his ordinary consciousness. He
    • opposite condition. Over there are men who do not feel death in
  • Title: World History: Lecture III: Asiatic Mysteries of Ephesus, Gilgamesh and Eabani
    Matching lines:
    • of thought and feeling that has come about in the course of
    • with them that he could observe and feel. And in this spirit
    • he feels the entry of natural substances into his physical
    • vehicle, in which he feels himself borne forward in the
    • still retained also that inward feeling that one must learn to
    • feeling was not then so single and united as it is to-day.
    • constituted, he could certainly not think and feel what
    • we think and feel to-day. His whole thinking and feeling was
    • times. One could not think or feel — using the words in
    • in the world of the stars. He did not feel himself as earthly
    • intense capacity for feeling and experiencing all that belongs
  • Title: World History: Lecture IV: Atlantean Wisdom in the Mysteries of Hibernia, Gilgamish and Eabani at Ephesus, Logos Mysteries of Artemis at Ephesus
    Matching lines:
    • man feel himself for reasons which we will discuss in the
    • and, be it noted, in all subsequent epochs man will again feel
    • it. And in the life of these pupils we find always the feeling:
    • overwhelming feelings that trouble the clear light of
    • human feeling. For unless one has learned what it means to live
    • he had the feeling: Forces are streaming forth from the
    • the pupil was exhorted to press. He had the feeling that the
    • received into him a feeling of inward numbness, of hard and
    • against his skin. Whereas before the one statue he had to feel
    • that he was becoming a frozen skeleton, he had now to feel
    • to himself: You have now a feeling and experience of what you
    • Ether. With the whole of his inner feeling and experience he
    • his own inner deed, man leads over into life, — to feel
    • speech is accompanied by feelings. If the watery element in the
    • would not be able to permeate what he says with feeling. And
    • element. And as with us feelings arise in our body through the
    • that was permeated with the feeling and experience man could
    • Ephesus one could still have a feeling of the whole Reality in
    • were an after-feeling in Ephesus, in the place, that is, where
    • quite a different goal. We feel as though what I have just
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: World History: Lecture V: Mysteries of the East, West, and of Ephesus
    Matching lines:
    • that quarter — as we to-day feel how the wind blows from
    • feel that we ourselves have breathed out the carbonic acid, we
    • soul feelings and experiences that once lived in it. Those who
    • With the higher animals the human being did not feel a
    • who had this great experience acquired a feeling that may be
    • the feeling: We have ourselves brought the plants on to the
    • feeling. He knew that he could not bring them with him to
    • Gilgamesh time and later — feel himself placed between
    • The deep fellow-feeling, too, with animals that we find in Asia
    • that man had, feeling his relationship on the one hand with the
    • relation to the animal he had a feeling of emancipation. In
    • not tend to make man feel himself on the Earth, but that
    • through them man feels himself a part of the Cosmos, a part of
    • to feel himself united with the Earth. In the East the
    • ancient Oriental culture. The Greek had the feeling: There are
    • That was the fundamental feeling that took rise in the Greek
    • become Man. To feel oneself one with the Macrocosm: this was an
    • may see placed before us in an artistic picture the feeling
    • men. For everywhere he let the people feel it was something
    • accomplishing things by means of our will, we with our feelings
  • Title: World History: Lecture VI: Mysteries of the Ancient Near East Enter Europe
    Matching lines:
    • feeling, before we can comprehend the Land of the Spirits. And
    • our inner life of thought and feeling in just the same way when
    • direction. Nevertheless in Greece we always feel a last breath,
    • begins the period to which man to-day may still feel himself
    • and feeling, different even from what we have observed in
    • personality such as Julian the Apostate who feels something
    • When a modern man reads Plato with true spiritual feeling and
    • in an attitude of meditation, after a time he begins to feel as
    • the feeling that you are coming out of your body. When you read
  • Title: World History: Lecture VIII: The Burning of the Ephesian Temple and the Goetheanum
    Matching lines:
    • understanding and feeling for them, they spoke of them somewhat
    • learned increasingly to feel how closely related warmth of soul
    • looked upon this Goetheanum with feeling and understanding
    • Goetheanum, — if in this solemn hour we not only feel a
    • time feel how to-day, as we dedicate ourselves with solemn vow
  • Title: World History: Lecture IX: World History in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • bitter feelings regarding the future destiny of humanity on
    • they would feel on awakening: I am incapable of thinking,
    • imagined, one feels: Oh! if only it were possible to protect
    • instinctive human race would people the Earth. Evil feelings
    • Quite certainly it will never occur to us to feel anything
    • Into the feeling of thine own Soul-being.
    • Thou wilt truly feel.
  • Title: What was the Purpose of the Goetheanum
    Matching lines:
    • because the anthroposophical world-view feels the deepest
    • of dissatisfactions with life. People feel a certain
    • inner unrest and perplexity. With the concepts and feelings
    • no judgment whatever about the reality, except the feeling of
    • being in the sense-world, the feeling of union with this
    • feels as his own being, in his thinking and feeling, his
    • numberless others that spring up. For one will soon feel how
    • we can, of course, have a feeling about it, but exact
    • dreaming we feel that our whole soul-life is laid hold of by
    • vague powers. At the moment of waking, we feel that we now have
    • control of our physical body. We feel that the extravagant
    • the reason we feel that these dream-concepts are
    • life we feel that we are filled with the breath, with the
    • space-body; but he feels himself within all that he has
    • experienced, and he feels at the same time that it is all a
    • feels that he is enclosed within his skin. He feels other things
    • as outer things. He feels a strong contrast between subject and
    • simultaneously of his whole previous life, and he feels this
    • is only because one feels himself to be a spirit-soul being in
    • feeling and willing, otherwise in the soul, is silenced —
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Purpose of the Goetheanum and Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • because the anthroposophical world-view feels the deepest
    • of dissatisfactions with life. People feel a certain
    • inner unrest and perplexity. With the concepts and feelings
    • no judgment whatever about the reality, except the feeling of
    • being in the sense-world, the feeling of union with this
    • feels as his own being, in his thinking and feeling, his
    • numberless others that spring up. For one will soon feel how
    • we can, of course, have a feeling about it, but exact
    • dreaming we feel that our whole soul-life is laid hold of by
    • vague powers. At the moment of waking, we feel that we now have
    • control of our physical body. We feel that the extravagant
    • the reason we feel that these dream-concepts are
    • life we feel that we are filled with the breath, with the
    • space-body; but he feels himself within all that he has
    • experienced, and he feels at the same time that it is all a
    • feels that he is enclosed within his skin. He feels other things
    • as outer things. He feels a strong contrast between subject and
    • simultaneously of his whole previous life, and he feels this
    • is only because one feels himself to be a spirit-soul being in
    • feeling and willing, otherwise in the soul, is silenced —
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goethe, Comte and Bentham
    Matching lines:
    • man's soul, or perhaps of half-dreamy feelings and willings. This
    • have external nature around him, but would immediately feel in
    • would never feel ourselves to be individuals. Therefore, just
    • psychic nature, we can feel ourselves to be free persons.
    • into us, we can feel ourselves as members of the whole of humanity.
    • we really feel ourselves as men.
    • Intuition, therefore we feel ourselves as earthly human beings
    • evolution to the very end of Earth-life. In that way we can feel
    • only feel it dimly, because we can only dimly sense the influence
    • through the free life of thought we feel ourselves as individual
    • beings. Let us once more make quite clear how it is that we feel
    • ourselves as individuals. We feel ourselves as personalities
    • You would at once cease to feel yourselves as personal beings if
    • thought, gives us the certainty of feeling ourselves as personalities.
    • This feeling of inner freedom is what comes clearest of all to man's
    • In the feeling oneself as a human being as a
    • apathetic, we feel ourselves far less strongly and intensely as
    • feeling, of belonging to the entire earthly humanity, for it
    • can alone give man the possibility of feeling himself an historical
    • Being, of feeling conscious: “I am now living as a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goethe, Comte and Bentham
    Matching lines:
    • man's soul, or perhaps of half-dreamy feelings and willings. This
    • have external nature around him, but would immediately feel in
    • would never feel ourselves to be individuals. Therefore, just
    • psychic nature, we can feel ourselves to be free persons.
    • into us, we can feel ourselves as members of the whole of humanity.
    • we really feel ourselves as men.
    • Intuition, therefore we feel ourselves as earthly human beings
    • evolution to the very end of Earth-life. In that way we can feel
    • only feel it dimly, because we can only dimly sense the influence
    • through the free life of thought we feel ourselves as individual
    • beings. Let us once more make quite clear how it is that we feel
    • ourselves as individuals. We feel ourselves as personalities
    • You would at once cease to feel yourselves as personal beings if
    • thought, gives us the certainty of feeling ourselves as personalities.
    • This feeling of inner freedom is what comes clearest of all to man's
    • In the feeling oneself as a human being as a
    • apathetic, we feel ourselves far less strongly and intensely as
    • feeling, of belonging to the entire earthly humanity, for it
    • can alone give man the possibility of feeling himself an historical
    • Being, of feeling conscious: “I am now living as a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Whitsuntide in the Course of the Year
    Matching lines:
    • grasped, and every conscious feeling that asserts itself, are
    • must accustom ourselves to have not merely a positive feeling
    • a process of growth, but we must rise to a feeling for the
    • that we come to feel man's renewed connection with the cosmos
    • express in a few words the feeling of this working and
    • world of coming to birth, of arising, And when we feel
    • life is the expression of the thinking, feeling and
    • together with nature that they are able to feel the decaying
    • that he actually feels himself as microcosm in the macrocosm,
    • into a living mutual experience and mutual feeling with the
    • take hold of one and carry the soul in feeling if not with
    • in knowledge, in art, in religious feeling, and in ethical
    • and feeling have to be thoroughly transformed in face of the
    • no longer the feeling Goethe expressed when he said:
    • of feeling and perceiving the inner truth of things gradually
    • creates out of true art, who feels inner truth, inner ruling
    • nature is witness to this We live with the Christ, and feel
  • Title: Whitsuntide in the Course of the Year
    Matching lines:
    • grasped, and every conscious feeling that asserts itself, are
    • must accustom ourselves to have not merely a positive feeling
    • a process of growth, but we must rise to a feeling for the
    • that we come to feel man's renewed connection with the cosmos
    • express in a few words the feeling of this working and
    • world of coming to birth, of arising, And when we feel
    • life is the expression of the thinking, feeling and
    • together with nature that they are able to feel the decaying
    • that he actually feels himself as microcosm in the macrocosm,
    • into a living mutual experience and mutual feeling with the
    • take hold of one and carry the soul in feeling if not with
    • in knowledge, in art, in religious feeling, and in ethical
    • and feeling have to be thoroughly transformed in face of the
    • no longer the feeling Goethe expressed when he said:
    • of feeling and perceiving the inner truth of things gradually
    • creates out of true art, who feels inner truth, inner ruling
    • nature is witness to this We live with the Christ, and feel
  • Title: Meditation and Concentration
    Matching lines:
    • thought, feeling, and will-impulses, or in any other manner,
    • feel, as soon as the threshold of the spiritual world is
    • an imaginative character, tinged with feeling.
    • gained the feeling more and more of a more intense, though
    • case no religious feelings should be connected with these
    • ordinary, everyday life we must have the feeling —
    • always have the feeling; it is we ourselves who stand behind
    • feeler, it goes forth into the world, and an elemental being
    • be a dream — thus writes Feuerbach. He only feels secure when
    • would feel insecure. This is the prayer to Ahriman: that he
    • mind, and its feeling, to receive this spiritual world into
  • Title: Meditation and Concentration
    Matching lines:
    • thought, feeling, and will-impulses, or in any other manner,
    • feel, as soon as the threshold of the spiritual world is
    • an imaginative character, tinged with feeling.
    • gained the feeling more and more of a more intense, though
    • case no religious feelings should be connected with these
    • ordinary, everyday life we must have the feeling —
    • always have the feeling; it is we ourselves who stand behind
    • feeler, it goes forth into the world, and an elemental being
    • be a dream — thus writes Feuerbach. He only feels secure when
    • would feel insecure. This is the prayer to Ahriman: that he
    • mind, and its feeling, to receive this spiritual world into
  • Title: Tree of Knowledge and the Christmas Tree
    Matching lines:
    • must therefore strive back to it. We must learn to feel the
    • thought and feeling. Anthroposophists must understand how
    • in the understanding of the day. I ask what does a man feel
    • find that he does not feel such a thing to be wrong. He will
    • recognises this obligation that he can feel the moral element
    • or the soul of cultivated feeling. You know that it developed
    • will develop into feeling. It is exactly through the
    • will become feeling. Through the Mystery of Golgotha Christ
    • morals, when we feel that the Mystery of Golgotha was
    • when we say: “All men must feel themselves to be
    • that there is still an instinctive feeling, which is a kind
    • teaching and feeling will have to contribute in order
    • anthroposophists; for the feeling and experience of the
    • particular thoughts, the particular feelings and impulses
    • gain it by developing a particular kind of feeling, that
    • sunk into the depths of the soul's life. This type of feeling
    • Life-wisdom, that which originates in ourselves, we must feel
    • feeling of responsibility in life, a readiness to take upon
    • well-know fact. The fact that a person feels responsible for
    • the Mystery of Golgotha; and we also feel ourselves under the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Tree of Knowledge and the Christmas Tree
    Matching lines:
    • must therefore strive back to it. We must learn to feel the
    • thought and feeling. Anthroposophists must understand how
    • in the understanding of the day. I ask what does a man feel
    • find that he does not feel such a thing to be wrong. He will
    • recognises this obligation that he can feel the moral element
    • or the soul of cultivated feeling. You know that it developed
    • will develop into feeling. It is exactly through the
    • will become feeling. Through the Mystery of Golgotha Christ
    • morals, when we feel that the Mystery of Golgotha was
    • when we say: “All men must feel themselves to be
    • that there is still an instinctive feeling, which is a kind
    • teaching and feeling will have to contribute in order
    • anthroposophists; for the feeling and experience of the
    • particular thoughts, the particular feelings and impulses
    • gain it by developing a particular kind of feeling, that
    • sunk into the depths of the soul's life. This type of feeling
    • Life-wisdom, that which originates in ourselves, we must feel
    • feeling of responsibility in life, a readiness to take upon
    • well-know fact. The fact that a person feels responsible for
    • the Mystery of Golgotha; and we also feel ourselves under the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • feelings he met this personality, we must recall that, when he
    • actual world and what a true and warm human soul could feel, to
    • truth in this feeling of the disharmony between the frequently
    • unconscious or vague feelings of the soul and what was afforded
    • by the outer world, and Goethe could feel the truth in it. In
    • Nowadays, after the event, people have the feeling that Goethe
    • multiplicity of nature, so also could he feel in the depths of
    • all those feelings that lead man out of the sensory world into
    • had observed in his environment and what he had learned to feel
    • we may really feel pleased when someone is quite honest about
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • feelings and sensations, which he can experience only in his
    • forces of the soul that are necessary to fully sense and feel
    • such a phenomenon — to completely feel what is already alive
    • and cannot feel what is truly great. But, if we feel
    • feeling. Such a person comes to the point of saying to himself
    • The word “Dumpfheit,” an inner feeling of numbness, comes into
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • animal feels this as something evil inflicted upon him and is
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • fortune often only for subjective egoistic feeling. For the
    • his feelings and passions, in fact with all his emotions, than
    • respected. The time is yet to come when the feeling will
    • more specialized and mechanized, people feel the need for the
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • what the soul feels and wills, what causes it happiness or
    • position in life. So far as her daily thinking and feeling are
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • people today have a thorough feeling for the things that are
    • have mentioned with only the deepest feeling of tragedy, which
    • feeling of tragedy, saying that a time will come in Europe when
    • feeling of fear and even horror which the strange news —
    • feelings or perhaps even a peculiar nationalistic fervor, in
    • I have said how significant that Chinese book is, I also feel
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • our feelings and sentiments that may enable us to look upon
    • the truth only when we feel and realize how everything, every
    • studies, he had reason to feel most fortunate. He became a
    • him from every one of his loyal servants, I feel myself,
    • other feeling of us than that we should love Him, but I would
    • upon him, would never cause me any feeling of repugnance. On
    • things the first time, your feelings for the man were probably
    • you will also agree that your feelings the second time were
    • certainly do not know much about Galileo but think and feel
    • highest point — of materialistic thinking, feeling, and
    • in the life of feeling and of general culture. The book deals
    • feeling grew stronger in me. In this state of soul I sought out
    • evening I had become empty, void of feeling, and cruel, and I
    • than hells? You need only test your feelings after you have
    • world, and in the world of feeling, how does it flow into the
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • expressed confession but the inclination of the feeling nature
    • the archangels in their feelings and emotions is not in tune
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • in reality that when you face someone, you shall feel that what
    • your feelings. It is necessary to understand clearly that in
    • feeling nature; only then shall we attain to its full truth.
    • beings and only through our feeling related to everyone else do
    • differentiations, teaches me to feel that what has been
    • from an unknown dark feeling, frequently thinks his deceased
    • in only the most elementary suggestions, then the feeling and
    • human beings and who feels compelled to write in this way. That
  • Title: Mysteries of the Sun: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
  • Title: Mysteries of the Sun: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • that in our present life of spirit very little feeling exists
    • herself suggests, to a living feeling, a living experience
    • feeling, as I have stated here during past years, in feeling
    • lies in the feeling, what man experiences only in his
    • feeling, or to put it differently, when man learns to look at
  • Title: Mysteries of the Sun: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • questions; and surely anyone can feel that infinitely much in
    • this corona of the sun, you would feel the empty space into
    • stretches out like a feeler that creeps into the holes of the
    • draw the soul-life thus — the feelers (lilac in diagram
    • 8) reach out into our holes; after death these feelers are
    • self, when we simply say: I feel a higher self within me . .
    • It is a question of having a feeling, a living experience for
  • Title: Threefold Order II: Lecture 1: Influence of the human will upon the course of economic life
    Matching lines:
    • habits of feeling, and the actual practices of feeling, will
    • social conditions; one can quite well have a feeling for
  • Title: Threefold Order II: Lecture 2: On Propaganda of the Threefold Social Order
    Matching lines:
    • feel to be absolutely needful.
    • understand to-day, it simply means that he has no feeling for
    • feels the instinctive necessity of overcoming the sleepiness
    • which proceeds from the broad masses. Well, one really feels
    • the feeling: It is a far worse superstition, than the kind of
    • people. And for this reason too, I always feel myself obliged
    • longer feel any force in the question: What is my attitude
    • sublimities where we feel happy and comfortable, but of
    • transforming of human thoughts and feelings in their
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture I: Free Will, Immortality
    Matching lines:
    • through our normal way of perception, and also feelings
    • character from this continual movement of our feelings and
    • person feels he is employing his freedom.
    • What we are concerned with is placing ideas, feelings and
    • supports it. On the one hand, we feel that with our
    • pictures exist; on the other hand, we feel bound to the
    • And this is acquired by feeling the power that we experience in
    • transaudient, then doing away with them, just feeling ourselves
    • immensely satisfied to feel himself in the pictures, to have,
    • sound in the physical world, something happens which we feel in
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture II: The Historical Evolution of Humanity
    Matching lines:
    • human history that is important, but rather the feelings and
    • enthusiasm that history stimulates. However, the more we feel
    • feeling bitter disappointment. This is because Lamprecht's
    • plans that can be realized anywhere without much feeling
    • instinctive feeling for this when he pointed out how closely
    • our feeling life and our passions are related to our dream
    • things discover that what we experience as our feelings are
    • the latter. Our feelings shine through out of the
    • not more strongly conscious of our feelings than we are of our
    • raise our feelings into the waking condition by having them
    • to be permeated by feelings, and we are asleep inasmuch as we
    • does not experience growing old as a reflex feeling in the
    • feel that others are called to do this, we are then
    • begins. — He had a feeling for the successive epochs,
    • just as Karl Lamprecht had. Lessing had a feeling for even more
    • reality with feeling, which otherwise is only dissipated in
    • impulses that penetrate into our feelings and our
    • into our feelings and enthusiasm. When reality draws toward us
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture III: The Supersensible Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • knowledge remains unsatisfied and we are left with the feeling
    • a standstill all our inner feelings and sensations, devoting
    • feeling this activity of the thinking, in strengthening this
    • spirit, arrives at is that on the one hand he feels his
    • “logic” of the statue, a being that we feel to the
    • longer feeling in possession of ourselves, is a shattering
    • cares and other feelings, in short, all those things that arise
    • what finally remains, an inner feeling of ourselves, a
    • with the activity in our thinking, in our feeling, and in
    • wisdom without having any deep feeling for the iron necessities
    • feeling the flowing stream of pain that moves over the mother
    • experience we are like a plant feeling how it gradually
    • is that he feels the danger of losing himself, the other that
    • could feel it, makes us powerless, but that now it ceases to be
    • perceives another, that we can feel this soul of the dead
    • out, where inventiveness is required, we can feel that the
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture IV: Nature of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • outer impression has been received by all kinds of feelings and
    • beings, lies the whole realm of our feelings. For
    • ordinary life, then the power of feeling, which is the
    • and tones and one feels oneself strongly within it. And at a
    • of thinking, feeling and willing, which we have to distinguish
    • can feel in thought the last lines of a poem, or of a melody in
    • feel the necessity of building of Anthroposophy its own
    • reveal her most intimate mysteries, feels a deep longing for
    • her most worthy interpretress, Art.” One feels this
    • intimate and important feelings and impulses of the human soul,
    • feel deep satisfaction if a spiritual stream appears in our
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture V: Mystery of the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • and feeling.
    • natural science and in particular in feeling deep admiration
    • I look into myself, I find feelings, ideas, joy and sorrow, I
    • it reminds us of shadow. Blue rooms bestow a feeling of
    • of the soul, as we have in life when we feel joy and sorrow. It
    • be described here. We have a mood or feeling of expectancy; we
    • conscience. We develop quite definite feelings, a particular
    • that we feel in our human responsibility when it comes to our
    • also with others that an instinctive feeling has arisen that
    • processes in ourselves and are able to feel ourselves as
    • longing exists in their hidden feelings. But it is there,
    • he has an instinctive feeling for the fact that these two
    • Hartmann has an inkling of this, a feeling for it, but he does
    • here it is very interesting to feel the weight of Oskar
    • impulses and feelings, and which have then been applied to
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Essay: The Science of Spirit and the Social Question
    Matching lines:
    • then what people seek to get out of it is found in the feeling
    • Could be more natural. For we have first to acquire a feeling
    • that our thinking and feeling go through by means of these
    • about the worlds beyond, but we train our thinking, feeling and
    • thinking, judging and feeling according to life. —
    • feeling; those who tend toward the second view are above all
    • men learn to live properly, their ability and ethical feelings
    • found this self-evident, but also adapted their feelings to
    • feelings? Is it not only too understandable that the former
    • souls that embody their feelings, attitudes and thoughts in
    • set out with other thoughts, attitudes and feelings from those
    • human nature. And this means that it stirs in the feelings of
    • feelings the social question comes to be formulated quite
    • goodwill and feeling for one's fellow human beings is an
    • awaken even a feeling in themselves that one can speak about
    • able to have a feeling for the Tightness of what is briefly
    • must be able to feel the value, the being and the significance
    • something of a vague feeling of such a spirit. In this respect
    • can permeate the thoughts, feelings and will, in short, the
    • will come to feel that he is fulfilling a higher purpose when
  • Title: Eurhythmy
    Matching lines:
    • feel that these movements proceed from the human constitution
  • Title: Eurhythmy (Introduction to a performance)
    Matching lines:
    • feel that these movements proceed from the human constitution
  • Title: Differentation of Primeval Wisdom into East, Middle, West
    Matching lines:
    • as relics of oriental thought and feeling.
    • one time, lived in the feelings of men in the East. But one
    • human egoism far more than human feeling for truth. Therefore
  • Title: The Real Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • his planet with the whole Cosmos. He must feel
  • Title: Necessity for Spiritual Knowledge: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • feeling not for theorising about the spirit but they should
    • have a feeling for the real, living activity in the spiritual
    • different, for example, he feels aggrieved that the hitherto
    • with anything. It means that the man has no feeling for the
    • have a living feeling for the active working and weaving of
    • there arose, in man's subconscious, knowledge, feelings, will
    • need not immediately become lacking in human feeling if this
    • not even felt. And, actually having a feeling for this modern
    • feel the anomaly of this pedagogic law-giving, would mean
    • Feeling must be
    • there for this, and this feeling will come only by the forces
    • nothing, the only thing to heal man is feeling, experiencing
    • feeling, and people are very far from such a feeling. Today
    • true feeling for them. In saying this today I am merely
    • wanting you to learn to feel within you the necessity for
  • Title: Necessity for Spiritual Knowledge: Lecture 1 (alternate translation)
    Matching lines:
    • men must not have a feeling merely for theories about the
    • — he feels aggrieved that middle class culture, as it
    • involves. But as a matter of fact it is only by feeling what
    • There must, I say, be feeling for these
    • things, and such feeling arises through the inflowing of the
    • feeling and perceiving of one's own Self in the Spirit.
    • acquire a feeling for this nowadays, and they have none at
    • humanity must acquire the faculty for feeling what the
    • approach world mysteries and feel them inwardly in a true and
    • been that you should learn to feel in yourselves the
    • necessity for such a longing and also to make you feel what a
  • Title: Necessity for Spiritual Knowledge: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • develop feelings and conceptions of what our senses perceive,
    • we live an inner life. And willing is fashioned from feeling
    • one — it is as if a man learns to feel himself as a
    • begins to feel things more in accordance with the truth than
    • makes on inwardly a different man. A man learns to feel
    • law and judicial matters, but that feeling when it arises is
    • promptly squashed by the lawyers! Men have a kind of feeling
    • because of their scientific prejudices feel such a thing to
    • because of what is produced in men by their feelings; for the
    • how he feels. There are certain things associated with life
    • in the realm of feeling is essential for the bringing about
  • Title: Man and Nature: Intellect in Man and Nature Bereft of the Gods
    Matching lines:
    • the Supersensible, that he may only have faith in it and feel
    • dim feeling. But ideas that arise from this region of man's
    • to feel at home with this thought if you dissociate it from
    • sense of being, the feeling of existence which there is in
    • what we feel in our limbs when they move is also akin to
    • the same force which the human being feels drawing him
  • Title: The Physical-Superphysical: Its Realisation Through Art
    Matching lines:
    • general but above all out of a deep feeling for art, that
    • to reveal her open secret feels an irresistible longing for
    • reveal her secret feels an almost invincible antipathy
    • perceptive feeling for art and the creations of art it is
    • feeling: Anyone wishing in art for the physical alone can
    • a state of barbarism in man's life of feeling Art itself,
    • feeling — from a lower boundary up to one that is higher,
    • feeling in life makes its appearance everywhere. Even if not
    • in the form of art itself this feeling arises when, in the
    • result of pure thought, what is feelingly perceived and
    • invited me there, I shall have the quite natural feeling that
    • does not do so I shall feel that my being invited into the
    • life. On meeting a woman in a red dress we shall feel that
    • not pert we shall feel disappointed. It goes without saying
    • feelings tend in this direction.
    • external things of the sense-world, has a feeling that they
    • feeling that any form, anything at all in nature lacks the
    • what feeling demands when not the head but the rest of the
    • intellectual and without artistic feeling, for any idea,
    • physical-superphysical. For a feeling is abroad that what is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Sources of Artistic Imagination and the Sources of Supersensible Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual figures, appear before their eyes, so that the feel
    • feel obliged to adduce against the spiritual-scientific point
    • absent, but feeling and willing are present — although in
    • super-sensible knowledge, although it buds forth from feeling
    • super-sensible knowledge, feeling and willing must fill the
    • of the rest of man's being is quiescent. Feeling and willing
    • direction when feeling and willing are functioning in the
    • When feeling
    • full of reality than ordinary thinking, is born from feeling
    • shadowy thinking of ordinary life, he feels related to these
    • harmonies of proportion and form, willing and feeling are
    • thinking, he feels related with what the architect creates.
    • As a new life of feeling — different from that of
    • feels kinship with what the architect and sculptor create in
    • nature of the seer's thinking and new life of feeling, by
    • spiritual intellectuality develops out of the feeling and
    • begins to develop a new and much deeper kind of feeling and
    • new kind of emotion and feeling. In the condition of
    • consciousness; the seer feels as though he has become one
    • feeling identified with it, poetry — the poetic
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Human Knowledge and Its Significance for Man and the Cosmos
    Matching lines:
    • knowledge, but of receiving them in such a way that a fundamental feeling
    • that this feeling has not as yet developed in humanity to any great
    • remaining forces are accompanied by the right kind of feeling, they
    • whether this kind of feeling is developed.
    • this feeling was actually present. It was born from an atavistic instinct
    • in man. In our own day this feeling is something that we must acquire
    • with the feelings that it must be offered up to the Gods. In the future
  • Title: Anthroposophical Ethics ... St. Francis, Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • must therefore strive back to it. We must learn to feel the
    • thought and feeling. Anthroposophists must understand how
    • in the understanding of the day. I ask what does a man feel
    • find that he does not feel such a thing to be wrong. He will
    • recognises this obligation that he can feel the moral element
    • or the soul of cultivated feeling. You know that it developed
    • will develop into feeling. It is exactly through the
    • will become feeling. Through the Mystery of Golgotha Christ
    • morals, when we feel that the Mystery of Golgotha was
    • when we say: “All men must feel themselves to be
    • that there is still an instinctive feeling, which is a kind
    • teaching and feeling will have to contribute in order
    • anthroposophists; for the feeling and experience of the
    • particular thoughts, the particular feelings and impulses
    • gain it by developing a particular kind of feeling, that
    • sunk into the depths of the soul's life. This type of feeling
    • Life-wisdom, that which originates in ourselves, we must feel
    • feeling of responsibility in life, a readiness to take upon
    • well-know fact. The fact that a person feels responsible for
    • the Mystery of Golgotha; and we also feel ourselves under the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Teachings of Christ the Resurrected
    Matching lines:
    • takes place at death. He must have had feelings somewhat
    • feeling had already become so vital that they felt the life
    • they looked on death with tragic feelings. But what they had
    • knowledge, human feeling, human will, will have to be employed
  • Title: Christianity in the Evolutionary Course of Modern Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • seemed grotesque; but the world of their moods and feelings, of
    • feelings and for all that he did, — that fact becomes
    • manner that enabled one to feel all that lay in the words :
  • Title: Eternal Soul of Man in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • perception and feeling on the fingers. This is the familiar
    • far as you really feel something that has not yet been felt. It
    • has been felt in the physical body, and now one begins to feel
    • This is the first stage where one feels that he is this higher
    • that the I is resting inside of the human skin. Now one feels
    • feels that he really is in his etheric body, in his time-body
    • super-sensible knowledge that can be acquired in order to feel
    • space-person with his strong I-feeling. Now the time-person can
    • the I-feeling very strongly goes yet further, as I have
    • described earlier, where you feel that the time-body is already
    • feeling of being a victim. One really has this feeling, that
    • us, and we feel ourselves standing next to the other being if
    • When you compare the thinking, the feeling,
    • today torments people, what they feel as the uneasiness of life
    • that they feel undermined in their whole existence, this is the
    • what it would awaken in souls again as feeling and sensation in
  • Title: Article/Lecture: West-East Aphorisms
    Matching lines:
    • his sense-nerve nature. For feeling, he is served by the rhythm living in
    • feeling lives and the waves of will pulsate.
    • rhythmic life of feeling than does the man of the present age. The Oriental
    • given him the feeling of the Self. which the Oriental had only in a
    • wisdom, warm with feeling and speaking of the beauty of the cosmos, the
    • will, then will the Eastern man in his feeling intuition no longer accuse
    • will no longer condemn the intuitively feeling Eastern man as an alien to
    • through the feeling; it streamed out into the will. The thought was not yet
    • The man of the East feels “I” and sees “World”; the I
    • the Eastern man comes to feel the rays of the sun in the shimmer of his
  • Title: Article/Lecture: West-East Aphorisms
    Matching lines:
    • his sense-nerve nature. For feeling, he is served by the rhythm living in
    • feeling lives and the waves of will pulsate.
    • rhythmic life of feeling than does the man of the present age. The Oriental
    • given him the feeling of the Self. which the Oriental had only in a
    • wisdom, warm with feeling and speaking of the beauty of the cosmos, the
    • will, then will the Eastern man in his feeling intuition no longer accuse
    • will no longer condemn the intuitively feeling Eastern man as an alien to
    • through the feeling; it streamed out into the will. The thought was not yet
    • The man of the East feels “I” and sees “World”; the I
    • the Eastern man comes to feel the rays of the sun in the shimmer of his
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture I: What Does the Human Being Find in Theosophy?
    Matching lines:
    • thought can grasp and a human heart can feel. There we see human beings
    • way of thinking and feeling which express itself in the theosophical
    • my soul and new feelings of my heart.
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture II: The Nature of the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • is subjectively something higher; he is also a sum of feelings, of desires,
    • of passions. Just as you digest, you feel, you long for. You are also
    • circumstances. If he faces his fellow man, he does not see his feelings,
    • at first, the subjective part of the soul, the feelings, the desires,
    • to feel. I cannot enter into the discussion whether the plant can also
    • feel, that is a different matter. You have to consider what one roughly
    • calls feeling. We want to keep in mind how the plant differs from the
    • the body of the animal is different as a feeling body again from the
    • lives inside, what we call the feeling self. The eye has a sensation
    • using the spiritual-scientific methods. What we feel of the things from
    • without sticks to the sentient soul. What we call feeling, feeling of
    • love, feeling of hatred, feeling of longing, so sympathy and antipathy,
    • The whole feeling organism of the human being expresses itself in the
    • can perceive it subjectively: everybody feels and desires and has passions.
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture III: Reincarnation and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • One feels constrained to advance; one has to extend the idea of development
    • to the society. Within the human soul a feeling developed of that which
    • already born with the feeling which just expresses itself in their conscience
    • he feels guilty this faces us here in another way. With these poets
    • Orestes feels guilty because he now owns knowledge to have done something
    • and feel. We have to ascend to completely understand the world and investigate
    • and feels that he is penetrated by it. The higher the things are for
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture IV: Theosophy and Darwin
    Matching lines:
    • people perform more mechanically, more in a feeling way, more intuitively
    • of the world matters, who had, however, a dark feeling that they had
    • For those researchers the feeling had to join that behind that which
    • out of his feeling is the point of view which the theosophist must take
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture V: Theosophy and Tolstoy
    Matching lines:
    • figure, and he himself feels the impossibility to penetrate into the
    • For he is filled with the warmest feeling for the soul-life, for a free
    • there, not as a theory, not as a dogma, but in the feeling. This idea
    • fortune in life. The dying human being feels the metamorphosis of one
    • feeling in scientific and in religious respect. He attempted to investigate
    • must overcome ours, an epoch which again feels and recognises life in
    • level of living. Then one believes that those who feel better who have
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture VI: The Soul-world
    Matching lines:
    • wishes and feelings.
    • digests as he sees and hears, he wishes, has passions and feelings.
    • He lives in the world of passions, impulses, desires, feelings and wishes,
    • which exist in the soul of the fellow man, and the feeling of love,
    • the sensuous and those which concern unselfish devotion, feelings of
    • love or piety. If the aura is irradiated with feelings that come from
    • is connected with nobler feelings, with nobler passions, like with enthusiasm,
    • the feelings which have surged through the soul, the look which has
    • to satisfy the desire. The soul clings to the feeling, to the sensuous
    • feels sympathy for that which lives in its environment, and, hence,
    • environment, but it fulfils itself with the feeling of love for this
    • to that which lives in the own body; where the feeling tends to that
    • and as reluctances. We call these internal waves of the feelings in
    • in particular with philanthropical human beings. These feelings accompany
    • sounds of the language, feels by touching et etcetera.
    • and without physical pain, without physical feeling of well-being and
    • without physical discontent. There it does no longer feel as a self
    • The incarnated soul feels
    • death, it gets to know the feeling of the body without being able to
    • not only to his body, but also to his soul, the more he feels as a soul-being.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture VII: The Spirit-land
    Matching lines:
    • of the spirit-land; there one is able to perceive the universal feeling
    • of the whole earth. However, this feeling also penetrates us from without,
    • atmosphere. There is no longer our own feeling and sensing. The human
    • being has there cast off his own feelings. There the feelings of all
    • the others approach him. He feels one with the feelings of others. Grief
    • There the sense of togetherness, the feeling of adherence to his native
    • his abilities. All obstacles have been removed. The human being feels
    • and has also to feel a lot of that which one calls the beatific sensations
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture VIII: Friedrich Nietzsche in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • of the stars in the world, the growth of plants, the feeling of the
    • anybody; one can only be his own adversary. He said to himself: I feel
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture IX: On the Inner Life
    Matching lines:
    • luck, of pain et etcetera. But you must have a mere feeling to devote
    • yourselves to it and to feel that such an action, such a pain or such
    • by the human being suppressing all negative sensations and feelings
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture X: Goethe's Gospel
    Matching lines:
    • but to feel and sense the uniform being of stone, plant, and animal
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture XI: Origin and Goal of the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • and over again. What is soul-being from one side, what feels and imagines
    • its works. Someone who sinks and delves with feeling and sensation in
    • can be raised to a higher sphere, the world of feelings can also be
    • in the feeling is higher than the thought. If you raise the feeling
    • lower feeling. It acts as if everything amounts to nothing more than
    • the lower feeling. But in our world of feelings this eternal lives as
    • then you live in manas. Raise your feeling and sensation up to the eternal,
    • the eternal. If now a feeling has risen to this world, to such a world
    • eternal principles of feeling. Who lives in the everyday life can also
    • err, can also stray with his feeling. However, someone who experiences
    • the eternal norms of feeling in himself as the thinker experiences the
    • of feeling in himself as the thinker has clearness of thinking. Theosophy
    • of the soul, if it appears as a lower feeling, if it enjoys life in
    • ego-feeling in the soul. So that speaking of the human soul we can also
    • and from the everyday feeling in order to ascend to even higher levels
    • even more than other questions, challenges the human feeling. However,
    • need. For all those who think, imagine and feel in the area of reason
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture XII: Goethe's Secret Revelation I
    Matching lines:
    • forces, also feeling and willing, can penetrate into the objective world
    • one does not feel any passion with the truths of mathematics, no quarrel
    • discovered with its feeling smooth walls and manlike figures which it
    • probably distinguish the objects by feeling. It perceived objects by
    • feeling which revealed the forming hand of the human being, above all
    • in who thinking, feeling and willing are chaotically disorganised and
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture XIII: Goethe's Secret Revelation II
    Matching lines:
    • feeling; if the woman brings the toll, she will receive her hand again.
    • the glamorous appearance. However, the living, the feeling, the animal
    • the gold; it uses it for its searching striving. It feels that it has
    • The lower self, the human being who feels himself gifted with the body
    • even if he does not feel it belonging to him. The flickering soul-life
    • to such concepts. Nevertheless, the law has an effect: “they feel
    • the whole nature, to feel effective in the elements of the whole nature,
    • thinking, feeling and willing. The course of the fairy tale shows the
    • wisdom in harmony with feeling is true philanthropy. With this love
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture XIV: Goethe's Secret Revelation III
    Matching lines:
    • to live no longer in his narrow stubbornness, if he feels linked in
    • sympathy with the whole world, if he feels like merging in the universe,
    • of existence. The boy feels that this mission is based on experiences
    • feels as a special being, he feels as a spirit among spirits, but still
    • separated. He feels, so to speak, like a sound which is not yet part
    • in those lofty realms by initiation, he feels that he has hard to work
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture XV: The Evolution of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • also the feelings and instincts in the form of an aura. The physical
    • of you feelings and sensations live. These are also something real like
    • sentient ability can no longer penetrate these forces of the feelings
    • being any likeable feeling, anything emotional lived which you allow
    • bright colour pictures in himself. Bad feelings let arise darker colour
    • we have an exchange of warmth today. As we have a feeling of cold if
    • it is cold one approximately had a feeling if it was da